Ie
Contents
Connecting and Evaluating Thesauri: Issues and Cases
History of Book Numbers
Depth Colon Classification Schedule for Anaesthesiology: Constmction and Test Application
Classification and Indexing Languages in Poland (1974·1986). Pt.2. International Classification Vol. 14 (1987) Nr. 2 UDC025.4+ 168+001.4(05) INTERNATIONAL CLASSIFICATION Devoted to Concept Theory, Systematic Ter minology and Organization of Knowledge Editors Dr. phil. Ingetraut Dahlberg, D-6000 Frankfurt 50, Woogstr. 36a, Editor-in-chief Prof. Dr. med, Dr. phil. Alwin Diemer t, Philo sophisches Institut der UniversiUit Dusseldorf, D-4000 Dusseldorf 1, UniversitiHsstr. 1, FRO. Prof. Jean M. Perreault, University Library, University of Alabama, P.O. B, 2600 Huntsville, Contents Alabama 35807, USA Prof. Arashanipalai Neelameghan, clo Unesco POL 7, Place de Fontenoy, F-75700 Paris co-sponsored by - FID/CR (Federation Internationale de Do cumentation , Committee on Classification Re search, address see Dr. I. Dahlberg Consulting Editors Mrs. Jean Aitchison, 12, Sollershott West, Articles Letchworth, Herts., SG6 3PX, England Rada, Roy: Connecting and evaluating thesauri: Issues and cases 63 Prof. Asterio T. Campos, Departemento de Bi Satija, M.P. : History of book numbers ...... 70 blioteconomia, Universidade de Brasilia, Bra Raj, Padmini: Depth Colon Classification schedule for anaesthesiology: siliy DF, Brazil Construction and test application . , . .., ...... 77 Bielicka, L.A., Paciejewski, J., Seibor, E. : Classification and Dr. A.1. Chernyi, VINITI, Moscow A-2I9 Bal indexing languages in Poland (1974-1986). Pt.2 85 tijskaja uL 14, USSR Dip!. Math, Hermann Fangmeyer, Euratom Reports and Communications CCR C.E.T.I.S. (European Scientific Informa Ninth European Meeting on Cyb ernetics and Systems Research (84) - tion Processing Centre), 1-21020 Ispra, Italy Draft Proposal "Vocabulary of Terminology" (84) - Society for Dip!. Volksw. Otto Gekeler, Burgunderweg 9, Conceptual and Content Analysis by Computer - British D·7900Ulm Classification Society - AI Europa 87. 3rd Annual Presentation - First InternationalConference on Bibliometrics and Theoretical Prof. Eric de Grolier, Conseil International des Aspects of Information Retrieval - Data Analysis and Informatics. Sciences, I, rue Miollis, F-75 Paris I5e, France Fifth International Symposium - }lROGRIS Thesaurus Software PROTERM . 90 , Prof. Dr. Norbert Henrichs, Forschungsabt. In form. u. Dokum. des Philosophischen Instituts FID/CR News 20 ...... 91 der Universitat Dusseldorf, D-4000 Dusseldorf, Information - Knowledge - Evolution. Call for Papers 44th FID Congress. Universitatsstr. I, FRG Ranganathan Award 1988 - IFLA Section on Classification and Indexing. Brighton, 1987 - FRG: Society for Classification. 11th Annual Conference Yukio Nakamura, Authorized Consulting Engi UDC Workshop in Aachen, Germany. A Summary Report - Terminology of neer, 14-8 Nisikata-l Bunkyo-Ku, Tokyo 113, Classification - FRG: From Information to Knowledge - From Knowledge to Japan Information - Nigeria; UDC Users in Nigeria - U.K.CRG 261 - Prof. Dr. F.W. Riggs, Department of Political USA: ASIS/SIG/CR ...... 96 Science, Univ. of Hawaii at Manoa, Honolulu, HI, 96822. USA COCTANews Mr. Mohinder Partap Satija, Department of Growth - Call for Papers: Journal of Theoretical Politics Library and Information Science, Guru Nanak Dev University, Amritsar-143005, India Infoterm News ...... 97 Bourse de Langue, Bruxelles, 14-16 March 1987 - Journees Europeennes Dr. Bugen Scibor, Institut Informaciji Nauko de la Traduction Professionelle, Paris, 25-26 March, 1987 - Expolangues, weij. Technicznej i Ekonomicznej (IINTE), UI. Paris, 27-31 March, 1987 - Introductory Course on Terminology, Sarajevo, Zurawia 3/5, 00-926 Warszawa, Poland 4-6 May, 1987 - Translation - Scientific and Technical Progress, Sofia, Prof. Alfredo Serrai, Universita degJi Studi, via 19-20 May, 1987 - Workshop on the Universal Availability of Terminological Stazione S, Pietro 22, Roma, Italy Publications, Vienna, 19-20 May, 1987 - Seminar on Computer-assisted Prof. Dr. Dagobert Soergel, School of Library Terminography and Terminology Documentation, Vienna, May 22, 1987 - and Information Services, University of Mary AItificiai Intelligence, 3rd Annual Presentation, Frankfurt, 3-7 June, 1987 - land, College Park, MD., 20742, USA News - Meetings 1987 - New Publications - Hidden Glossaries ...... 100 Prof. Dr, Robert R. Sokal, State University of Book Reviews New York, Stony Brook, New York 11794,USA Perreault, J.M.: The Idea of Order in Bibliography (H.Beck) 101 Mr. D. Strachan, FID General Secretariat, Soergel, D.: Organizing Information: Principles of Data Base P.O.B. 90402, NL-2509LK The Hague, Nether , ...... and Retrieval Systems (R.Rada) . . .. 103 lands Degens"P.O., Hermes, H.-J., Opitz, O.(Eds.): Die Klassifikation und ihr Umfeld (Classification and its environment)(P.Jaenecke) 104 Gesellschaft fUr Klassifikation e,V. represented Walne, P,(Ed.): Dictionary of Archival Terminology: Dictionnaire de by Dr, R. Fugmann, Hoechst AG, Wissen Terminoiogie Archivistique (F.Riggs) , , , , ...... 106 schaftliche Dokumcntation, D-6230 Frankfurt Butler, Ch.: Computers in Linguistics (B.Endres-Niggemeyer). 109 80, FRG Infoterm, clo oster. Normungsinstitut, Postfach Classification Literature 14(1987)No.2 ...... 110 130, A· 1021 Wien UDC 025.4 + 168+ 001.4 (05) INTERNATIONAL CLASSIFICATION Devoted to Concept Theory, Systematic T ermino!ogy and Organization of Knowledge
Editors: Dr. I. Dahlberg, Frankfurt; Prof. Dr. Dr. A. Diemert, Dusseldorf; Prof. A. Neelameghan, UnesQ, Paris; Prof. J,M. Perreault, Huntsville, Ala., USA; . co-sponsored by FIDleR Editorial Office: c/o Dr. I. Dahlberg, Woogstr. 36a, 0-6000 Frankfurt 50, Tel. 069/523690 Issue frequency: 3x/ann.Annual subscription rates; Institution per volume DM 84,-; Individuals per volume OM 67,20; Single issues: OM 28,- , Back issues, hard copy, per issue OM 18,-, microfiche, per issue OM 6,- (1974-1977). Institutions will be billed. Individuals must prepay. For Air Mail delivery an additional OM 4,- per issue. Postage and Mwst (domestic only) is not included. AdvertiSing rates: Advertising rate card NO! 1. Advertising fact sheet with details of mechanical requirements and closing dates available upon request. Publisher: INDEKS Verlag, Woogstr. 36a, 0-6000 Frankfurt 50, Tel. 069/523690 Bank Account Nos.: INDEKS Verlag, Postgiro-Konto Frankfurt, No. 151208·608; Frankfurter Sparkasse von 1822, No. 852082 (BLZ50050201) All rights reserved. Printed in the Federal Republic of Germany 1987 by Druckerei H. Guntrum II KG, Postfach 180, D-6407 Schlitz
Contents page I.C. Vol. 14 (1987) No.2
Rada, R.: Connecting and evaluating thesauri. Issues and cases. Satija, M.P.: History of book numbers. Int: CIassi!. 14 (1987) No. 2. p. 63-69. 36 refs. Int: Classi!.14 (1987) No.2. p. 70-76, 38 refs. Connecting and evaluating thesauri is an important task for thesys The history of book numbers starts only with Melwil Dewey, as be tematic development of better information retrieval systems. Con fore him books were shelved in fixed location systems. The article necting thesauri includes not only determining when terms in dif traces the early attempts by Dewey himself to combine class num ferent thesauri are the same but also determining what kinds of re bers with author numbers and shows the development in the indi lationships can be transferred from one thesaurus to another.This vidualization of book numbers by a great number of clas paper first presents issues in connecting' and evaluating thesauri. sificationists and classifiers, among which J. Schwartz, W.S. Various experiments in connecting a particular thesaurus, the Biscoe, Ch.A. Cutter, K.E. Sanborn, J.D. Brown, A.F. Rider and Medical Subject Headings, with other medical thesauri are de finally S.R. Ranganathan whose faceted structure and ease of ap scribed. In these experiments, similar terms in two thesauri are rec plication of book numbers seems still to be the optimal solution. ognized and then differences in two thesauri are exploited to create Two rival systems of book numbers are alphabetical by author and more powerful thesauri. Part of the evaluation requires the chronological by the year of publication of a book. The concluding thesaurus to support automatic indexing and retrieving of docu chapter is devoted to the existing literature on book numbers and ments. laments its vanishing quantity. The study of book numbers is not (Author) getting due attention. (Author)
Raj, P.: Depth Colon Classification schedule for anaesthesiology: Bielicka, L.A., Paciejewki, J., Scibor, E.: Classification and in Construction and test application. dexing languages in Poland (1974-1986).Pt. I1. Int. Classi!. 14 (1987) No. 2. p. 77-84. 9 refs. Int: Classif. 14 (1987) No.2, p. 85-89. 101 refs. Continuation of article in Int.Classif.87-1, p.23-28. The first three Guidelines, principles and systematic approach outlined in the 7th chapters covered: General problems of indexing languages (ILs), edition of Colon Classification scheme were adopted for the con Structure of indexing languages, and Indexing and information struction of a depth classification schedule for anaesthesiology as retrieval. In chapters 4-7 the following topics are treated: Classifica applied to various surgical and obstetrical procedures carried out tiOn systems (development, UDC, faceted classifications, subject on the human body. The procedural steps in designing the schedule field classifications); Subject heading languages (positional grammar, are discussed with supporting tables and examples compiled from subject-heading and subject-headings, methodology of creating the schedule of isolates. The workability of the schedule was tested alphabetical subject catalogues, alphabetical subject indexes to by facet analysing, classifying and arranging a few abstracts per classified catalogues); Descriptor languages (general studies and the taining to anaesthesiology guided by the prinCiples of facet-analysis grammar of descriptor languages, formalized descriptions of thesauri, and the analyticosynthetic procedure for classifying. An alpha linguistic analysis of the vocabulary contained in thesauri, semantic betical index to the schedule of isolates and a- cyclically permuted relationships in thesauri, roles, methodology of building up thesauri, index to the test-classification have been prepared; the methodol information on descriptor languages used in Poland); Other indexing ogy for the same is described as well. languages (ILs for factographic systems, semantic code). (Author)
This contents page may be reproduced without charge INlmNAllONAlaPSiIRrATION
AIMS
The more scientific data are generated in the impetuous Thus, INTERNATIONAL CLASSIFICATION .is meant to be a pro� present times. the more ordering energy needs to be ex gramme for the improvement of classification methods and pended to control these data in a retrievable fashion. W1th processes, a forum for discussion for all those interested the abunda'1ce of knowledge now aval1able the questions of in the organization of knowledge on a universal or a new solutions to the ordering and thus of 1.!!!..:. subject�field scale, using concept analyticai and/or con ' have cept�synthetical approaches as well as numerical proce Ii they dures and compriSing also the intellectual and automatic have been In ����the focus� ��of interest�fh��� of �����scien- compilation and use of classification systems and thesauri tists the world over. in all fields of knowledge, with special attention being .Until recently. the special '1tterature relevant to classifica given to the problems of terminology. tion was published 1n piecemeal fasMon. scattered over the numerous technical journals serving the experts of the INTERNATIONAL CLASSIFICATION publishes original articles, various fields. such as reports on conferences and similar communications, the philosophy and science of science Newsletters of FID/CR (Committee on Classification Re scfence polky dnd science organization search of the International Federation for Documentation), mathematics. statistics, and computer science and COCTA (Committee on Conceptual and Terminological library and information sdence Analysis). book reviews, letters to the editor, and an archlvfstics Slnd rnuseology extensive annotated bibliography of recent classification journalism and communication science and indexing literature. covering between 400 and 500 industrial and commodity classification items in each issue. terminology, lexicograp hy, linguistics Beginning 1974 INTERNATIONAL CLASSIFICATION has INTERNATIONAL CLASSIFICATION should therefo�e be available been serving as a common platform for the discussion of at every university and research library of every country, both theoretical background questions and practIcal appl1� at every infonnation center, at colleges and schools of cation problems in many areas of concern. In each issue library and information science. in the hands of everybody experts from many countries comment on questions of an interested in the fields mentioned above and thus also at adequate structuring and construction of ordering systems every office for updating information on any topic related and on- the problems of their use in opening the informa� to the problems of order in our infonmation�flooded times. tion contents of new literature. of ·data collections and sur� veys, of tabular works and of other objects of scientific INTERNATIONAL CLASSIFICATION was founded in 1973 by an in interest. ternational group scholars consulting board of Their contributions have been concerned with of with a editors representing the world1s regions. the special (1) clarifying the theoretical foundations (general order� classification fields and the subject areas involved. From ing theory, scfence�theoret1cal bases of classificatfon. was published by K.G.Saur Verlag. MUnchen. data analyses and reduction) 1974M1980 IC (2) describing practical operations connected with numerf� Back issues of 1978�1985 are available from INOEKS Verlag. cal taxonomy/classification, as wen as applic.ations of too. (The 7 volumes of 1978�1984 are offered now at the classification systems and thesauri, manual and machine highly reduced price of OM 250.�.) indexing (3) tra;c1ng the history of classification knowlE;!dge and me� Rates: For 3 issues/ann. (including indexes every three thodology years): Institutions OM 84.-. Individuals f-20%). members (4) discussing questions of education and training in clas� of classificati on societies & groups (-30%). members of sification Gesellschaft fUr Klassifikation (-40%) + postage. For air� (5) concerning themselves with the problems of terminolo mail delivery add OM 4.M per issue. gy in general and with respect to special fields. INDEKS Verlag. Woogstr. 36a. DM6000 Frankfurt 50.
INSTRUCTIONS TO AUTHOR-S ,Journal References should contain the names and initials of all author" full title of the puhlfcatlon, abbreviation of Manuscr ts ma.y be submitted 1n either English. German or the journal according to the IS O Standard No.4. volume French � the edltor�fJ1�chlef in two sets (the original and number, year of publication fn brackets, issue number and one copy) typed in double space, comprising between 1500 first and last pa-ge numbers. Mono9ra h References should to 3000 words. They should be accompanied by an English give .the name{s) of the author{s) .. fur� Htle. ed1tfon. place indicative abstract of 100�200 words. of publication. publisher.year and number of pages. Criteria for acceptance will be appro riateness to the field Examples: of the journal (see Scope and Aimsr. taking into account Fugmann. R.: The glamour and the misery of the th,esau the merit of the content and presentation. Papers are ac� rus approach. In: Int.Classif. 1(1974)No.2. p.76�86. 20 cepted ....ith the understanding that they have not been refs. published, submitted or accepted for publication elsewhere Sartori. G.; Riggs. F.W •• leune. H.: Tower of Babel. On and th(lt. if the work received official sponsorship, it has the definition and analysis of concepts in the social' sct� been duly released for publication. Authors w111 usually be ences. Pittsburgh. Pa.: Int.Studies Assoc. 1975. 107 p .• notified within 6 to 10 weeks. Unless specifically request� Int.Studles Dec. Paper No.6.· edt manuscripts or 11lustrations will not be returned. Illustrations should be restricted to necessary mtnimum. The text of the papers should be structured by subhead� Graphs and Diagrams should be supplied as black'and lngs;-rr- should contain (a) an introduction. stating the white drawings suitable to reproduction. Half�tone fl ustra� purpose. (b) a description of materials and methods in suf� tions should be sharp. wen�contrasted glossy pMnl s. n� ficient detal1, ec) Information on results or systems devel� lustrations should be numbered lightly with soft pencfl on oped and (d) a conclusion with a discussion and/or summa� the back. Numbered legends should be attached on a s�pa� rizatfon. rate sheet. References should be listed at the end of the paper with Tables should be typed doubl.e�spaced on a separate sheet, the numbers in brackets referring. to such numbers in contatn a nu mber and a title at the top and be cited in the brackets withfn the text part. text. Each column should have a heading. Additional notes should be indicated fn the text by ltfted Authors shall receive 25 reprints of their papers free of sln le numbers (e.g. text ) and equally collected with charge. Addtional reprfnts may be ordered. thel r texts at the end of the paper under the heading Correctfons in gailey proof exceeding 101 of the typesetM Notes. ting costs wfll be charged to the author. to each other from a certain point of view, such as usage, action, or process. 4. Synonymous. Synonyms are terms that mean the Roy Rada same thing. National Library of Medicine, Bethesda, MD, USA Other relations could be introduced (1), but for the sake of simplicity, the standards for thesauri restrict the rela tions to little more than the above.
Connecting two thesauri T 1 and T z allows a searcher Connecting and Evaluating to see directly or indirectly the contents of two thesauri Thesauri: Issues and Cases· or the documents to which the thesauri point without having to master the contents of each thesaurus. For this paper, "connecting" is considered broader-than "map� ping" but synonymous with "merging". In mapping Tl to Rada, R.: Connecting and evaluating thesauri. Issues and cases. Int: Classif. 14 (1987) No. 2, p. 63-69, 36 refs. Tz a new slot has to be entered for each concept in Tl which slot can be called the nearest slot. This nearest slot Connecting and evaluating thesauri is an important task for the sys tematic development of better information retrieval systems. COD points to the concept(s) in Tz which are semantically necting thesauri includes not only determining when terms in dif near the concept in Tl (see Figure 1). In "merging" Tl ferent thesauri are the same but also detennining what kinds of re with Tz the nearest slot is not needed but changes may be lationships can be transferred from one thesaurus to another. This made to the values for the synonym, broader, narrower, paper first presents issues in connecting and evaluating thesauri. Various experiments in connecting a particular thesaurus, the and related slots for all concepts; Medical Subject Headings, with other medical thesauri are de scribed. In these experiments, similar terms in two thesauri are rec� 2. Mapping and Merging ognized and then differences in two thesauri are exploited to create more powerlul thesauri. Part of the evaluation requires the 2.1 Mapping thesaurus to support automatic indexing and retrieving of docu� Concepts can be mapped between two thesauri with a ments. (Author) variety of tools. First, direct lexical matching between concept main terms can be performed. Secondly, knowl edge about the syntax or the morphosemantics of main 1. Introduction terms can be employed. Finally, the knowledge in the re Thesauri are fundamental components of many infor lationships within the thesauri themselves can be the mation retrieval systems. Synonyms to the term basis for sophisticated mapping of terms from one "thesaurus" are the terms "classification structure", thesaurus to another. "controlled vocabulary", and "ordering system" (1). Direct lexical matching of main terms can be done Connecting of thesauri can help users get information with common computer software tools. With readily
from different information sources. Evaluating the suc available commands in computer editors or operating cess of such connections requires understanding the systems one can efficiently ask whether two strings or functions of the thesaurus within the information sys terms are identical or have substrings in common. The tem. matching of substrings can accommodate certain simple A thesaurus is a set of concepts in which each concept syntactic and morphosemantic matchirigs. is represented with at least synonymous terms, broader concepts, narrower concepts, and related concepts (2). 2.1.1 With Knowledge Outside Thesaurus term is a word or sequence of words that refers to an A Knowledge about syntax and morphology of terms is not atomic concept within a given domain of discourse. For explicit in typical thesauri. This type of knowledge is, instance, "shortness of breath" may be considered a however, available in the world and can be used to ad term when discussing symptoms of patients. Each con vantage in mapping thesauri. Furthermore, it should be cept may also be associated with one term that serves as possible to study a typical thesaurus and infer syntactic the name of that concept and which will here be called and morphosemanticinformation from the terms and re the concept main term. lations in the thesaurus. Each concept in a thesaurus can be viewed as. a frame in a frame-based system (3). Definitions of the slots in each frame of a thesaurus include (2): concept in T I 1. Broader. This relation can mean: a) Class inclusion, such as neoplasm is a disease. main term b) Whole-part, such as hand is a part of arm. synonymous tenn(s) broader concept(s) c) Other connected concepts, such as "characteristic narrower concept(s) curve of an electron tube" is broader�than "electron related concept(s) tube" . nearest concept(s) in Tz 2. Narrower. This relation includes the reverse relations of those listed for broader. 3. Related. Two concepts are considered to be related if Fig. 1: For mapping Tl to Tz concepts in T, may be they are related but neither is broader than the other. augmented with a nearest concept slot that points to the Related may be used to identify terms that are related nearest or most similar concept(s) in Tz.
Int. Classif. 14 (1987) No. 2 - Rada - Connecting and Evaluating Thesauri 63 A variety of rearrangements of terms can be performed thesauri avoids certain decisions· which could lead to to determine whether a kind of syntactic match exists be more accurate and powerful thesaurus connections. tween two terms. Two examples illustrate the type ofre Consider two thesauri such that in Tj concept b is nar writing that can facilitate connecting two main tenns: rower than concept e and concept e is narrower than con cept a, while in T2 concept b is narrower than concept a • x ofy<----> yx (see Figure 3). How should Tl be augmented to fill the (as in shortness of breath<----> breath shortness) nearest to T2 concept slot for concept "e" . Certain advan • x, y�yx tages in retrieval could accrue by showing in Tj that "e" (as in cancer, lung <---->lung cancer). is narrower than "a" in T2. Otherwise, one might have to Here "u� V" means that u is a nearest concept for v. say that "e" is nearest to "a" and "b" in T2• There has been substantial work reported in the litera ture about this kind of syntactic connecting of thesauri under the title of switching vocabularies (4, 5) or phrase T, T, rewrite systems (6). concept main term:a concept main term:e After decomposing the words within two terms into their components it is possible to do matching based on narrower:e broader: a these components. Such matching may succeed where narrower:b direct matching fails. For instance, start with the two terms "hypertension" and "high pressure" . If the term "hypertension" has been decomposed into the compo T, nents "high" and "pressure", then "hypertension" would map to "high pressure". Such connecting of terms concept main term;a has been widely employed in the processing of noun narrower:b phrases in medical records and their translation into terms from medical classificationschemes (7, 8). Fig . 3: Concept e in Tj belongs between concept a and b 2.1.2 Using Thesaurus Structure in T2· A thesaurus is itself rich in information which can be used to help drive mapping. 'The synonymous relation The process of merging thesauri involves two crucial can naturally assist in mapping. Assume that two steps: fi nding similarities and exploiting differences. thesauri, Tl and T2, are available. Tl includes a concept Finding similarities involves steps like those in mapping. main term called x which has a synonymous term called In the first step, terms in Tl are mapped to terms in T2. y. T2 includes a concept main term called z which has a Exploiting differences can involve a number of princi synonymous term called y. By going through the ples, but two which are most germane to thesauri could synonymous tenn y, an algorithm can connect x and z be called "learning by hierarchical transitivities" and (9). "learning by analogy". Learning by hierarchical trans The broader and narrower relations in thesauri can itivities involves grafting a subtree from one thesaurus also be used in mapping terms. Assume that Tl has rela into another thesaurus (see Figure 4). Learning by anal tionships for a term x that are the same as the relation ogy involves determining that similar terms in two ships that T2 has for a term y (see Figure 2). Based on the thesauri are related in one but not the other thesaurus similarity in the neighborhood of x and y, it seems and then copying the relationship into the thesaurus that reasonable to conclude that x<----> y. This kind of deter was lacking it. For instance, if in TI concept a has a mination can in theory be made arbitrarily complex to causal relationship to concept b but the same concepts in take into account all of the information in the thesaurus T2 have no direct connection, then it is reasonable to in the course of deciding the degree of similarity be hypothesize that T2 could be accurately augmented by tween any concept x in Tl and y in T2 (10). copying the causal relation between concepts a and b from Tl into T2·
T, T, 3. Evaluation
concept main term:x concept main term:y One hypothesis behind the effort to connect thesauri is that after Tj is connected with T2 that the resultant T1+2 broader :a broader: a will be better than Tl alone. Demonstrating with a re riarrower :b,c narrower:b,c peatable experiment thatthe connection ofTl and T2has led to a better thesaurus is not necessarily straightfor Fig. 2: Thesaurus Tl has the same structure around con ward but is facilitated by the fact that many com cept x that thesaurus T2 has around concept y. Accord puterized Information Retrieval Systems (IRS) are in ingly, x and y may be suspected to be synonymous. routine use and depend heavily on thesauri. The value of a thesaurus is reflected in the value of the IRS of which the thesaurus is a part. 2.2 Merging IRS performance characteristics should be related to The determination of nearest concept in mapping two the benefit to the user of the IRS. Connecting thesauri
64 Int. Classif. 14 (1987) No. 2 - Rada - Connecting and Evaluating Thesauri Information System Characteristic Impact on Processing Decision-Makin� eo,t completeness of information + novelty of information " " to user + appropriateness of information to user's backg!ound + + concise (without redundancy) information + speed of retrieval + Fig. 5: Some standard factors to usc in evaluating an in formation retrieval system.
narrower concepts of concept y in thesaurus Tz. A search that uses only concept y may retrieve fewer relevant docume�ts than a search which uses y and the narrower concepts of x. To the extent that the concepts have been Fig. 4: Above - Thesauri T, (represented with terms used in indexing documents and one only searches the ail and T2 (represented with terms bi). Below - Merged indexed representation of documents, this argument for thesaurus formed by joining T, and T2 at the common improved retrieval may fail. If the document space O2 nodes a2 and b,. has been indexed with concepts from T2 but not T" then to get more recall of documents from O2 after merging could help all the performance characteristicsof the IRS T, with T2, it might be necessary to search for strings of and thus improve user benefit. One way to evaluate the characters. For example, a search could be performed user benefit is to measure the performance characteris with the concept main terms of the narrower concepts of tics of the IRS before and after connecting thesauri. x that have been taken from T, and added to T2. This Such experiments could survey actual users and ask search would treat a concept main term from Tl as a them for feedback about completeness of retrieval, string of characters and find occurrences of this string in speed of retrieval, and such (see Figure 5) (9). the text of documents from O2, A thesaurus may be seen as serving two principal functions in an IRS (9): . 4. Work with a Particular Thesaurus: MeSH • assIsting indexers and searc4ers in the choice of ap propriate terms and 4.1 The System • facilitating inclusive searches (if term x has y as a nar The National Library of Medicine (NLM) has long been rower term, then an inclusive search with x automati concerned with the development, maintenance and im cally includes y). provement of document retrieval systems (14). NLM is Evaluation of thesauri along these two dimensions can responsible for MEOLlNE, a computerized, biblio be done with or without computer assistance. For exam graphic listing of a large segment of the documents in ple, human indexers can be asked to find appropriate the biomedical, periodical literature (15). Each biblio index terms from T, and TI+2 and to then say whether T, graphic reference to a document is associated with a set Of T1+2 is better. of indexing terms from a thesaurus called the Medical One way to avoid the subjectivity of asking people Subject Headings (MeSH) (16). A trained indexer scans what they like about indexing or retrieval results is to a document and assigns indexing terms from MeSH axiomatize the desirable properties of a good thesaurus. based on a set of rules. These axioms can themselves be based on well-known MeSH brings the vocabulary of the indexer and psychological rules. A standard method of portraying searcher into coincidence. A flowchart of the MEO the hierarchy in a thesaurus to a user is to list for any LINE system emphasizes that documents and queries given main concept all the narrower concepts in a menu. are encoded into MeSH terms (see Figure 6). A search As a novice searcher traverses a thesaurus in search of on MEOLINE can be performed for documents re appropriate query terms, the searcher's short-term presented by indexing terms satisfying any Boolean memory limitations make it desirable that each concept combination of terms in a query. Millions of documents have a handful of narrower concepts so that the menu hand-encoded into MeSH are stored on the computer. display is not too sparse or too cluttered (11, 12). Given Thousands of queries hand-encoded into MeSH arrive that one can specify an ideal number of narrower terms each day from users around the world. for each concept in a thesaurus, a quantitative assess MeSH consists of a set of heading arranged in a 9- ment of a thesaurus can be made of the extent to which level hierarchy. Near the top of the hierarchy those the thesaurus meets that ideal. Thus T1+2 would be bet terms include "anatomy", "disease", and "chemicals". ter thim T" if T1+is branching factor was closer to the Terms narrower-than "disease" include "neoplasm", ideal than T,'s branching factor was. "immune disease", and "infection". There are about One can prove that document retrieval.through two 15,000 main headings in the primary structure of MeSH. merged thesauri may lead to better retrieval than re Included in the set of headings which represent docu trieval through one thesaurus (13). Assume that the nar ments and queries are another 50,000 headings within a rower concepts of concept x in thesaurus T I are made special thesaurus of chemicals (17).
Int. Classif. 14 (1987) No. 2 - Rada - Connecting and Evaluating Thesauri 65 The medical school staff index all lectures, laboratory exercises, and patient cases with a controlled vocabulary based on MeSH. NLM has sponsored Integrated Academic Informa tion Management System projects at several institutions (21, 22). Baylor College of Medicine (BCM) is part of this project and is using MeSH in its office automation endeavors. BCM has about 800 microcomputers, 70 SUN workstations, and 5 mainframe computers on a network. Two Britton-Lee Intelligent Database Machines facilitate data access across the network. MeSH will be stored on the Database Machines and will MeSH be used to help classify messages (23). MeSH has been placed on several computers at NLM for the exploration of graphic interfaces to MeSH. MeSH is displayed on a XEROX 1108 with the assis tance of the programming package called GRAPHER. The user can enter a term and be graphically shown the hierarchy of terms around it or can choose to traverse
Translation inlo the thesaurus from top to bottom by mouse-activating MeSH terms on the screen. MeSH 'has also been stored and graphically displayed on a Macintosh and an IBM-PC AT.
4.3 Knowledge Building Experiments Fig. 6: Role of MeSH in storage and retrieval. of docu- ments from MEDLINE. The strategies for semi-automatic augmentation of MeSH have focused on finding the similarities between MeSH and other thesauri and then exploiting the differ ences (24). The kinds of changes to MeSH that have 4.2 Office Use been considered include the adding of terms, the adding NLM is trying to extend the use of MeSH by connecting of relationships, and the readjusting of relationships. it to other thesauri and information systems. The Li Extensive tests of the value of the augmentations have brary of Congress maintains a massive thesaurus, called been performed by using MeSH as part of algorithms for the Library of Congress Subject Headings, and a map 1) evaluating the similarity between documents and ping has been made between that thesaurus and MeSH. queries and This mapping is to allow people searching for documents 2) automatically indexing document titles into MeSH. through either the computerized Library of Congress One large-scale experiment for the automatic addition system or MEDLINE to be able to access material si ofterms to MeSH referred to the Systematized Nomenc multaneously from the other system (18). NLM is also lature of Medicine (SNOMED) (25). SNOMED is a trying to connect the genetics database, called GEN 50,000 main term thesaurus that is used in the indexing BANK, to MEDLINE. Part of this connection has in of parts of the patient record (26). The strategy for au volved a mapping between the keywords of GENBANK gmentation was to find two main terms that were the and MeSH. GENBANK is the world's best known com same in both thesauri. Then the children of the puterized source of genetic sequence information (19). SNOMED main term were added to MeSH as children At Harvard Medical School the students are being in ofthe MeSH main term (27). To evaluate this merge, au troduced to a new mode of education that focuses on tomatic indexing of titles of medical journal articles was tutoring, self-pacing, and computers. Each student is done. No improvement in indexing was observed, but provided with a personal workstation that facilitates this was shown to be true, in part, because the terms communication with other students, with faculty, and from SNOMED that were not already in MeSH tended with databases. The students are expected to take ad not to occur in the titles of journal articles. vantage of the computer to help themselves organize the In experiments with the Computing Reviews Classifi vast amount of information that goes along with a medi cation Structure (28) and MeSH the merge strategy al cal education. MeSH is being explored as a tool to help lowed nodes to be inserted between other nodes as a this organization of information. Researchers at Har function of their position in both thesauri. This merge vard have developed a computer program that runs on a played a key role in the subsequent construction of a microcomputer and which provides an environment thesaurus for the field of medical informatics (29). wherein the user may explore the MeSH vocabulary by Thesauri are rich in hierarchical relationships but browsing its hierarchical structure (20). The system is poor in other kinds of relationships. In the medical do, being augmented with terminology and techniques that main there are several computerized knowledge bases make it increasingly useful to students who want to learn which are rich in non-hierarchical relationships. One about medical care and to organize their own library. such knowledge base, called Current Medical Informa-
66 Int. Classif. 14 (1987) No. 2 - Rada - Connecting and Evaluating Thesauri tion and Terminology (CMIT) , gives for each of about
4,000 diseases the etiology, signs, symptoms, laboratory anUs findings, and more (30). The addition of such informa 'an�.r tion to MeSH could be useful in many computer tasks, such as expectation-based parsing. If a parser first de tects the etiology and symptoms of a disease in a paper, siage 0 r«lUm tamer then the parser might expect that that disease will be dis cussed in the paper. Experiments have been done to add CMIT relations .Iage I rectum wlor«lai neoplasln,. 4.4 Consistency Challenge hereditary IIOnpolypos;s Certain problems can arise in merging which we don't Fig. 7: Conflict between PDQ and MeSH thesauri. entirely know how to solve. If one thesaurus says that x is broader-than y but another thesaurus says that x and y have the same parent (i.e., are siblings), then an incon the anatomy and disease sections of MeSH. Heuristics to sistency has occurred. The PDQ thesaurus is used by the properly handle such situations are not necessarily the PDQ cancer information retrieval system of the Na straightforward. tional Cancer Institute. The PDQ thesaurus provides ac cess to current information on cancer treatment, re search and prognosis (35). A merge of part of MeSH 4.� Computer Evaluation with part of the PDQ thesaurus was performed (with a Computer programs can be used to do indexing or method that required locating similar concepts in the searching. To the extent that the performance of the two thesauri and then connecting subtrees of one computer program depends on a thesaurus, the perfor thesaurus to the other thesaurus at the point of similar mance of the program on two different thesauri is a re ity). In 7 of 8 cases where similar concepts were iden flection of the value of the thesauri. Experiments have tified, the merge occurred without conflict. But the 8th been used to test the choice of appropriate terms for in case demonstrated the problem of consistency in a way dexing. Computer programs have been written which that had additional ramifications. In MeSH "anal neo take titles from articles off MEDLINE and automati plasms" are narrower-t�an "rectal neoplasms". In the cally index them into MeSH terms. These programs rely PDQ thesaurus "anal neoplasms" and "rectal neo on MeSH or MeSH connected with another thesaurus plasms" are both children of the same concept (see Fig (27). The performance of the computer indexer is assess ure 7). Since the PDQ thesaurus is, in general, more ed by comparing its output to the output of the human specific in the cancer terminology than is MeSH, one indexer as it is stored on MEDLINE for each article. heuristic would say to follow the PDQ lead. More care To test the role of the bronder and narrower relation ful examination of MeSH reveals, however, another ships in a thesaurus, a spreading activation model has problem. In the anatomy section of MeSH the "anal been used to reason with a thesaurus in determining the canal" is listed as narrower-than "rectum". Thus to relevance of documents to queries (32). The basic princi change the MeSH neoplasm terminolpgy by making ple is that the number of broader-than and narrower "anus neoplams" and "rectum neoplasms" siblings, than relationships which separate two sets of concepts without also changing the MeSH anatomy section, reflects on the conceptual distance between the sets. The would be to introduce a kind of inconsistency between. simplest example follows: Int. CJassif. 14 (1987) No. 2 - Rada - Connecting and Evaluating Thesauri 67 • given a thesaurus where x is broader-than y and y is work reported here. A partial listing in alphabetical order follows: broader-than z, Ellen Bicknell, John Eng, Bruce Greenwald, Steve Lester, Flor* ence Lu, Joseph Maline , and Hafedh MilL This work was partly • given a query represented by x, supported by NSF Grant ECS-84-06683. • given a documenty represented by y and a documentz represented by z • the query is conceptually closer to document, than it Refereuces is to documentz because x is one relationship from y (1) Dahlberg, Ingetraut: Conceptual Compatibility of Ordering but two relationships from z. Systems. lnt. Classif. 10, 1, pp. 5-8, 1983. The computer algorithm ranks documents to a query (2) National Library and Infonnation Associations Council: Guidelines for Thesaurus Structure, Construction, and Use. based on conceptual distance. People are asked to per New York: American National Standards Institute, 1980. form the same ranking. The ranking of the computer (3) Fikes, Richard, Kehler, Tom: The Role of Frame-Based Rep with T, is compared to that of people. Then T, is merged resentation in Reasoning. Communic. ACM, 28, 9, pp. with T2, and the computer again does the ranking but 904-920, Sept 1985. (4) Niehoff,Robert: Development of an Integrated Energy Voc now based on T1+2• This second ranking is compared abulary and the Possibilities of Online Subject Switching. J. against the human ranking. If the computer does better ASIS, p. 3, Jan.-Feb. 1976. with T1+2 than it does with Tl' then T1+2 is considered to (5) Niehoff, Robert, Mack, Greg: The Vo cabulary Switching Sys be a better thesaurus. tem. lnt. Classif. 12, 1, pp. 2-6, 1985. (6) Klingbiel, P.H.: Phrase Structure Rewrite Systems in Infor mation Retrieval. Infonn. Process. & Management, 21,2, pp. 5. Discussiou 113-126, 1985. Making a thesaurus is typically a labor-intensive job. (7) Dunham, G., Pacak, M., Pratt, A.: Automatic Indexing of Pathology Data. J. ASIS, March 1978. Furthermore, a new thesaurus often repeats substantial (8) Wingert, F.: An Indexing System for SNOMED. Meth. In amounts of material already present in existing thesauri fonn. Med. 25,pp. 22-30, 1986. (36). Approximately 22 years ago. Clara E. Muller tried (9) Soergel, Dagobert : Organizing Information: Principles of to establish a special concordance between the Univer Data Base and Retrieval Systems. Orlando, Florida; Academic Press, 1985. sal Decimal Classification and some special classifica (10) Bonham, G.M., Nozicka, G.I., Stokman, F.N.: Cognitive tion systems without the assistance of a computer. She Graphing and the Representation of Biomedical Knowledge. met with the same frustration 'as other researchers who Proc. Expert Systems in Government Conf., pp. 397-403, embarked on that project. Too many parameters are in IEEE Computer Society Press, 1985. volved which could hardly be made explicit without (11) Lee, Eric, MacGregor, lames: Minimizing User Search Time in Menu Retrieval Systems. Human Factors, 27, 2, pp. computer assistance (1). 157-162, 1985. As each new document space and thesaurus becomes (12) Miller, D.P.: The DepthlBreadth Tradeoff in Hierarchical available, the need for methods that allow users to Computer Menus. Proc. Human Factors Society - 25th An . search multiple document spaces without having to un nual Meeting, 1981. (13) Mazur, Zygmont: Organization of the Inverted Files in a Dis derstand multiple thesauri increases. One approach to tributed InformationRetrievaiSystemBased on Thesauri . In allowing users to take advantage of multiple thesauri at fonn. Process. & Management, 22, 2, pp. 243-250, 1986. once is to map the terms of each thesaurus to the terms of (14) MEDLARS Management Section: Online Services Refer� the other (6). Furthermore, an information retrieval sys ence Manual. Bethesda, MD: National Library of Medicine. July 1982. tem with merged thesauri can lead to better information (15) McCarn, D.B.: MEDLINE: an Introduction to On-Line retrieval than an information retrieval system which Searching. J. ASIS, 31, 3, pp. 181-192, May 1980. only maps between terms of different thesauri (13). (16) National Library of Medicine, Medical Subject Headings Sec While the merging of thesauri T, and T2 would seem tion: Medical Subject Headings, Annotated Alphabetical to necessarily produce a more powerful thesaurus than List, Springfield, Virgina: National Te chnical Information Service, 1986. either T} or T2 alone, demonstrating this for two, real (17) National Library of Medicine, Medical Subject Headings SecM world thesauri with a repeatable experiment is not tion: Medical Subject Headings - Supplementary Chemical necessarily easy. First, the thesauri have to be stored on Records. Springfield, Virgina: National Technical Informa the computer in a form suitable for experimentation. tion Service, 1986. (18) National Library of Medicine: Unified Medical Language Second, some method of using the thesauri has to be System. Nat. Libr. of Medicine News, 41, 11, pp. 1-4, elaborated for which the value of that usage can be pre November 1986. cisely assessed. Fortunately, information retrieval sys (19) Burks, C., Fickett, I.W., Goad, W.B., Kanehisa, M., Lewit tems facilitate access to large numbers of queries, docu ter, F.I., Rindone, W.P., Swindell, C.D., Tung, C, Bilofsky, H.S.: The GenBank Nucleic Acid Sequence Database. ments, and user interactions - all of which may be sys Cabio" 1, 4, pp. 225�233, 1985. tematically related to the role of the thesaurus. (20) Barnett, G.O.: An Interactive MeSH Evironment. NLM For researchers in information science and artificial Contract Report PO*467-MZ-600562, August 1986. intelligence thesauri are an attractive topic. Thesauri are (21) Matheson, N.W., Cooper, J.A.:' Academic Information in more complex than databases but simpler than natural the Academic Health Sciences Center J. Med. Educ. ., 57, 10 Part 2, pp. 1-93, October 1982. language. They represent a middle ground from which (22) Warner, H.R., Detmer, D.E., Peay, W.J.: IAIMS Im one can hope to gradually build towards an understand plementation and Administration at the University of Utah. ing of the knowledge that supports intelligent informa Proc. Te nth Ann. Symp. on Computer Applications in Medi tion retrieval. cal Care, pp. 111-113, IEEE Computer Society, 1986. (23) Gorry, G.A.: IAIMS Report. NLM' Grant Report LM*04478-02, June 1986. Acknowledgements: A host of collaborators contributed to the (24) Forsyth, Richard, Rada, Roy: Machine Learning: ExpertSys- 68 Int. Classif. 14 (1987) No. 2 - Rada - Connecting and Evaluating Thesauri terns and Information Retrieval. London: Ellis Horwood, ical Infonnation and Terminology. Chicago: American Medi 1986. cal Association, 1981. (25) Cote, Roger: Systematized Nomenclature of Medicine. (31) Rada, Roy, Humphrey, Susanne, Coccia, Craig.: A Know Skokie, Illinois: College of American Pathologists, 1979. ledge-base for Retrieval Evaluation. Ann. Proc. ACM, pp. (26) Cote, R.A.: Architecture of SNOMED: Its Contribution to 360-367, Oct. 1985. Medical Language Processing. Proc. Tenth Ann. Symp. on (32) Rada, Roy: Gradualness Facilitates Knowledge Refinement. Computer Applications in Medical Care, pp. 74-80. IEEE IEEE Tr ansactions on Pattern Analysis and Machine Intelli Computer Society, 1986. gence, 7, 5, pp. 523-530, September 1985. (27) Rada, Roy, Darden, Lindley, Eng, John: Relating Two (33) Lester, Steve; Rada, Roy: A Method of Medical Knowledge Knowledge Bases: The Role of Identity and Part-Whole. In: Base Augmentation. Meth. Inform. Med. 26 (1987) No. 1, The Role of Language in Problem Solving, 2, ed. R. Jernigan, p. 31-39. pp. 71-91, Amsterdam, Netherlands: Elsevier Science Publ., (34) Dunham, George: The Role of Syntax in the Sublanguage of 1987. Medical Diagnostic Statements. In: Analyzing Language in (28) Denning, D., Minker, J., Parker,A., Ralston, A., Reilly, E., �estricted Domains: Sublanguage Description and Process Rosenberg, A., Walston, C., Willoughby, T., Sammet, J., ing, ed. Richard Kittredge, Hillsdale, New Jersey: Lawrence Blum, A.: The Proposed New Computing Reviews Classifica Erlbaum, 1986, pp. 175-194 .. tion Scheme. Communic. ACM, 24, 7, pp. 419-434, July (35) Kreps, G.L., Maibach, E.W., Naughton, M.D., Day, S.H., 1981. Annett, D.: PDQ Usage: Implications for Evaluation. Proc. (29) Rada, Roy, Calhoun, Edith, Hafedh, Mili, Singer, Sarah, Amer. Assoc. Medical Systems and Informatics. 5th Annual Blum, Bruce, Orthner, Helmuth: A Medical Informatics Joint National Congress, pp. 71-75, 1986. Thesaurus, Proc. MEDINFO '86, pp. 1164-1172, October (36) Dextre, S.G., Clarke, T.M.: A System fOf Machine-Aided 1986. Thesaurus Construction. Aslib Prec, 33, 3, pp. 102-112, (30) Finkel, A., Gordon, B., Baker, M., Fanta, C.: Current Med- 1981. Just pub 1 ishe d Terminology and Knowledge Engineering PROCEEDINGS OF THE INTERNATIONAL CONGRESS ON 1 TERMINOLOGY AND KNOWLEDGE ENGINEERING l 29 Sept. - 1 Oct. 1987, University of Trier, FRG edi ted by Hans Czap, Trier, and Christian Gal inski , Vienna. The proceedings are arranged according to the congress program covering Fundamental s of terminol ogy Probl ems of natural language processing ·Questions of ordering systems Transfer and presentation of knowl edge and information Termbanks and knowledge representation Special aspects of non-European languages Probl ems of systems interconnection 448 p. , DM 79.80 (bound) ISBN 3-88672-202-3 I NDEKS VERLAG Woogstr. 36a D-6000 Frankfurt 50 lnt. C1assif. 14 (1987) No. 2 - Rada - Connecting and Evaluating Thesauri 69 ginning, this accession method was considered satis factory. Later, still considering it to be the simplest, Mohinder Partap Satija Melvil Dewey himself cited the following two disadvan Guru Nanak Dev University. Department of Library tages: (I) The author, date, publisher, language, style of Science, Amritsar, India treatment are entirely disregarded and only an accession order exists, and (2) there is no way to locate a specific book except to know its precise number, while Cutter History of Book Numbers numbers arrange them by author"z. 2. The Combined System of Jacob Schwartz Dedicated to the Memory of Donald J. Lehnus, In the early 1880's, many systems of book numbers a supreme scholar on book numbers. were experimented with and advocated. The method of book numbers that was to become popular had its Satija, M.P.: History of book numbers. antecedents prior even to 1876, though the origin of Int: Classif. 14 (1987) No. 2, p. 70-76, 38 refs. book numbers in the true sense of the word can only be The history of book numbers starts only with Melwil Dewey, as be · traced back to the year 1878' . As early as 1872, Mr.M. fore him books were shelved in fixed location systems. The article Jacob Schwartz (1846-1926), Librarian of the New York traces the early attempts by Dewey himself to combine class num Apprentices Library from 1871 to 1900, arranged all the bers with author numbers and shows the development in the indi vidualization of book numbers by a great number of clas sections of his library alphabetically. Schwartz considered sificationists and classifiers, among which J. Schwartz, W.S. as Dewey's early rival, devised a table to convert an Biscoe, eh.A. Cutter, K.E. Sanborn, J.D.Brown, A.F. Rider and author's name into numbers. Its mechanism consisted finally S.R. Ranganathan whose faceted structure and ease of ap · in assigning integral numbers 1·99 to a combination of plication of book numbers seems still to be the optimal solution. letters from Aaa to Zyz. This method, called a combined Two rival systems of book numbers are alphabetical by author and chronological by the year of publication of a book. The concluding system, was able to generate 6500 classes and subclasses chapter is devoted to the existing literature on book numbers and by combining A-Z, 1·9 and a-z. His system also took laments its vanishing quantity. The study of book numbers is not . account of the book size and consequently arranged gettingdue attention. (Author) books by size and author simultaneously within a given class. Schwartz created two author tables. His second 1. The Beginning with Me1vil Dewey table, part of his mnemonic classification, was published Book numbers, are only an adjunct in a relative in 1882. According to Lehnus "This table had a dual classification - a family sired in 1873 by Melvil Dewey purpose; is was an author table and also served to further (1851·1931). In the pre-Dewey days of fixed location subdivide each basic classification"s . Happily, both systems these book numbers were not needed. Inevitably, these tables are constructed on the scientific principles the origin and development of book numbers is coeval of the frequency of occurence of personal names to with relative classification systems, though independent various letters. Comaromi has to say of Schwartz that " of these major, surviving library classifications. At He might have risen in the library profession to a respec Amherst, Melvil Dewey had tried placing the author's ted position had he not possessed a mordant sense of name in full or abbreviated form after the class number: humour and an impudent tongue. As it was, after several 570 or 570 : 510 or � bitter disputes he disappeared from library history"5�. DARWIN DAR RUSSELL RUS ' C.A.Cutter preferred Schwartz's alphabetical book Letters below the class number represented the book numbers to Dewey's accession method. He made a rather number. This primitively simple method was soon found fundamental and everlasting improvement in 1878 by unwieldy. Dewey then decided to use the simplest treating the numbers as decimal fractions -obviously method possible, that of numbering each book in a class struck by Dewey's use of decimal notation in his then according to its accession in the library. "Thus 160.1 recently published classification. Cutter was the first to would be the first book on logic, 160.2 the second"' . advocate less emphasis on book size in book numbers, 3428.4 represented the fourth book in a particular even suggesting to ignore it altogether. Later, Dewey library on child care the class number of which in the described subarrangement by size as "utter nonsense". second edition of DDC (1885) was 3428. (It may be 3. Two Symposia on Book Numbers (1879 and 1885) reminded here that in the first two editions of the The late 1870's is a hectic period in the history of DDC, no decimal point was used after the first three book numbers; their golden age being over by the end of digits of the class number). This dot was placed slightly the nineteenth century. Many new and varied book above the base line. Hence this raised "decimal" point numbering ideas appeared on the classification horizon. was used as an indicator between the class number and In its February 1879 issue, the then incipient Library the book number. In those latter days of the 19th Journal published a symposium on book numbers in century, the size of the book. too, was an important which many· leading librarians of the day participated, consideration in the arrangement of books. If the book Melvil Dewey, C.A.Cutter, Josephus Nelson Larned was of abnormal size, the size number was added be (Librarian, Young Men's Association Buffalo), John tween the class and the book numbers. For example in Edmands (Librarian, Philadelphia, Mercantile library), 3428.4.17, 3428 is the class number, 4 means quarto John Fitzpatrick (Librarian, Bronson Library Waterbury, size, and 17 is the book number. It simply means that, Connecticut)' . John Edmands (1820-1915) added within a given class, the books were first arranged by size another facet to book numbers by ' suggesting that the and then further subarranged by book numbers. This initial letter of an author's surname should be prefixed also resulted in an orderly arrangement of books by size · to the decimal number standing for an author's name. and gave the whole an aesthetic impression. In the be- 'At first Cutter objected to Edmand's idea of mixing 70 Int. Classif. 14 (1987) No. 2 - Satija - History of Book Numbers leiters and numbers. He rather preferred alphabet' for quite popular and librarians swore by its usefulness in class numbers and numbers for book numbers. Later) sub arranging their collections. Many enterprising and however, he relented and became reconciled to Edmand' innovating librarians put these book numbers to many s method. Dr.S.R.Ranganathan, the great Indian libra· ingenious uses, e.g. in arranging reports under place rian and radical in the history of classification, not to names12. By the mid 1880's "cuttering" had becomme a say library science, never became reconciled to such standard practice in US libraries, and the term "Cutter numbers as he was basically against an alphabetical number" became synonymous with author number, even arrangement. He wrote "This serves hardly any purpose. book number. Now "cuttering" is an accepted word in This is perhaps due to blind mania for numerals, even the English language. when the alphabet serves the purpose equally. Much Cutler's two·figure table suitable for small libraries, ingenuity has been wasted over translation of letters into but "was found inadequate for the large classes of numerals"? . Nobody listened to Ranganathan as he was fiction and individual biography" writes Miss Barden13 . criticizing popular and established methods. C.A.Culter To meet the needs of large and fast expanding libraries, was later to advance Edmand' s method to a highly Cutter decided to expand his table to 3 figures with developed system of author numbers for which he is more names. In 1892, this revision job was assigned to now predominantly known. So alpha·numeric notation his former assistant at the Boston Athenaeum from 1883 had come to stay. During an annual conference of the to 1891, Miss Kate Emery Sanborn (later Mrs. Gardner American Library Association held on September 25, Jones). Miss Sanborn was then working as a cataloguer in 1885, another symposium was held on Cutter numbers. the Mercantile Library, St.Louis. Cutter was not able to There, William I Fletcher (1844·1917), the then librarian supervise the work directly. The result was virtually of Amherst College, enquired of Cutter if the combina· an independent work and considerably improved on tion of letters and figures did not lead to trouble. Cutter Cutter's defects. Sanborn devised a table in which every was unequivocal and confident enough to .say: "I think name irrespective of vowel or S, began uniformly with a the combination of letters and numbers leads to just single letter. It was a welcome change . Sanborn's first the opposite result. The mind does not easily grasp more part, dealing only with vowels and S, was published in than 4 or 5 letters or figures .... B29F44 is more easily 1892 and sold by C.A.Cutter as: read than BVDGMO or 129744"' . Melvil Dewey also C.A.Cutter's al[abetic order table. Alternatives [o r the endorsed Edmand's method of using an author's initial vowels and S (single initials to be used instead of the letter and translating only the rest of the name into fi rst two letters), by Miss Kate E.Sanborn. Boston: numbers as "the best plan I can conceive for alphabetical Library Bureau, 1892. 4pp of table. 33x17cm. arrangement and I hope some one will make the necess· A and S were followed by three decimal digits and E, I, ary table for applying it"9 . This "some one" was to be 0, and U by 2 digits. C.A.Cutter. The table for the remaining 20 consonants was published in 1895, and later these two tables were 4. The soluti ons of C.A.Cu tt er consolidated and reprinted as a single table: G.A.Cutter's Very soon after the symposium, Charles Ammi Cutter a![abetic-order table - consonants, except S. Altered and (1837·1 903) was the first to devise a table for author ' fi tted with three figures by Miss Kate E.Sanborn. numbers and sell it commercially in 1880. It was the Boston: Library Bureau, 1895. 14p. 33x28cm. first of the long line of Cutter author number tables. In C. A. Cutter's al[abetic-order table - consonants, except S, 1879 Cutter had the Winchester Town Library catalogued and vowels and S. Altered and. fi tted with three figures on these lines. This author· table no longer exists. Coma· by Miss Kate E.Sanborn. Boston: Library Bureau, 1896. romi, however, surmises that it "was probably composed 18p. 33x15cm (as was the third Cutter two·figure table) of three pieces Sanborn uniformly used one letter followed by of paste board held together by cloth tape"'O . However, digits; two digits follow vowels except A and consonants the 1888 version is available. Any name beginning with a J, K, Y, and Z; one digit follows Q and X; vowel A and consonant (except S) required one letter and two the rest of the consonants including S are followed by numbers; two letters for a word beginning with a vowel three decimal digits. This table contains approximately or S followed by one digit; and three letters for a word 12 000 numbers. To illustrate: beginning with Sc. Here is an extract from the table: Arnold A757 Lewis L676 Shaw S537 Get 31 Have Ac 1 At Sa 1 Sh Upton U71 Maugham M449 Stoddard S869 Gerr 32 Hax Aid 2 Arc Sai 2 Shao Kimball K49 Mills M657 Quin Q7 Ges 33 Hayf A-ig 3 Are Sal 3 She Yates Y32 Xavier X3 Here are some illustrations of the use of the table: Since these numbers are decimal fractions, the numbers Beard B34 Abbot Ab2 can be expanded or reduced at will without disturbing Holmes H73 Anne An? the other numbers. In a small library , these numbers can Huxley H98 Smith SmS be reduced to one digit numbers; and they can be Schopenhauer Sch6 expanded to even four digits wherever the necessity Cutter explained the mechanism of allocating decimal arises. H.E.Bliss" 'lS and Zaidee Brown'6 proposed notation in a small pamphiet u. Later thi's table was some simplifying methods. included in the sixth expansion of his Expansive Classi· fication 1893. Melvil Dewey used Cutter's author table 5. Cu tte r and hi s Herit age in conjunction with his decimal classification in 1882 One major difficulty with this table was that it could while classifying the collection of the We llesley College not be used to expand the earlier two·figure Cutter Library. Since Dewey's personality and position was author table. It was a totally new work. It proved commanding, his approval of any idea gave it the required popular for its merits, and libraries began to forget momentum and fIllip. By 1885, the Cutler table was Cutter's two,figure table. Perhaps this irritated Cutter. Jnt. Classif. 14 (1987) No. 2 - Satija - History of Book Numbers 71 Later, obviously as au after-thought, Cutter not only dot were not decimal numbers. This very faulty table disliked the new work, but also wished to supercede and had no edge over other tables. Such systems have been repudiate it. He tried to discredit Miss Sauborn by swept away by the advent of stable systems. Never describing the publication of the new tableas a "mistake" theless, this table has been described in some detail by on his part. In a letter to a journal, he candidly wrote John P.Comaromi's . that "through some misunderstanding the new ones were made without any reference to their predecessors, 7. Chronological Subarrangements so that the two cannot be used together. I could not ask 1885 witnesses a new line in book numbers based on a volunteer to do her work over again, and so I printed chronological subarrangement. In this year, Walter them"l7. Cutter, driven by these fe elings, revised his Stanley Biscoe (1853-1933), a trusted lieutenant of table to three figures in 1901 and offered it for sale. In Dewey, and at that time with him at Columbia, pub both these new and old tables, the first two figures were lished his chronological book number system'· . Since the same. Lehnus writes: "Cutter tried to have his new then it has become a worthy alternative to the accepted table replace that of Sanborn, but without any effect". practice of alphabetical arrangement, though the alpha Reasons ·a closed book for the injured ego of a Charles numeric notation remained the same superficially. Ammi Cutter - are not hard to find. The Cutter-Sanborn Biscoe must be given the honour of being the father of table is uniform in style and easy to use. It has also its chronological book numbers. Though the antecedents of individual scientific merit as the allocation of digits to the Biscoe table are easily discernible in Dewey's acces letters is based on their fr equency of occurence as the sion method, Biscoe strangely "credited Cutter, Ed initial letter of surnames19• Moreover, the Cutter--San mands and Schwartz with the basic idea of his time born table had already become an established practice table ..."27. Perhaps the credit was for the overall idea of before Cutter's three-figure table was made available. book numbers rather than for his table specifically. An It is irony of fate that the Cutter-Sanborn table, a work extract from the table is given below: that Cutter described as a mistake, is the major existing A BC era G 1800 - 1809 V 1950 1959 and applied work associated with his name. B 1-999 H 1810 - 1819 In 1969, Ms.Esther M.Swift, with the assistance of C 1000 - 1499 1820 -1829 Y 1980 1989 Mr.Paul K.Swanson reprinted the three Cutter and D 1500 - 1599 Cutter-Sanborn author tables. These tables, published E 1600 - 1699 and distributed by H.R.Huntting Co., 300 Burnett Road, F 1700 - 1799 N 1870 -1879 Z 1990 - 1999 Chicopee, USA, are now distributed by Libraries Un This table has been ingeniously devised so as to be based limited, Littleton, CO, for the present owner, Richard on literary warrant, as modern books, published from Ammi Cutter, a grandson of C.A.Cutter. These tables the 19th century onwards, (the majority of books in any have been entirely reset and all the letters arranged in library), are denoted by two digits only. For example: consecutive A-Z order, which makes it easy to use. 1958 V8 Printing errors have been corrected, the format has been 1987 Y7 given a face-lift. Since in most libraries only typed This table was applied to the science collection of copies, diSfigured and worn by use, were available, these Columbia College on an experimental basis, a .chronolo reprinted tables in durable and attractive formats are a gical arrangement being considered logical and useful in boon to worried librarians. These are known as the such subjects. Melvil Dewey wholeheartedly approved Swanson-Swift revisions.2o _22 . this system, though it is not known as to how much he contributed directly towards its invention. He did 6. Adaptations and reprints of Cutter Tables everything to promote this system and recommended it There have been other innumerable adaptations and in the second edition of his DDC (J 885). In this he reprints of the Cutter tables. This may be a necessity as wrote : "Its advantage is in presenting the historical the original tables or their authorised revisions are still development of the subject, the books written earliest not available everywhere. One such reissue cifthe Cutter being on the left, the latest work on the right, and then Sanborn table was made available in India in 1972 as a of any given book it is evident that all those on the left "revised edition", Its introduction was specially re were written before it, all those on the right after it. written to illustrate Indian names. This edition on thick In science this has special value ... A translation system of card is in mimeographed form. It has been distributed dates makes the numbering of the year more compact and of course published by the Indian Bibliographical and satisfactory."28 . Dewey, however, recommended Centre, College Road, Ludhiana, Punjab, India" . In that a chronological subarrangement should be used only India, another Cutter-Sanborn reprint has been made in open-access libraries. As in closed-access libraries the available on thick card with improved printing but readers do not have the advantage of being able to without any preface or introduction. How it has been browse through the collection, the historical arrangement fully revised is not known" '. On the pattern of the would be of no practical use. The situation will be Cutter tables many other tables for other scripts have analogous to a fine flower wasting its fragrance on the been locally devised and used. desert air. Moreover, a chronological -arrangement is Coming back to other book numbers. In 1881, more a tool for organization than for retrieval. In A.P.Massey of the Case Library, Cleveland, proposed a closed-access libraries, an alphabetical arrangement as a method of arranging biography and literature. Massey comparatively better retrieval device is preferable. used literal mnemonics for class numbers where B stood Biscoe's system offers no solutions for many other for Biography, F for Fiction, and so on24 . The class complications of the sub arrangement. Later, Rangana number alphabet was further subdivided by numbers than was to apply such an idea to a highiy developed standing for an author's name; these digits preceded by a ·system. 72 Int. Classif. 14 (1987) No. 2 - Satija - History of Book Numbers 8. Other Attempts at Individualization cation, LCC) in 1898, the complete scheme being In 1893, C.R.Olin, Librarian of Buchtel College published in fascicules by 1940. The first fascicule to be (later University of Akron), devised a table for collective published was Class Z, Library Science and Bibliography. biography based on Cutter' s two-figure author table'9 . And for the book numbers, the Cutter·Sanborn table According to this table, collective biography arranged was adopted in the beginning. LC also uses this table to by editor/compiler preceded the individual biographies form numbers for alphabetical topics as part of the class arranged by the name of the biographee (the subject). number; and for the fiction class, PZ, Cutter' s three He used the letter A followed by the number II to 99 to figure table is used. However, none is followed strictly, represent all the names A to Z of compilers and editors wrote Anna C.Laws a long way back34 . Since LCC is a of collective biographies ... " , as Lehnus describes3•. To close classification system, book numbers are broad and avoid confusion, all the biographies beginning with A consist usually of an initial letter and a decimal digit. were denoted by two letters; and the rest of the names However, it varies from class to class35 •.Apart - from of individual biographies by Cutter's two·figure author Anna C.Laws, there are now other various sources of the table. The author' s initial was used as a work mark to book numbering practice of the LCC, e.g. by Comaro distinguish two or more biographies on the same person mi36 , J.P.Immroth37 , and various issues of the LC by different authors. Cataloging Service Bulletin. L.Stanley Jast of the U.K. devised, in 1901, a In many cases, the book number is an integral part scheme of alphabetical author marks31 on the primiti of the LC class number; and a dot separates the two. vely simple tenet of using only the first two letters of an Though different sections follow somewhat different author's surname for alphabetical subarrangement by shelf-listing procedures, in general and simplified author. In caSe there were more than one author " as procedure one or' two and, in rare cases, four decimal there would be many such cases -having the same first digits are added to the author's name as follows: two letters in their surname, they would be differentiated The digits are decimal in value and can be further by adding I, 2, 3 etc. to the first two initial letters of expanded if need be their Surnames for the Jast author marks, as W.H.Phillips 1) After the initial letter S, for the second letter of the author's describes32 •.For example: surname use the number as follows: Williams Wi a ch e h,i mop t u Wilfred Wi 1 2 3 4 5 6 7� 9 Wilson Wi 2 For example: Smith ,S6 Wiston Wi 3 here 6 is for the m - the second letter in Smith Obviously the resulting arrangement will not be strictly 2) After the initial letter in Qu for the third letter use number a ear alphabetical, as I, 2, etc are to be added to the author's y name as they are accessioned in the library, and not 3 4 5 6 7 9 according to the dictionary sequence. It is a very simple For example: Queen .Q4; Qureshi .Q7 combination using the author's surname initial combined 3) After other initial consonants for second letter of the with the accession method. The same principle is followed author's surname use the number as follows: in distinguishing more than one work by the author on a e 0 r u y the same subject. This oversimple method has no better 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 status than a locally devised method. For example: Robert .R6; Putnam .P8; Carter .C3; W.S.Merrill, in 1912, devised a table of99 numbers Corbett .C6 (denoted by 01 to 99) for all letters and for some 4) After initial vowels for the second letter in the word use the combinations of very selective surnames33 . Merrill's digit as follows: table can be found on pages 27-28 of James Duff Brown's b d e-m n p r s-t Subject Classification. 2nd edition, 1914 and in some 2345678 earlier textbooks on classification. An extract from his For example: Adams .A3; Archc! .A7 table is given below to give the reader an idea of his All these variations and the staff manual for assigning sparsely numbered author table: book numbers has been madeo known to the public 01 A 07 Ban 12 Brin 47 L 96 Wats through its various publications. To repeat, these alpha 02 Agre 08 Bax 13 Bum 48 Lang 97 Wha betical marks are also used as .an alphabetical device to 03 Ali 09 Beno 14 C 49 Law 98 Wit designate proper names in different subjects. By virtue 04 Ap 10 Beno 15 Carr 99 X . Z of LC card services, MARC record and CIP services, the 06 B 11 Bon 16 Cha LC class numbers and book numbers are widely used all Obviously, the resulting arrangement will be a crude over the world. approxima tion to the alphabetical order. The notation, 10. J however, is pure, being only of Indo·Arabic numerals. The Book Numbering Method of .D.Brown James Duff Brown (1862-1914), a famous writer The author's surname initial is ignored. Consequently, it and pioneer among British librarians, in 1906 devised may bring confusion when used with DDC. And by no: means does it show any advantage over Cutter' s table.! two book numbering methods, one alphabetical, the other chronological, and included these in his subject Though, as expected, not much used, it registers a' classification38• His "Extended Date Table" subarranged retrograde step in the history of book numbers. books by their publication year. The range of this table I). The Library ofCongress Practice of Cutter Numbers extended from 1450 to 2125 i.e. 126 years more than Based on Cutter' s Expansive Classification, the Biscoe's table intended for the same purpose. Within this Library of Congress (LC) developed an outline of its span, every year is uniformly denoted by two lower case own classification system (Library of Congress Classifi- Roman letters. The outline of his table is as follows : lot. Classif. 14 (1987) No.2 - Satija - History of Book Numbers 73 1450 - 1475 aa " az Language [L] , Form [F], and Year [Y] of publication 1476 - 1501 ba - bz of the document are three major attributes taken into 1502 - 1527 ca - cz consideration. [A] is a device to distinguish two or more books published in the sarue year in the sarue specific 1840 - 1865 pa - pz class. The formula has also the provision to keep the 1866 - 1891 qa - qz host and the associated books together in the form Volume [V], Supplements [S] ,Copies [C] ,Commen 2100 - 2125 za - zz taries :g and subcommentaiies [EVN] . The Year facet Some of the individual years will get denoted as follows: remains the hub and is essential to book numbers. All 1450 aa 1900 ri other facets are secondary and not Eddington E27 where [L] = 113, [F] = pI �Lecture) and [Y] = M6 Shakespeare 32 (1986). Xavier, A. X3 Using the principle of favoured category, the first Young, R. Y7 two facets, viz. [L] , [F] usually get omitted in the majority of cases. In about 90% of the cases the book 11. Ranganathan' s Book Numbering System number consists only of the [Y] facet. Hence contrary For his world faruous Colon Classification (1933), to its assumed presentation by the facet formula, Ran S.R. Ranganathan (1892-1972), devised a system of ganathan's· book numbers are in practice simple and book numbers, not less befitting, and no less systematic, brief. sophisticated and minute than IUs classification scheme. His book number system is complete in itself and, like One of the greatest advantages of tlUs system is its IUs classification, fully faceted in structure. It has been high mnemonic qUality. With a little practice the book included and fully explained in every edition of the numbers can be assigned in a twinkling without COll Colon Classification41 • It is an integral part of his suiting any schedule. Moreover, it can be used with classification scheme and complements CC class numbers. any system of classification. So much space given to book numbers has been ensured Ranganathan's debt to Biscoe is obvious. Biscoe's ' by his Canon of Book Numbers . enunciated in his Pro system is the basis of Ranganathan's book number legomena4' . Despite of its intrinsic adherence to the system. But Ranganathan does not only make use of Colon Cla�s Number, this book number system can be these devices as such, he has transformed Biscoe's simple profitably applied in any classification system43 . device into a complex and complete system. The nucleus The formula for the CC book number is: still remains the same, the superstructure is Rangana [L] [F] [Y] [A] '. [V] - [S] ; [C] : g [EVN] than's. 74 Int. Classif. 14 (1987) No. 2 - Satija - History of Book Numbers 12. A.Fremont Rider's Chronologico-AlphabeticalMethod surname47. This table, clalmed to be "refreshingly In f961 Arthur Fremont Rider (1885·1962) pro· original in concept", is said to have been prepared posed another chronological book numbering method as without any bias to any racial, dhnic or national names. 44 part of his In ternational Classi!ication . Rider did not In fact, it has not been prepared for any name and has invent any new date table, but modified the system been constructed in blissful ignorance of the principles without changing the table. Basically, it is a Biscoe date and mechanism of an author table. It has been prepared table. His book numbers first subarrange books according according to the permutable combination of four letters to the decade of their publication · one letter denotes a taken one at a time and by unifonnly allocating three decade. Instead of individualizing them further down to decimal' digits to every set of four letters. In the table, the year, the decades are further subdivided according to numbers for the letter "A" and its various combinations author, which makes it a curious mixture of chronolo· have been given, and for other names this "A" can be gical and alphabetical arrangements. The Rider book substituted by another corresponding letter. It means, number consists of two Roman capital letters, the first say, that Ains, Bins, Dins, Kins, Lins, Zins, all have the standing for the decade of publication as taken from the same three digited number only distinguished by the Biscoe table, the second being the initial letter of the initial letters. Every number begins uniformly with two author's surname. Obviously these two letters may initial letters of the surname : not individualize the document completely as two or Ains Ai 562 Aam Aa 511 more authors with the same initial letter in their sur· Bins Bi 562 Ram Ra 511 name may happen to write on Some specific subject in a Dins Di 562 Sam Sa 511 given decade: In such cases, the two digits are further Accordingly, each lettet 'yields 18,280 numbers, and the individualized by adding 1, 2, 3 etc. to the non·indivi· whole table can thus yield 18,280 x 26 � 475,280 dualizing book number. This system, which may be numbers, though most of them will be numbers for a termed chronologico·alphabetical, does not seem to nonsensical combination of letters. In the printed table, possess any edge over purely alphabetical or purely only the group of words beginning with A have been chronological systems. A decade is too big a span in given as an illustration. This way the scheme is symme· book publication to be taken as an unfragmented trical in structure. It also makes provisions to bring unit for arrangement. The sub arrangement will be de different volumes, editions and copies of the same book facto an alphabetical one. together. The author has enumerated some twelve points of dubious superiority over Cutter tables. It is a futile 13. Author Numbers for Indian Names attempt to assimilate the best of both worlds, of Cutter Cutter tables based on Anglo·Saxon names are, and Ranganathan. If all the attributes are taken together, inevitably, not so efficacious for other ethnic names. this book number system is a rather involved and un· Demonstrating that the Cutter table is utterly unable to necessarily complicated string of letters and numbers. differentiate many Indian names, the National Library The attempt is amateurish. of India at Calcutta has shown that very often the Cutter table has to be expanded to unwieldy six or seven 14. Book Numbers and Contemporary Literature digits"6 . To obviate such difficulties, many locally After Ranganathan, no noteable progress has been devised tables for native names have come into existence. made ' in the development of book numbers. No new One such table was devised and published in 1961 by the system has come to the fore for a long time past, and National Library of India"S . a depository of Indian nothing seems to be in the offing.Book numbers figured publications under the copyright act. This table has been largely in library literature in the early years of this now designed on the literary warrant of all Indian names of waning century. Periodical literature gradually ceased by different linguistic, regional, and cultural groups. The the 1920's. A significant place used to be given to the table is able to differentiate authors even with the same study and description of book numbers in every standard surname, but different forenames. Many gaps have been textbook on cataloguing and classification up to the left for further expansion. The table is complicated 1960's. Gradually, the significance of the study of book as, for the same initial, some names will begin with two numbers has declined. W.C.B.Sayers made a considerably letters: detailed study of book numbers and allocated them a Bapu B 628 Sadasivan, K S 152 respectable place in every edition of his famous classifi· Bhajan Bh 236 Sekhron, P Se 321 cation manual. But the reviser of the manual, Arthur And for some letters, namely 0, Q, W, X, and Z, two Maltby, has made only passing reference to them in the digits follow the initial (single) letter. For the rest, the latest edition which he has rewritten. In many new number of digits is three. All Indian names have been books on classification hardly any vestiges are to be transliterated into Roman script by the Hunterian found of them. Classification conferences have totally system; and the original forms of the Anglicized Indian forgotten this topic. For new generations, it seems to be names have been used: a subject of bygone days. At least some books do exist Vasu for Bose on them. The first book on book numbers appeared in . Thakur for Tagore 1917, but was only devoted to LC practice. The theory . Corporate and geographic names have not been included .. and practice of book numbers was ably encapsulated in It is not known if any other library is using this system. 1937 by Bertha Rickenbrode Barden (1883·?) in a In India, another author table fo r the English manual for students and practitioners which gives rules alphabet was devised by a young librarian, Gopi Chand for the use of Some schemes. It is a pioneering pamphlet. Makkar (b.1944), in 1974. It is known as the three Its reprint in 1971 is an indication of its continuing number author table, as for every milne three digits are value. The next book after a long pause came in 1980 as uniformly used and preceded by two initial letters of the a full volumed and stimulating study on book numbers lnt. Classif. 14 (1987) No. 2 - Satija - History of Book Numbers 75 by the late Donald J. Lehnus (1934·1983). In this book, 11(1886). p.118 the history of book numbers has been closely followed; (13) see (3), p.7 a (14) Bliss, H.E.: Simplified book notation, Lib!.J, 35(1910) book which is not lacking in practical detalls. In 1981, p.545 another study on book numbers by John P.Comaromi (15) Bliss, H,E, : A simplified alphabetic order table. Libr.J.· with major emphasis on explicating and explaining the 37(1912) p.71-72 LC book number practice followed closely on its heels. (16) Brown, Z.: More about Cutter numbers, Libr,J, 57(1932) p.437 Both are standard works, but, regretfully, neither (17) Cutter, C.A,: Letter to the Editor. Public Libr.5(1900) attracted many reviews, nor did they create any stir in p.243. Quoted by Lehnus, p.39-40 library literature. This oniy confirms the lack of interest (18) see (5), p.41 in such a practical subject. These two books have also (19) see (5), p.63 ignored Ranganathan's book numbering system com· (20) Cutter-Sanborn three-figure author table. Swanson-Swift revision, 1969, Chicopee, MA: H.R.Huntting 1969. 33p. pletely. This vacuum, however, has now been fi lled"" . tables, 39x22cm. (21) C.A,Cutter's three-figure author table. Swanson-Swift 15. Outlook? revision 1969. Chicopee, MA: H.R,Huntting 1969. 29 This small chronicle cannot hope to be complete; it p.tables, 39x29 em. is rather a descriptive catalogue of major and published (22) C.A.Cutter's two-figure author table. Swanson-Swift book number systems. Home-made and local conventions revision 1969. Chicopee, MA: H.R.Huntting 1969. 4p. 36x22. of book number systems are innumerable. Perhaps it (23). Cutter, C.A.: Cutter-Sanborn three-figure author table. prompted Anna C.Laws to say: HAuthor notation may rev,ed, Ludhiana: Indian Bibliographical Centre 1972. be . defined as a system of rules to be judiciously II,40p. broken"so . There are far more practical systems in use (23a)C.A.Cutter's three-figure alfabetic order table. Fully rev.ed. than are printed in literature. Literature is in arrears of Jammu: Light and Life Pub1.1972? 26p. (24) Massey, A.P.: Classification o(fiction, Libr,J. 6(1881)p.7*9 practice; what we are now experiencing is a literature (25) see (10), p.41-42 deflation. Theories on book numbers are falling into (26) Biscoe, W.S.: Chronological arrangement on shelves, Libr,J. oblivion; their fu ture is uncertain, ingenious minds are 10(1885) p.245-246 not addressing themselves to these problems, and so new (27) see (5), p.23 systems of book numbers are not coming. In many (28) Dewey, M.: Decimal Classification and Relative Index. 2nd ed, Boston: Library Bureau 1885. p.37. Quoted by Lehnus classiflcation systems and consequently in libraries, book (5), p.25 numbers are paid but scanty attention, and are even (29) Olin, C,R.: An author table for collective biography. Libr.J L treated step-motherly, as Comaromi aptly writes49 • 18(1893)p.144 M;my classification systems are silent on the issue; this is (30) see (5), p.24 (31) Jast, St.: A new book number. 2 pts. Libr.World 3 (1901) another reason for their unaccounted mushroomed p.120-123; p.150-152 growth and for ad hoc or hotch-potch methods that pass (32) Phillips, W.H.: A primer of book classification. Rev.ed. for book numbers. For this reason, no formal history London: Assoc.of Assistant Librarians 1951. p.54 can be traced in its entirety; and without the history (33) Merrill, W.S.: Merrill book numbers. Public LibI. 17(1912) of book numbers, the history of our library classification p.12H29 (34) Laws, A.C.: Author notation in the Library of Congress. cannot be told completely, as I.Dahlberg confided in a Washington, DC: Governm.Printing Office 1917. p.5-6 personal discussion 51 • (35) see (5), p.43 (36) see (10), p.92-122 References and Notes: (37) Immroth, J.P.: A guide to Library of Congress Classifica (1) Comaromi, J.P.: The eighteen editions of the Dewey tion. 2nd ed. Littleton, CO: Libraries Unlimited 1971. p.48 Decimal Classification. Albany, NY: Forest Press 1976. (38) Brown, J.D.: Subject Classification. 3rd ed, rev.by.J.D. p.99 Stewart. London: Grafton 1939. Secs.32-37 (p.27-32) (2) Dewey, M.: Eclectic book numbers. Libr.J. 11(1886)p.296* (39) Dickinson, A.D.: Punjab library primer. Lahore: University 301. Quoted by Lehnus, D.J. in (5) p.26 of Punjab 1916. 242p. (3) Barden, B.R.: Book numbers. A manual for students with -(40) Saxena, T,P.: (Foreword to) Three nUrhber author table, by basic code of rules. Chicago: Amer.Libr.Assoc. 1937. (1971 G.C.Makkar. New Delhi: Today and Tomorrow's Printers reprint) p.5*6 and Publishers 1974, p.XI (4) Schwartz, J.: A new classification and notation. Libr.J. (40a)Zuber, M., Agrawal, S.P.: Pustak-Sankhya Preveshika 7(1882) p.148-166 (Introduction to book numbers). Aligarh : Shanker Prakashan (5) Lehnus, D.: Book numbers. History, principles and appli 1954. p.24-52 cations. Chicago: Amer.Libr.Assoc.1980. IV,153 p. (here (41) Ranagnathan, S.R.: Colon Classification. 6th ed. Bombay; p.53) Asia Publ.House 1959. Chap.03, p.1.9 - 1.17 (5a) Comaromi, J.P.: see (1), p.100 (42) see (7), Sec.UB2, p.5U3 (6) Plans for numbering, with special reference to fi ction. ' (43) Satija, M.P.: Manual of practical Colon Classification. New Libr.J.4(1879) p.38-47 Delhi: Sterling Pub!. 1984. p.95 (7) Ranganathan, S.R.: Prolegomena to library classification. (44) Rider, A.F.: Rider's International Classification for the 3rd ed. assisted by M.A.Gopinath. Bombay: Asia 1967, . arrangement of books on the shelves of general libraries. Sec.UC2(p.504) Middleton, CT: The Author 1961. (Introduction) (8) Cutter author*numbers in connection with the Dewey (45) India, National Library : Author table for Indian names. Decimal Classification, Libr,], 13(1888)p.308-309, Quoted Calcutta: The Library 1961. VIII,255p. by Lehnus (5), p.35 (46) see (45), pHI (9) Dewey, M,: Plans for numbering with a special reference to (47) Makkar, G.c.: Three number author table. New Delhi: fiction: a library symposium. Libr,J, 4(1880)p.47 Today and Tomorrow's Printers and Pub!. 1974. XIV,118p. (10) Comaromi, J.P.: Book numbers. A historical study and (48) Satija, M.P.: A primer on Ranganathan's book number. practical guide to their use. Littleton, CO: Libraries Un Delhi: Mittal Pub!. 1987. 83p. limited 1981. 145 p. (here p.40) (49) see (10), p.5 (11) Cutter, C.A. : How to get books with an explanation of the (50) see (34), p.18. Quoted by Barden (3), p.12. new way of marking books, Boston: Press of Rockwell and (51) This view was emphasized by Dr.I.Dahlberg in a personal Churchill 1882. p.14-15 discussion during the Intern.Conf.on Ranganathan's Philo (12) Swan, Ch,H,: Alfab-order t�ble for names of piaces, Libr.J. sophy, New Delhi, 11-14 Nov.1985. 76 Int. Classif. 14 (1987) No. 2 - Satij a - History of Book Numbers quires the understanding of the structure of the.subject. Initial understanding of anaesthesiology was undertak en by a study of the literature ayaHable in books, encyc Padmini Raj lopaedias, primary and secondary periodicals and later moving progressively to more complex material. The subject was studied in terms of its definition, scope, Depth Colon Classification landmark classification, development and trends in re search and education, application, information transfer Schedule for Anaesthesiology: process ets. Construction and 2.2 Collection of terms Te st Application Anaesthesiology, in a span of a decade and a half has risen from a technique into a legitimate branch of medicine. No other area of medicine deliberately de presses the brain and the bodily systems as does anaes Raj, P.: Depth Colon Classification schedule for anaesthesiology: Construction and test application. thesia with the tacit expectation of returning them to Int. Classil. 14 (1987) No. 2, p. 77-84, 9 rels. normalcy in minute time without incident or complica Guidelines, principles and systematic approach outlined in the 7th tion. It is interdisciplinary in crossing the lines between edition of Colon Classification scheme were adopted for the con basic science, pharmacology and clinical medicine. struction of a depth classification schedule for anaesthesiology as The slant of the schedule decides the collection, in applied to various surgical and obstetrical proc(fdures carried out on the human body. The procedural steps in designing the schedule corporation and arrangement of the terms in the are discussed with supporting tables and examples compiled from schedule and as this schedule was planned to cover the the schedule of isolates. The workability of the schedule was tested subject needs of practicing anaesthesiologists and tech by facet analysing, classifying a�d arranging a few abstracts per nicians, the stress right from the beginning was towards taining to anaesthesiology guided by the principles of facet-analysis the collection ofterms pertaining to practical application and the analyticosynthetic procedure for classifying. An alpha betical index to the schedule of isolates and a cyclically permuted of anaesthesiology to various surgical and obstetrical index to the test-classification have been prepared; the methodol procedures carried out oil the human body. The ogy for the same is described as well. guidelines for collecting the terms for the above men (Author) tioned objective was provided by the definition of pre sent day anaesthesiology by the American Board of 1. Backgronnd Anaesthesiology: The Indian approach to analytico-synthetic classifica "Far from providing sleep in the operating room, tion is the Colon Classification. The present version is today's anaesthesiology is defined as a practice of based upon the concept of free facets with emphasis on medicine dealing with but not limited to: depth classification. Its theory provides models, tools, a) the management of procedures for rendering a pa techniques, principles, postulates and enough flexibility tient insensible to pain and emotional stress during to the classifier for analysing the subject content into surgical, obstetrical and certain medical procedures; their elemental structures and synthesising them into as b) the support of life functions under the stress of semblages in a manner appropriate to meet specific de anaesthetic and surgical manipulations; mands of the users of information. With an adequate cr the clinical management of the unconscious patient knowledge of the theory of classification and the subject whatever the cause; needed to be classified, an information specialist or a li d) the management of problems in pain relief; brarian is in a position to classify the subject to any cho e) the management of problems in cardiac and respira sen depth and level at any time depending upon the tory resuscitation; need. The analytico-synthetic, freely-faceted, depth f) the application of specific methods of respiratory Colon Classification Schedule for a anaesthesiology is a therapy and result of one such endeavour realized into practice and g) the clinical management of various fluids, electro at the same time. a test of theoretical implications and lytes and metabolic disturbances." workability of the 7th edition of the Colon Classification It can be seen from the above, anaesthesiology finds scheme. its maximum application in operational procedures and in order to give 'Safe-anaesthesia', an anaesthesiologist 2. Procedure adopted for the construction has to have a detailed understanding of (i) various of the schedule pathological conditions which not only governs the type The schedule was worked out within the framework and of surgery to be performed but also the type of anaesthe guidelines offered by the scheme. The different steps tic and the technique by which it has to be administered; taken for the preparation of the schedule are explained (ii) pharmacology and toxicology of anaesthetics and re in the.follwing subsections. lated drugs; (iii) anatomy of those organs which bear the major portion of anaesthetic action; (iv) biochemical 2.1 Study of anaesthesiology and physiological functioning of body cells before, dur A depth schedule, as has been mentioned earlier, is ing and after the administration of anaesthetics and fur user-oriented and need based. The construction re- thermore (v) the use of monitoring equipment and mea- Int. Classif. 14 (1987) No. 2 - Raj - CC Schedule Anaesthesiology 77 sures for accumulating data on vital body functions. 2.51 The Personality category Hence, Pathology, Pharmacology, Toxicology, Anat Anaesthesiology is an interdisciplinary subject and as amy, Biochemistry and Physiology are related subjects, anaesthesia, in a sense, is simply an application of the Electronics and Instrumentation are tool subjects and . knowledge of pharmacological actions of drugs to Surgery, Obstetrics and Dentistry are application sub known physiology and pathology, the manifestations of jects to Anaesthesiology. the (P) category are the various types of Standard and individual terms pertaining to the - procedural techniques, both chemical and physical, above points were collected from various documentary of general and local anaesthesia and narcotic sources ranging from encyclopaedias, dictionaries, glos analgesia for rendering a patient insensible to pain for saries, thesauri etc. to the latest issues of primary, sec operational/therapeutic procedures. Examples are: ondary and tertiary periodical publications. After Inhalation/Intravenous and Rectal General anaes checking their relevance to the context they were pre thesia techniques, Block techniques, Acupuncture of sented in the schedule of isolates as manifestations etc. ; either fundamental categories and/or as their spedators. - techniques of ancillary anaesthesia adjuncts like 'in For example, anaesthesia techniques and drugs are man duced hypothermia' for supporting anaesthetic as ifestations of the (P) category; surgery is (Spl) and' well as surgical manipulations and anatomy (Sp2) to the (P) category; physiological and - drugs which broadly fall under the following four biochemical changes in body organs are manifestations categories depending upon the purpose behind their of the (M P) category and monitoring and therapeutic administration: equipment and instruments are Spl to the (E) category. (a) Prophylactic pre-anaesthetic medicants such as The stress on 'Induced anaesthesia' automatically elimi 1) Atropine, Epinephrine, Antiemetics etc. for pre nates the inclusion of 'Anaesthesia as a pathological planned controlling of complications that could arise as complication' . an untoward sequelae to anaesthetic administration; The culling out of individual terms from articles was 2) Transquilizers for the long established aim of reliev facilitated by facet analysis of their abstracts. ing anxiety before anaesthetic induction; 3) Sedatives and narcotic analgesics for diminishing overall anaesthe 2.3 Facet analysis of abstracts tic requirements and 4) Muscle relaxants for decreasing The subject contents of the abstracts were facet analysed muscular tone and inducing relaxation; into subject strings according to the postulates of S.R. (b) General and local anaesthetics and strong narco Ranganathan's facet analysis which expounds the theory tic analgesics for producing anaesthesia and analgesia of fundamental categories of Personality , Matter (Mate- . and rial and Property) , Energy, Space and Time and their re (c) Post-operative medicants like stimulants and spective Spedators. The analysis of each article was diuretics for treating complications due to anaesthetic written on a separate slip along with its bibliographical mismanagement. information. It might be argued that techniques and drugs belong 2.4 Recording of term profIle two different classification categories. Nevertheless, they are here put together in the (P) category because The significant terms obtained from various sources their isolates were found to form the core of the subject were profiled on a 7" slip of paper. For each term, 3" x either singularly or in association with other core terms the following information was collected and recorded: on the same or on different level(s) within the same or in 1. Serial number 7. Role different round(s) . There is scope for further addition of 2. Reference 8. Broader terms Quasi Isolates (Q IS) in the (P) category and if need be, Term 9. Narrower terms 3. anaesthetic equipments and instruments which are level 4. Context 10. Related terms speciators to the (E) category can become a third (Q I). 5. Definition 11. Synonyms 1 6. Source of definition Some of the major isolates have multiple roles because of the multidisciplinary nature ofthe subject. As the pre 2.5 Grouping and arrangement sent scheme is freely-faceted and flexible, their jux taposition and reversal of roles could be represented. in The term profilescollected were examined and checked the schedule of isolates. to findtheir relevance to the context. The relevant terms 2.52 The Matter Propertycategory were then first grouped by facets and speciators and , thereafter sorting was done by the category of manifes Terms manifesting as (MP) were basically those indicat tations. It was seen that the manifestations of terms were ing a deviation in the physiological and biochemical limited to the fundamentalcategories of Personality (P), functioning of a particular organ-system or an organ. Matter Property (M P) and Energy (E) and to their re Even anaesthesia and narcotic analgesia were deliberate spective speciator(s). The schedule of isolates was set in depressions brought upon the normal biochemical func the above mentioned three parts - each part comprising tioning of the nervous system and hence a change. Apart a schedule of isolates of a particular category and its from such desired depressions, the side effects, toxic ef speciator(s). (P) and (E) categories had two level fects and characteristic effectsof drugs - both anaesthe speciators which were designated as Spedator of order 1 tics as well as those given in relation to anaesthesia pre (Spl) and Speciator of order 2 (Sp2). (M P) had only one anaesthetically, during or post-operatively were found level speciator. to form the (MP) category collectively. 78 Int. Classif. 14 (1987) No. 2 - Raj - CC Schedule Anaesthesiology 2.53 The Energy category ing or stimulating the release or action of neurohor Energy and action go hand in hand and terms manifest mones produced by innervating nerve endings, they ing as (E) were those denoting action - general as well were centrally enumerated under the (Q I) "Drugs ef as specific. Pre-anaesthetic caring and preparation of the fecting Nervous System". But a provision to represent patient, processes of administration of anaesthesia such multi-action drugs under each of the organ system/ techniques, management and maintenance of anaes organ that they effected was made by an intra-schedule thesia, support of life functions under the stress of anaes cross:-reference note. thesia and surgical procedures, measuring and monitor For example, Picrotoxin is mainly an analeptic given ing of data, management of problems in cardiac and re post-operatively for its dual beneficial actionin stimulat spiratory resuscitation, application of specific methods ing the central nervous system as well as reverting respi of cardiac and respiratory therapy during and after ratory collapse, a condition arising especially as a result surgery etc. were all deemed to form the (E) category. of anaesthesia mismanagement. As per above, Picroto xin was listed under central nervous system-stimulants, 2.54 Sp eciators to (P), P) and (E) categories but provision for representing Picrotoxin under 'Respi (M ratory stimulant - Analeptic' under the (Q I) 'Drugs ef The Quasi Isolates of speciators to (P), (M P) and (E) fecting Respiratory system' was also made possible with categories as listed under section 2.71 broadly indicate the help of a note which states that specific analeptics the terms that went to speciate the isolates in their re could be represented by subdividing it just as the sub spective fundamental categories. It is worth noting here division of analeptics under 'Drugs effecting central ner that the (Q Is) of drugs - apart from being a major (Q I) vous system - Stimulants'. Table 1 explains this com in the (P) category - also speciate the (Q Is) of specific prehensively. actions in the (E) category. Similarly, the isolates of This is also an example of Systematic Mnemonics which complication in the (MP) category speciate at order one is discussed in the next section. As mentioned earlier, the isolates of the (E) category. The schedule has been the isolates of the (M P) category were those of changes closely-linked with the representation of many such induced upon the normal physiological and biochemical multi-role isolates at various points in the schedule. functioning of different organs in the body and the ar The level 2 speciators of a particular category always rangement of (Q Is) within the (MP) category, again speciate the level 1 speciators of the category. Further conforming to the principle of consistency, ran parallel more, the speciators of fundamental categories as well as to the arrangement of (Q Is) of drugs effecting various the isolates in the fundamental categories - apart from organ systems as enumerated in the (P) schedule. This is their normal functions - can speciate among them very much evident in Table 3. The principles of "Wall selves; the direction of speciation being from lower to Pictur" and "Helpful Sequence" aided in the formation higher ordinal value. of arrays and chains of (E) isolates and likewise the speciators of each of the three categories arranged 2.6 Formation of arrays and chains among themselves on the basis of semantic likeness and The terms grouped under different categories and conceptual dependance. speciators were arranged logically in arrays and chains by applying different characteristics in succession. Logic 2.7 AUoealion of notation and sequence of application of the characteristics to the The schedule of Basic subjects (B S) in the 7th edition of isolates was guided mainly by the Principles of Wall-Pic the depth version of the Colon Classification gave ture, Cow-Calf, Helpful Sequence and Consistency. An 'Anaesthesiology' the notation 'LY7' thus making it a outstanding attempt was made in mentioning in the distilled basic subject of 'L Medicine'. Keeping in view schedule of isolates the characteristics, principles, de the Canons of Notation and Mnemonics, the notation al vices and mnemonics that went into the formation of dif location for isolates was done with a hospitable base ca ferent arrays and chains and their notations. Invariably, pable of accomodating all the terms decided in the ver most of the anaesthesia techniques were named after the bal plane and having scope for future intrapolation and parts of the body they were administered to. For exam extrapolation ofisolates at all levels and points. For ease ple - Nasal intubation, Mask anaesthesia, Intravenous in synthesising individual notations, each isolate number anaesthesia, Cranial nerve block etc. Hence the isolates (I N) in the schedule of isolates was preceded by its indi of anaesthesia techniques in the (P) category were ar cator digit, which are as follows: ranged, conforming to the Principle of Consistency, ac , (comma for (P) cording to the sequence of the (P) isolates of 'parts of the ; (semi-colon) for (MP) body' as enumerated in the basic schedule of 'L : (colon) for (E) Medicine'. The isolates of drugs in the category were (P) - (single hyphen) for (Spl) similarly arranged according to the parts of the body = (double hyphen) for (Sp2) they acted upon or effected. The list of (Q Is) in,section 2.71 highlights this aspect. It was seen that many drugs The ultimate synthesised notational expression of any effected various organ systems or organs simultaneously deeply analysed subject string is bound to be co-exten and to list all such multi-action drugs under each organ sive, complex·and lengthy, which is an in-built feature to system and organ that they effected' would have in be taken with a pinch of salt. As stated earlier depth of creased the bulk of the schedule. Asthese drugs changed analysis usually depends upon the need and likewise also the modality of an organ system/organ by either block- its notational expression varies in length. Sometimes the Int. Classif. 14 (1987) No. 2 - Raj - CC Schedule Anaesthesiology 79 Table 1. Intra-Schedule cross-reference Ta ble 2. Inter-schedule cross-reference ,D4 Drugs used for ,0732 Central nervous =O*P (By parts of the body upon which surgery their effect on system stimulant is performed) the Respiratory system for specific organ systems and parts of the body add to "= OP" (By type) (By type) by direct retroactive synthesis (By effe ct the notation of'P' isolates of inducted) "parts of the body" as enumerated (By Systematic ,07234 Mood stimulant in the basic schedule of Mnemonics) ,07235 Psychomotor "LMedicine" ,D447 Bronchial stimulant/Anti dilators depressant (Illustrative) ,D453 Respiratory ,07236 Analeptic stimulants �OP167 Hand (By alphabetical (By type) arrangement) (By nature o! (By Alphabetical Similarly, the notation of (O ls) in (P) and (MP) actioll) Device) categories and those of measuring, monitoring and (Illustrative) (Illustrative) therapeutic equipment in the Spi to (E) category were derived by Systematic Mnemonics as they are inter Analeptic ,D7236LO Lobeline dependent and correlated. The similarities in their nota ,D7326N Nallaxone tion is shown in Table for specific ,D7236NA + H Nalorphine 3. analeptics add hydrochloride Seminal mnemonics was used in a few places. to ,"D453" ,D7236P Picrotoxin Number '4' semantically denotes 'change' and the quasi by direct isolate of 'Change from the normal' in the schedule of retroactive (M P) isolates also bore the same number. Similarly, synthesis the notation numbers '5' and '6' semantically represent 'prevention' following and 'treatment' respectively, and these isolates in the ",D723" in the schedule of (E) isolates had numbers ending with '5' and schedule of '6' respectively. For example: "P" isolates of :c5 : Control ·,07236- Anaieptics" as :kS : Prevention enumerated :k6 :Treatment under the Whereever isolates semantically meant depression, de quasi-isolate of "Drugs crease or suppression they bore either number 1 or 2 at effecting the end of their respective (1 N). But these numbers Central were not restricted to the above isolates alone. Below nervous sys few examples are given: temin "LY7 Anaesth (P) category Notation esiology" Cortical depressant ,0721 Spinal cord depressant ,0731 (Illustrative) Pain fibredepressant ,D751 Adrenergic blocking drug ,075A91 (By alphabetical Cholinergic antagonist drug ,075C91 arrangement) Preganglionic anticholinergic drug ,075C911 SpJ to (M P) category Notation ,D4536NA + H Nalorphine Decrease -Osl hydrochloride Depression -zOrl ,D4536P Picrotoxin Supression -zOr2 Likewise number '3' denoted isolates semantically meaning stimulation and increase, but was not restricted to them alone. length of an otherwise long synthesised notational ex (P) category Notation pression can be controlled beforehand by careful tele " Respiratory stimulant ,0453 scoping of arrays. In this case, as an experimental step, Central nervous system stimulant ,0723 telescoping was deliberately avoided to gauge the ex Adrenergic drug ,075A3 pressivity of the isolate idea at the notational plane and Cholinergic drug ,075C3 the length of the (1 N) which each isolate assumed in the Alphabetical mnemonics was applied in a couple of absence of telescoping. Mnemonics was extensively places like used. Systematic Mnemonics was applied for inter and Excitement (M P) ;4721e intra-schedule cross referencing which made the Excitation Spl to (M P) -zOue schedule comprehensive and consistent. An example of inter-schedule cross reference is given below which has Erroneously in type setting an 0 waS used instead of a been taken from the schedule of Sp2 to (P) isolates. o (Zero). Please, read 0 in all the cases occurring. 80 Int. Classif. 14 (1987) No. 2 - Raj - CC Schedule Anaesthesiology Table 3. (QIs) IN(P) CATEGORY (QIs) IN (MP) CATEGORY (QI) IN Sp I TO (E) CATEGORY (By technique) ,A (By physiological & biochemical (By measuring & monitoring equip Anaesthesia technique ,A7 changes) ;4 ment) -Og (By drug) ,D -in Temperature ;4v -Temperature measuring instrument -Ogv Drugs used fOf their effect on in Tissue ;412 -Eye ,DI8S -in Eye ;4185 � Heart rate analysis equipment -Og32 -Digestive system ,D2 -in Digestive system ;42 -Circulatory system ,D3 -in Circulatory system ;43 � Respiratory rate measuring -Respiratory system ,D4 -in Respiratory system ;44 equipment -Og4S -Urino-genital system ,DS -in Urino-genitalsystem ;45 -Cerebral activity measurement -Nervous system ,D7 -in Nervous system ;47 equipment -Og721 (By therapeutic equipment) -Op -Artificial alveolar ventillation gas machine -Op4S1 Scheduled muemouics was also used to provide the nota LIST OF ( QIs) tion for (E) isolates from the schedule of common (QIs) NOTATION energy isolates. Among the devices, only the alphabetical device was Scheduleof(P) isolates used to provide mixed notation to individual drugs in the (By Te chnique) ,A (P) category and instruments in the Spl to (E) category. �Anaesthesia technique ,A7 For example �General anaesthesia ,An �Local anaesthesia technique ,A7S (P) category -Ancillary anaesthesia adjunct technique ,AP ,D7234 Mood stimulants (By alphabeticaL arrangemeflf) (By drug) ,D (By alphabetical device) -Drugs used locally for their effect on the eye ,DI8S (Illustrative) � Drugs used locally for their effect on the ,D7234A Amphetamine digestive system ,D2 ,D7234C Caffiene �Drugs used locally for their effect on the ,D7234E Ethamivan cirulatory system ,D3 ,D7234M Methylphenidate -Drugs used locally for their effect on the ,D7234T Theophylline respiratory system ,D4 Spl to (E) category �Drugs used locally for their effect on the -Og4S7 Gas mixture analyser urino-genital system ,05 -Drugs used locally for their effecton the (By Type) (By principle oflater�in� nervous system ,D7 time of invention) (By alphabetical device) Schedule ofSp 1 to (P) Isolates . (lllustrative) By Sex o/the Patient -OA -Og4S7N+A+A Narkotest, anaesthetic By St(age) ofthePatient -OB gas mixture By Status of the Patient -OC -Og4S7M+S Mass spectrometer By Surgery -OL -Og457V+H+A Ultraviolet halothane By Female medicine -OMS absorber By Regulation of flow -ON By Depth of hypothermia -OP By Route of administration -OR 2.71Allocation of notation to QIs By Dosage -os By Induction time -OT The following list of Quasi-Isolates and their notation By Time of administration of medicament -ov broadly indicate the general pattern of their arrange By Type of anaesthetic technique -oz ment. A keen study will reveal all the previously men Schedule ofSp 2 to (P) isolates tioned principles that were applied for the derivation of· the same. By Parts of the body upon which surgery is performed �OP . 2.8 The index to the schedule Schedule 0/ (MP) Isolates (By physiological and biochemical changes) ;4 An alphabetaical index to the schedule has been pre -Temperature ;4v pared with each entry giving the term, its context if any, �Tissue ;412 its role(s) in the schedule of isolates and respective iso �Eye ;4185 late number(s) . 'See' and 'See also' cross .references are -Disgestive system ;42 �Circulatory system ;43 given. A sample page of the index to the schedule of iso -Re'spiratory system ;44 lates is given in Appendix 1 illustrating the manner in �Urino�genital system ;45 which the index runs. -Nervous system ;47 lot. Classif. 14 (1987) No. 2 - Raj - CC Schedule Anaesthesiology 81 LIST OF ( Qls) the treatment of either ofischaemic, traumatic (Qfs) NOTATION or post-operative pain. Schedule ofSp 1 to (MF) Isolates 2 Identifying Anaesthesiology. Study. By Percentage of Qccurance -Oa substantive terms in Good Quality. Local By Quality of effect/action -Ob the title. anaesthesia. Morphine By Nature of action -Oc Sulfate. Epidural By Time of occuraJlce of effect -Oe anaesthesia technique. By Condition -Oh Treatment. Pain. Ischaemic. By Cause of origin of complication -Ok Tr aumatic. By Region of origin of complication -01 Postoperative. By Type of effect �On By Time intervallPeriod of occurance -Op 3 Identifying roles Anaesthesiology (B S) By Time duration of effect -Or ,of the substantive Epidural anaesthesia By Level -ZOa terms in the context (Sp! toMp) Local By Rate of activity -ZOd of subject under anaesthasia (M P) By Depth -ZOh consideration viz. Morphine sulfate By Time taken for onset of action -ZOk (B S), (P), (M P) and (2P) Epidural ana (E) . Levels and Rounds esthesia technique (IP) Schedule o/(E) Isolates are determined by the Treatment (2E) Pain Wall Picture Principle. (SpI t02E) Ischaemic By General action :aa Phase relations, if (Sp2 to 2E) Traumatic By Action on Patient :aA any, between the (Sp2 t02E) Post-operative �Y Method of generation of action :aD isoletes are also (Sp2 t02E) identified. Schedule ofSp lto (E) Isolutes By Type of study -Oar 4 Rearranging ideas Anaesthesiology (B S) By Complication -Oa4 according to the Epidural anaesthesia ByDrug -OaD sequence of(BS) ,(P) , technique (1P) Morphine By Drug administration equipment -Ob (MP) and «(E) . sulfate (2P) Local ana By Measuring equipment and Monitoring Speciators esthesia (2M P) Good equipment -Og and Qualifiers are quality (Spf to 2M P) ByTherapeuticequipment -Op arranged with the Treatment (2E) Pain By Method of administration of drug -Oqa respective facet (Spl to 2E) Ischaemic By Route of administration -Ora categories. Similarly (Sp2 to 2E) Traumatic qualifiers of order 2 (Sp2 to 2E) Post-operative Schedule ofSp 2 to (E) Is olates with the respective (Sp2 to 2E) Study (3E) qualifiers of order 1. By Aids to study =Oar By Speciators to complication =Oa4 5 Substantive terms No change in the above By Speciators to drugs =OaD may be checked to have mentioned terms By Approach of needle �Ob82 the appropriate By Type of needle �Oc82 standard terms used in the schedule. 6 Terms are represented LY7(B S) , A751733(f P) , 2.9 Test classification by respective numbers ,D7216x6M1M +S(2P) To test the workability of the schedule the subject con given in the Schedule :4751(2M P) -Ob21 (Spf to tent of twenty eight abstracts pertaining to anaesthesiol ofIsolates and M P) :k6(2E) -Oa47p(Sp! Schedule of Phase to 2E) �Oa4kd(Sp2 to 2E) ogy were analysed according to the principle of facet Relations �Oa4kg(Sp2 to 2E) analysis and classified according to the analytico-synthe �Oa4e5(Sp2to 2E) tic procedure for classifying. Slight modifications were :aaR(3E) made in the schedule on the basis of revelations there 7 The class number may LY7,A751733,D7216x from and the abstracts reclassified according to the mod be formed by dropping 6M1M +S;4751- ified scheme. See sample page in Appendix 3. roles and Ob21 :k6-Da47p�Oa4kd� notation Oa4kg=Oa4e5:aaR 2.91 Procedure fo r classifying The following steps were applied in succession for classi fying the subject content of the abstracts: 2.92 Arrangement of classified abstracts STEPS DETAILS EXAMPLE Abstracts were arranged in increasing ordinal value of their notation. In order to organise the abstracts,"sub o Identifying the Raw Epidural anagesia with headings comprising the main class number and the sub title as found in morphine; a Preliminary the document study. j ect heading were culled out from the schedule of (P) iso lates and interpolated. 1 Identifying the Anaesthesiology. Study of Each entry, step by step, provided information re expressive subject the good quality of local garding of the document anaesthesia produced by - title, author(s), and within parenthesis the locus of Morphine sulfate following administration by Epidural the periodical article. When an abstract was taken Anaesthesia technique for from the abstracting periodical Excerpta 'Medica 82 Int. Classif. 14 (1987) No. 2 - Raj - CC Schedule Anaesthesiology (EM), the locus of the abstract/periodical article in and specific actions and of instruments and equipment. the abstracting periodical was given in square brac This multidisciplinary coverage of isolates makes the kets, schedule all the more exhaustive and an important link - the sequence of arrangement of standard terms ac to various other co-related distilled basic subject cording to step 5 of the procedure for classifying, schedules of 'L Medicine'. The schedule was planned - the representation of the terms by their respective no- and prepared in a manner that it could easily blend with tation as given in the schedule (step 6), and adjacent schedules. With the help of this depth classifi - the synthesised class number according to step 7. cation schedule, detailed indexing, abstracting and re Whenever two terms belonging to the (P) category sur trieval of both macro and micro documents are possible. faced after facet analysis, and added entry for the second With such guidelines, it is also possible to construct term under its main class number was made. The added schedules of other subjects in a similar way considering entry was cross referred in the main entry at the end and variation of subject coverage as well as notational ex likewise the added entry. For ease in identification, the pressivity. serial number of each of the added entries bore an arsterisk and the term for which the added entry was References: made was underlined in steps 5, 6 and 7 in that entry. (1) Gopinath, M.A.: Analytico-synthetic classification: Its theory and practice. In: DRTCAnnual seminar, 20; 1983; Paper CA. 2.93 Index to test classification (2) Neelameghan, A.: Development of a subject and its impact on classificaiton: A case study. In: DRTC Annual seminar, 6; An alphabetical organised index to the 'sought' subject 1968; Paper BA. terms was prepared by cyclic permutation. The serial (3) Neelemeghan, A.; Gopinath, M.A.; Seetharama, S.: Colon numbers of the classified abstract acted as the index Classification, edition 7; Schedule of basic subjects. Lib. Sci. 10; 1973; Paper P. number. The permuted term was mentioned in bold let (4) Padmini, B.N.: Analytico-synthetic, freely-faceted depth. ters and its immediate context was provided by the last Colon Classification schedule for anaesthesiology. Guided by term in that entry. In cases where a single permuted term Dr. M.A. Gopinath. Bangalore: DRTC 1986. could link more than one entry, all such sought entries (5) Ranganathan, S.R.: Colon Classification. Ed. 6. 1969. (Chap ter I Medicine). were listed under that term. Similarly a non-permuted (6) Ranganathan, S.R.: Design of depth classification; Methodol term, wherever possible, linked more than one entry to ogy. Lib. Sci. 1; 1964; Paper-A. the main permuted term. This feature is illustrated in (7) Ranganathan, S.R.: Prolegomena to library classification. Ed. Appendix 2. Hyphenated terms splitted due to permuta 3. Assisted byM.A. Gopinath. 1967. (8) Ranganathan, S.R.; Neelameghan, A.: Drug: Depth classifi tion and the nonpermutated parat retained the hyphen cation version ofCC. Lib. Sc. 1; 1964; Paper L. either anteriorly or posteriorly depending upon the part (9) Seetharama, S.: Human disease: Depth classification version that was permuted. When a more popular term was pre ofCC. Lib. Sc. 8; 1971: Paper B. ferred over a less popular synonymous term (both pre sent in the entries) for permutation, UF (Used For) was Appendix l inserted between the preferred and the non-preferred term, e.g. INFANT (UF Paediatric). At certain points Sample page of Index to the Schedule of Isolates in the index a much sought after broad term was inserted Bad quality (Sp1 to MP) -Ob42 in bold letters with dotted underline from the schedule Bag and mask venti1lation gas machine (Spl to E) -Op4512B+M of (P) isolates in order to correlate under one heading Balanced anaesthesia technique See Mixed anaesthesia technique the various semantically similar but scattered permuted Ballon tip catheter (Sp1 to E) -Og372C+B terms, e.g. 'ANAESTHESIA'. This coordination aids Barbital sodium (P), D7215B+S easy searching and retrieval of terms. Barbiturate (P) ,D7215B Barnet automatically operated ventillation gas machine (Spi to E) -Op4514B 3. Conclusion Basal The schedule resulting from the depth classificationcon anaesthesia technique (Sp1 to P) -025 level (Sp1 to M P) -zOh2 struction can be regarded as a model prepared on the Beat basis of the guidelines and flexibility provided by the See Pulse Colon Classification itself. The result justifies the Benzocaine (P) ,D7517C2B means. The work-is comprehensive as far as coverage is Benzomorphan (P) ,D72162c concerned with hospitability for future additions of iso Benzoquinomium chloride (P) ,D75C91s81B+C Benzothisazide (P) ,D515313 lates. As the subject-field is an interdisciplinary one, the Benzyl alcohol (P) ,D75178 subject analysis of anaesthesiology into different facets, Bertylium tosylate (P) ,D75A91114B+T the sorting of terms, the allocation of roles, etc., with re Bethanochol chloride (P) ,D75C313IB+C spect to the context at hand had been complicated ini Bladder (M P) ;452 relaxation (M P) ;4523 tially. Apart from the isolates of procedural techniques Blease pulmoflator ventillation gas machine (Spi to E) of anaesthesia, anaesthetic, anaesthesia and its process -Op4514B+P of administration, the schedule also consisted, as is evi Block technique (1;'),A751 dent from sections 2.51, 2.52 and 2.53, of isolates per Blood measurement equipment (Spi to E) -Og352 taining to anaesthesia adjuncts, drugs other than pressure (M P) ;4352 anaesthetics, surgery, physiological and biochemical tension (M P) ;4355 changes in various organ systems and organs, general vessel (M P) ;435 Int. Classif. 14 (1987) No. 2 - Raj - CC Schedule Anaesthesiology 83 Appendix 2 Appendix 3: Sample page of Test Classification Sample page of Index to Test Classification LY7, A72 GENERAL ANAESTHESIA TECHNIQUE An EvallUltion of the anaesthetic techniques used.in an out-patient ANAESTHESIA TECHNIQUE unit. C.M. Urbach and G. Edelist. Can ad. Anaesth. Soc. J. 24, 3; ANAESTHESIA TECHNIQUE - GENERAL 1977; p. 401 -7. Cortical depressant. Respiratory distress. Warning. Cerebral func Anaesthesioiogy (B-S) General Anaesthesia techniques (P) Out tion monitor. 3,23 patient Unit (Spl) Evaluation (E) Evaluation. 2 LY7(B 5) ,A72(p) -OC2(Spl) aaT(E) - Intravenous. Barbiturate. Hypoxaemia measurement. 4,26 . LY7 ,A72-0C2:aaT ANAESTHESIA TECHNIQUE - LOCAL Use of cerebral fu nction monitor in general anaesthesia. (French). P. Radiguet De La Bastiquie and 1. Gourues. Ann. Anesthesiol. 20, ACUPUNCTURE 3; 1979; p. 187-93 (E.M. A -24; 15, 1; 1980; p. 32) Laser Anaesthesiology (B S), General Anaesthesia technique (lP) Corti See Laseropuncture technique under Anaesthesia technique cal depressants (2P) Overdosage (Sp1) Respiratory distress (2M P) Local Warning (2E) Cerebral function monitor (Sp1) Local anaesthesia. Tr eatment. Pain. Chronic. Nerve block (com LY7(B S) ,A72(IP) ,D72I(ZP) -OS4(Spl) ;44L(ZM P) :dxB(ZE) pared with) 5, 15 -Og72IC+F+M(Spl) See also Nerve block under Anaesthesia technique-Local LY 7,A72,D72I- 0S4;44L:dxB-Og72IC+F+M AXILLARY PLEXUS BLOCK * Added entry under ,D721 Cortical depressant Administration. Intravenous routs: Catheter. 11 Intravenous local anaesthesia technique. Surgery. Hand. 12, 14 LY7 ,APH HYPOTHERMIA TECHNIQUE deep hypothermia. (French). See also Intravenous Local anaesthesia technique under Anaes In[ant's hemostasis variation under thesia technique-Local. V.B. Doutremepuich. Ann. Anesth. 18, 1,' 1977; p. 62 -7, E.M. A-24; 13, 3; 1978; p. 667. BRAIN Anaesthesiology (B S) Hypothermia (P) Deep (Spl) Administration. Intravenous route. Intracranial hypertension. Controlled (Spl) Surgery (Spl) Infant (SpZ) Lidocaine (compared with) Thiopentone. Surgery. 28, 36 Cardiac (Sp3) Hemostasis variation (M P) BUPNACAINE LY7 (B S) , APH(P) -OPZ(Spl) -ONI(SpZ) -OL(SpZ) See under Bubivacaine hydrochloride under Anaesthetic-Local =OBC2(SpZ) =OP3Z(Sp3) ;4v(M P) LY7 ,APH, -0P2-0Nl-OL=OBC2=OP3Z;4v CARDIAC Infant.lHypothermia. Surgery. 21 LY7 ,D DRUGS Infusion. Vasodilation. Improve. Cardiac dysfunction. Chronic. I LY7 ,D35 VASCULAR DRUGS Sodium nitroprusside. Surgery. 22 Haemodynamic effects of Nitroprusside infusion during heart oper CARDIOVASCULAR DRUG ation. (French). D. Lappas and G. Ts itouris. Gre-Hall. Cardiol. Rev. 18, 4; 1977; p. 293-8, E.M. A -24; 13, 8; 1978; p. 2645. SODIUM NITROPRUSSIDE Anaesthesioiogy (B S) Sodium nitroprusside (P) Surgery (Sp1) Surgery. Cardiac. Infusion. Vasodilation. Improve. Cardiac dys Cardiac (SpZ) Infusion (IE) Va sodilation (M P) Improve (IE) Car function. Chronic. 22 diac dysfunction (Spl) Chronic (Sp2) CATHETER LY7(BS) ,D3536S+N(P) -OL(Spl) =OP32(Sp2) :aD4(IE) IAxillary plexus block. Administration. Intravenous route. 11 ;43553(M P) :r7(2E) -09432E(Spl) =Oa4hl(SpZ) . LY7, D3536S+N=OL=OP32:aD4;43553:r7-0a432E=Oa4hl CEREBRAL FUNCTION MONITOR IGeneral anaesthesia technique. Cortical depressant. Overdosage. Respiratory distress. Warning. 3,23 Address: Ms. Padmini Raj, Otto-Hahn Str. 145, D-4000 Dusseldorf 13 Ninth Europeau Meetiug on Cybernetics and Systems Draft Proposal "Vocabulary of Terminology" Research ISO/TC 37 (Terminology "Principles and Coordina The Austrian Society for Cybernetic Studies, in tion") circulated a Draft Proposal ISO/DP 1087 in cooperation with the University of Vienna, Department English and French in March 1987 with comments of Medical Cybernetics and Artificial Intelligence invites expected by June 1, 1987. The scope is given as follows: papers for EMCSR 88, to be held on April 5-8, 1988 at "This international standard establishes the glossary for the University of Vienna. Deadline for submission is the science of terminology and its practical applications. OcU5, 87. 12 Symposia are outlined, among which the It is applicable to all terminological activities on national following: General Systems Methodology; Designing and and international level". The Draft contains the defini Systems ; Humanity , Architecture, and Conceptualisation; tions of 124 concepts in systematic order under the Fuzzy Sets and Systems: Expert Systems and Approxi following headings: Language and Reality, Concept, mate Reasoning; Computer-Aided Systems Theory Definition, Terminology, Relations between Terms and (CAST); Artificial Intelligence. For fu rther information Concepts, Term Formation, Evaluation of Terms, contact: Organizing Committee of the Ninth European Vocabulary Preparation, Vocabulary Presentation, Meeting on Cybernetics and Systems Research 1988, Machine-aided Terminology Work, Theoretical Founda c/o i:isterreichische Studiengesellschaft fUr Kybernetik, tions and Practical Applications. The Draft was prepared Schottengasse 3, A-1010 Wien 1, Austria. by the Working 'croup 5 "Vocabulary of Terminology" (ISO/TC/WG5), established at the Plenary Meeting of ISO/TC in 1981. It is stated that the workof ISO/TC46/ SC3 "Vocabuiary of Documentation" was considered in the preparation of this DP. 84 Int. Classif. 14 (1987) No. 2 - Raj - CC Schedule Anaesthesioiogy In connection with the Dewey Decimal Classification Centenary, celebrated in 1976, Eugeniusz Scibor published an article on the activities concerning the development and Lucyna Anna Bielicka; Janusz Paciejewski; maintenance of the UDC which is widely used in Poland. Eugeniusz Scibor This article entitled "Perspectives of reformed UDC con Institute of Scientific, struction as a modern international indexing language" Technical and Economic Information, Warsaw (79), presented (La.) the project of UDC reform that had been elaborated by FID/CCCjD (Subcommittee for Drastic Development of UDC). Classification and An effort to make the use of UDC more efficient is Indexing Languages in described in the article by A. Goral, W.Mlodozeniec, T. Zokowska: "An attempt to standardize the way of classi Poland (1974-1 986). Pt. II fy ing documents according to UDC through UDC number assign ment to descripturs appearing in a thesaurus" (40). Dlgierd Ungurian's book "Th e utilization of the theory of Ranganathan's fa ceted classification for the categoriza Bielieka, L.A., Paciejewki, J., Seibor, E.: Classification and in dexing languages in Poland (1974-1986).Pt. II. tion of Polish scientific and technical onomastics (fo r the Int: Classif. 14 (1987) No. 2, p. 85-89, 101 refs. needs of information retrieval)", (95), the article "The Continuation of artiCle in Int.Classif.87-1, p.23-28. The first three general structure alan information language. Some proposal chapters covered; General problems of indexing languages (lLs) , of a framework of a lexical set" (92), and "Semantic Structure of indexing languages, and Indexing and information retrieval: In chapters 4-7 the fo llowing topics are treated: Classifica categories of the dimensions "s ubject of document"" (91) tion systems (development, UDC, faceted classifications, subject are devoted to the theoretical and methodological aspects field classifications); Subject heading languages (positional grammar, of the organization of the vocabulary of ILs with particular subject-heading and subject-headings, methodology of creating attention to its multi-dimensional (faceted) structure. The alphabetical subject catalogues, alphabetical subject indexes to classified catalogues); Descriptor languages (general studies and the thesis does not deal with a universal classification of the grammar of descriptor languages, formalized descriptions of thesauri, Polish scientific and technical onomastics, but only treats, linguistic analysis of the vocabulary contained in thesauri, semantic in the examples of tenmnology relating to motor transport relationships in thesauri, roles, methodology of building up thesauri, and information science, the vocabulary (lexical set) information on descriptor languages used in Poland); Other indexing destined for the needs of information processing and for languages (lLs for factographic systems, semantic code). the construction of the dictionaries of ILs (lists of lexical units used in ILs). Analytico-systematizing measures undertaken by the author within the limits shown above 4. Classification Systems have led him to elaborate his own conception concerning The evolution of ILs (and particularly of classification the categorization of the vocabulary of ILs based on systems) against the background of various factors which Ranganathan's theoretical output. determine their creation and development is presented in In the articles "Po lish Subject-tield Classification - an the study "Development of classification systems against ' indexing language fo r SINTO " (81) and "Ne w version of the background of development of literature as well as of the Polish Subject-field Classification" (79) Eugeniusz library and documentation activities" which is an adapta Scibor in his capacity as the main originator of the Polish tion of Eugeniusz Scibor's PhD thesis (83). The author's Subject-field Classification (PSC) discusses the functions aim was to reveal the regularities that govern the develop and structure of this classification system. The description ment of ILs and their rise. of PSC is made agalnst the background of the development This study on the basis of an analysis determining the of various subject-field classifications (Le. broad ordering creation of ILs, including systems of documentary classifi systems) as well as of the conception of ILs for the Polish cation, deals with the following aspects: a) Further back national information system. ground, i.e. the general level of civilization and culture The pam phlet by Eleonora Ja brzemska and Eugeniusz development, in particular the level of development of Scibor, "Principles of elaboration and use o[ branch subject science and technology; b) Closer background (conditioned field claSSifications" presents the principles relating to the by further background) which consists of the development construction and use of subject-field classifications (Le. and character of literature as well as of the methods of ordering systems the scope of which is limited to ouly one collecting, processing, making accessible, dissemination and branch of science and technology) that should be compatible using documents. The influence of the development of with the PSC mentioned above . science and literature as well as of the library and documen tation activities on the development of classification 5. Subject-Heading Languages systems is shown ; this development is presented under a Problems connected with a subject-heading language chronological aSpect. Four periods of the developments of are discussed in Jadwiga Sadowska's PhD thesis "Subject documentary classification systems have been distinguished. subheadings in the system of the subject�heading language " Main conclusions: investigated in time, classification and (68) as well as in three articles by the same author: ''Posi indexing systems form a continuous developmental line; the tional grammar in the subject-heading language " (65), classification of sciences to a rather small extent influenced "Subject and subject-heading in the theory and practice of documentary classification; the basic factor influencing the an alphabetical subject catalogue " (69) and "Specific and development of ILs is the development of literature and of language-ethnical subject subheadings in the subject-heading the methods of its application. language " (67). The thesis consists of two parts, the first Int. Classif. 14 (1987) No. 2 - BielickalPaciejewski/Scibor - Indexing Languages in Poland 85 dealing with general problems of semantics and the syntax descriptors (co-ordinate indexing), hierarchical indexing, of subject subheadings, while the second is devoted to the Farradane's relational indexing and faceted indexing. Types analysis of about 12,000 subject headings. The analysis is of syntagmatic relationships which can be distinguished based on the comparison of lexical meanings (senses) and when using the above-mentioned device are indicated. real words which have the same form as subject sub Finally, she formulates general recommendations for the headings. The author indicates the existence of unequivocal System of Scientific, Technical and Organizational Informa subject subheadings (used in one real sense, irrespective of tion (Polish acronym SINTO), relating to the use of the the number of lexical meanings) as well as of lexically grammar of descriptor languages. equivocal and functionally equivocal subject subheadings. In the article "Problem of giving the definition of the The author also shows the hierarchical and hierachical concept thesaurus", Hanna Po powska (58) considers the thematical dependences between subject subheadings, derivation of the term "thesaurus" and its formal definition. the inequality of the extension of their semantic fields and Tadeusz Radecki in "Formal description of a thesaurus the influence of positional grammar on the informative and its application to information retrieval sy stems" (62) possibilities of the subject-heading language. The author considers a thesaurus as a relational system where T is a set assumes that the analysis of the subject subheadings which of terms representing concepts of such domains of know� she has carried out will contribute to the obtainment of the ledge which are reflected in a set of documents D of the more univocal character of the subject-heading language examined information system whereas PI, P2, ... Pn are through the elimination of synonymic and equivocal semantic relations defined in a set T. The theory of fuzzy elements at the lexical and syntactic level. sets, elaborated by L.A.Zadeh, was used in the description Jadwiga Cwiekowa's manual, "Alphabetical subject of the thesaurus as well as when exemplifying a strategy of arrangement of literature " (35) is devoted to the theoretical information retrieval. The use of fuzzy sets theory to the and methodological aspects of the subject-heading language description of an information. retrieval system based on used in library alphabetical subject catalogues. . a thesaurus makes it possible to take into consideration the In "A lphabetical subject indexes to systematic cata� fact that the degrees of huportance of individual terms in logues", Jadwiga Sadowska (66) presents the alphabetical the search patterns of documents and information requests subject index to a systematic (classified) catalogue as a are of continuum type and that semantic relations generally variant of the alphabetical subject index to classification have no sharp membership boundaries. It is possible, tables which can be considered as a factor to speed up the by using simple operations of fuzzy sets theory, to find circulation of information. The author looks at the main documents with the desired degrees of relevance to infor problem connected with the creation of an alphabetical mation requests from the users of a given information subject index, i.e. how and to what extent the index system. reflects the structure and contents of the systematic cata In "Logical reconstruction of descriptors " Jerzy logue. The interdependence between the alphabetical Kopania (46) examines the following problems: descriptors subject catalogue and the alphabetical subject index is also 'versus names, relations of informative equivalence, relation shown. of preference, principle of abstraction through the repre sentation and generation of descriptors. 6_ Descriptor Langnages Joanna To masik-Beck in her three studies "The lin laze! Robowski in his PhD thesis "D escriptor langua guistic analysis of the terms fro m technical thesauri" (85), ges, Comparative analysis with other indexing languages" "Ambiguity and homonymy in technical terminology " (63) discusses the role of an indexing language in an (88), and "Syntactic and semantic analysis of multiword information retrieval system and presents the historical terms used in Polish Th esauri " (86) analyses one-word and outline of the development of descriptor languages. The multi-word technical terms. The set of one-word terms is comparative analysis of descriptor languages with other ILs divided into semantic categories and then - within each (hierarchical classifications, UDC, faceted classifications, category - into subcategories according to the formative subject headings) is made from the viewpoint of their that has motivated the derivative. In the analysis of multi application in the Polish national computer-based informa word terms, particular attention was paid to the relation tion system. He advocates the parallel application of UDC ship between the designated and designating parts of the and descriptor languages in this system. term. The causes of gaining independence by various In "Grammar o[ a descriptor la1J.guage aga inst a back lexical-semantic variants have been analysed. Two kinds of gro und o[ grammars of other indexing languages", a collec homonymy are distinguished: homonymy in the strict sense tive work, (41) the grammar of a descriptor language is and formative homonymy. compared with grammars of non-descriptor ILs (subject In the article "Grammatical number as a seman tic heading languages, UDC, faceted classification, Semantic distinguishing fe ature ", Jan usz Paciejewski (54) isolates Code of ASM-WRU). Elements of the grammar of the some factors which in practice influence the use of the Polish language are analysed from the view-point of their singular or plural form of substantives and - in consequence use in descriptor languages. The main types of the grammar - of descriptors. The author recommends the use of the of descriptor languages are discussed on the basis of the plural as the reflection of the trends of the language towards formal definition of grammar (which has been introduced generalizations. for the needs of the study) and of its classification. Ha nna Popowska's PhD thesis "Se mantic relation of Lucyna Anna Bielicka in "Grammatical rules in the hierarchical ty pe in descriptor languages (based on the descriptor languages" (10) gives definitions of fundamental . material of Polish thesauri)" (59) was written in Russian. concepts connected with the grammar of descriptor langua The author presents the results of a comparative analysis of ges. She discusses various grammatical devices used in ' hierarchies as paradigmatic relationships occurring in descriptor languages, namely: shuple co-ordination of thesauri. The results - based on the investigation of the 86 Int. Classif. 14 (1987) No. 2 - BieJicka/Paciejewski/Scibor - Indexing Languages in Poland ",:-. contents of more than 60 thesauri (including 12 Polish ones above (i.e. a descriptor language and IPC) are complementary which were analysed in detail) - have enabled the author to and that the synchronous use of both is therefore advisable. present both a typology of hierarchical relationships The following publications deal with the establishment (occurring within thesauri) and a methodology of estimating and use of descriptor languages in various branch(specialized) the extension of hierarchy in a descriptor language. information systems : The following three articles by Wieslawa Ogorkiewicz Dariusz Kuzm;nski: "Po lish Medical Thesaurus. Collecting and Barbara Wereszczynska-Cisl deal exclusively with and lexicographical processing of keywords" (47); descriptor languages: "The experimental thesaurus of Krystyna Garbacz:Lapuchowa: "Optimal collection of technology of fr uits and vegetables" (99), "Specification of descriptors in the thesaurus of agricultural machinery" associative relationships in an experimental thesaurus and (39); their influence on the efficiency of information retrieval" Elzbieta Artowicz: "A ssumptions of the information (98) and "An influence of detailed specifica tion of relation retrieval language fo r the AWION system" (5) and "Me ships on the effectiveness of fo od technology information thodies fo r analytic and synthetic elaboration of documents searching" (100). put into automatized information systems (exempll/ied by "Standardization in the construction of thesauri" by the AWION system)" (2) (the AWION system operation in Kazimierz Leski (48) discusses some more important rules the field of science of science); (recommended or compulsory) concerning the construction Mikolaj Poletylo: "Establishment and use of a thesaurus fo r of thesauri. the needs of the TV fi lm library (experience and con� "Principles fo r establishment of multilingual thesauri" elusions" (56); (89) and "Prob/ems of equivalent terms in multilingual GrazynaPrzepiorkowska andElzbieta Obrebska: "Thesaurus thesauri" by Jo anna Tomasik-Beck present - on the basis of fo r the Light Industry. Structure and elaboration" (60) . selected examples -principles for the establishment of multilingual thesauri. The author stresses' that the most 7. Other Indexing Languages important problem - when establishing multilingual thesauri Two publications by Lucyna Anna Bielicka entitled - lies in fixing the equivalents of lexical units in different "Indexing'languages of the type object�attribute for simple languages. fa ctographic systems" (7, 8) have the character of state-of Lucyna Bielicka and .Joanna Tomasik-Beck ("Descrip the-art reports prepared mainiy on the basis of Soviet tor languages fo r SINTO") (14) present principles for the literature . In these reports it is stated that in simple facto establishment of thesauri and general principles of indexing. graphic (data) systems ILs of the type object-attribute are Both groups of principles mentioned above are recom used. The structure of the vocabularies of these languages is mended for use within the Polish National System of discussed together with their types of grammar. Particular Scientific, Technical and Organizational Information attention is paid to the fe atures which distinguish this type (SINTO). of language from other types of ILs. Examples of object A list of Polish thesauri (already built up or under attribute languages used in Polish and foreign factographic elaboration) is given in the article by Eleonora Ja brzemska systems are given. "Information about the state of activities concerning the In the article "Facet fo rmula versus fr ame ", Dariusz establishment of thesauri for SINTO" (43). Dziuba (38) estimates the practical use of two methods of The aim of the "Thesaurus of Common Topics" (TCT), designing ILs (especiaily for fa ctographic systems); these which has been elaborated at IINTE, is to provide teams are: the facet approach and the method of so-called fr ames dealing with the establishment of branch thesauri with (semantic patterns). Frames and facets as forms of the some ready-made sets of interdiSciplinary lexical units. The representation of information, have many features in TCT is described i.a. in the article by leonora Ja brzemska cO.mmon. "Thesaurus of Common Topics. Origin, structure, applica� Zbigniew Madrzycki in "Pro blems connected with the tion " (44). construction of an indexing language fo r fa ctographie Olgierd Adrian ,Wojtasiewicz and BtJrbara Sosinska in " systems of scientific, technical, and economic information" On the construction of a macro thesaurus for the social (51) considers the object (object in general, object as such) , sciences" (JOI) consider the methods of establishing the its elements, features (peculiarities, parameters, attributes) macro thesaurus and the scope of the concept "social of an object and of its value. In the author's opinion an sciences" in the light of selected science classification indexing language for factographic systems should have a systems and against the background of various definitions faceted structure. of this group of branches of science. After the characte Bozenna Bojar's and Olgierd Adrian Wojtasie wicz's rization of the most important features of social sciences study "Semantic code for the SINTO system" (17) contains (such as the differentiation of research methods, the the draTt of a semantic code destined for the description of interdisciplinary character of many research problems, the the document contents and of the! extralinguistic reality in ambiguity of terminology) some principles concerning the any natural or indexing language. The semantic code refers choice of an indexing language for the information system to some appropriately selected fundamental semantic units in the area of social sciences are given. which are considered as primitives (primitive concepts). The Z.Latyszojc and S.Pajak's article "Problems connected interpretation of primitives differs from the colloquial with the application and utilization of a descriptor language usage of particular terms and even from their professional in patent information " (49) deals with experience resulting usage . The following semantic categories are isolated: from the application of a descriptor language (apart from primary objects, secondary objects, operations upon the International Patent Classification) to the indexing of objects, operations upon operations and characteristics branch patents at the Institute of Ferrous Metallurgy in (features, distinctive traits) relating to operations as well as Gliwice. They have ascertained that the two ILs mentioned ' to objects. The proposed semantic code is characterized by Int. Classif. 14 (1987) No, 2 - Bielicka/Paciejewski/Sdbor.- Indexing Languages in Poland 87 a considerable productiveness; its syntactic rules as well as (24) Chmielewska-Gorczyca, E.: Struktura instrukcji wyszukiwawc its semantic interpretation facilitate the description of zej. Zag.Inform. Nauk. 44(1984)No.l, p.49-63 (25) Chrnielewska-Gorczyca, E.: StruktuIa jezyka informacyjno concepts that - at a given moment - have no equivalents wyszukiwawczego.· Z�g.Inform.Nauk, 41(1982)No.2, pAl-64 (counterparts) in the empirical world or did not have them (26) Chmielewska-Gorczyca, E.: Struktura zapisu indeksowego. in the past. Zag.Inform. Nauk. 40(1982)No.1, p.43-56 (27) Chmielewska-Gorczyca, E.: Terminy zakazane (askryptory) w SINTO - Polish acronym of the name "System of Scientific, jezykach informacyjno-wyszukiwawczych. Zag.Inform.Nauk. Technical and Organizational Information" (the implemental 38(1981)No.l, p.29-44 Polish national information system) (28) Chmielewska-Gorczyca, E.: Typy i formy odsylaczy w jezykach informacyjno-wyszukiwawczych. Zag.lnform.Nauk. 37(1980) No.2, p.109-125 References: (29) Chmielewska-Gorczyca, E.: Wiazanie jednostek Ieksykalnych w (1) Artowicz, E.: Etapy tworzenia jezyka informacyjnego dla charakterystykach wyszukiwawczych dokumentow. Aktual. zautomatiyzowanych system ow informacji. Zag.Inform.Nauk. Probl.Inform.Dok. (1983)No.4, p.22-28 45(1984)No.2, p.3-24 (30) Choros, K. : lndeksowanie dokumentow deskryptorami wazo (2) Artowicz, E.: Metodyka analityczno-syntetyczna opracowania nymi. Aktual. Probl.Inform.Dok. (1981)No.5-6, p.22-26 dokumentow wprowadzanych do systemow informacyjnych (31) ChOIOS, K.: Indeksowanie wzgledne oraz wystarczajaco upor (na przykladzie system AWION) . Zag.lnform.Nauk. 34(1979) zadkowana odpowiedz systemu w rozmytym modelu systemu No.1, p.27-53 wyszukiwania dokumentow. Raporty Bibl.GI.OINT Pol. (3) Artowicz, E.: Mozliwosci integracji jezykow informacyjnych Wroc1.5 1; 1983. p.24 na przykladzie jezyka deskryptorowego i jezyka hasel (32) Choros, K.: Indeksowanie wzgledne w rozmytym modelu przcdmiotowych. Zag.Inform.Nauk. 46(1985)No.1, pA7-68 lokalnego systemu wyszukiwania informacji. Raporty Bibl.GI. (4) Artowicz, E.: Uwarunkowania zewnetrzne budowy jezykow OINT Pol.Wroc1.54; 1983, p.10 informacyjnych. Zag.Inform.Nauk. 37(1980)No.2, p.87-107 (33) Choros, K.: Lingwistyczne indeksowanie dokumentow meto (5) Artowicz, E.: Zalozenia jezyka informacyjnego w systemie dami automatycznyrni. AktuaI.Probl.Inform.Dok. (1985)No.2, AWION. Zag.lnform.Nauk. 33(1978)No.2, p.35-55 p.24-29 (6) Bielicka, L.A.: Indexierungsmethodik. Priifungen und Empfeh (34) Choros, K., Danilowicz, C.: Relative indexing. Weighted lungen. In: Dok./Inform. Schriftenreihe d.Inst.f.Inform.wiss., descriptors and relative indexing in a document retrieval Erfindungswes.u.Recht, TH Ilmenau. H.65, 1985, p.87-94 system model. Inform,Process. Manag. 18(1982)NoA, p.207- (7) Bielicka, L.A.: Jezyki informaeyjne typu obiekt-atrybut 220 prostych systemow faktograficznych. Warszawa: IINTE 1984. (35) Cwiekowa, J.: Opracowanie przedmiotowe pismiennistwa. = ISTEI Reports 49. Problemy teoretyczne i metodyczne. Warszawa: OIN PAN (8) Bielicka, L.A.: Jezyki informacyjne typu obiekt-cecha w 1974. = Materialy Szkoleniowe prostyeh systemach faktograficznych. Aktua1.Probl.Inform. (36) Danilowicz, c.: Problemy indeksowania - modelowanie Dok. (1983)No.6, p.17-20 preferencji uzytkownikow. Raporty Bib1.Gl. OINT Pol.Wrocl. (9) Bielicka, L.A.: Konwencjonalne metody indeksowania 49; 1983. wspolrzednego. Warszawa:' IINTE 1979. = ISTEI Reports 25 (37) Danilowicz, C.: Relative indexing on the basis of users' pro (10) Bielicka, L.A.: Zaeady gramatyczne w jezykach deskryptoro- . fi les. Inform.Process.Manag. 19(1983)No.3, p.159-163 wych. Warszawa: IINTE 1985. = ISTEI Reports 54 (38) Dziuba, D.: Formula fasetowa a szablon scmantyezny. Aktu (11) Bielicka, L.A., Paciejewski, J., Scibor, E.: Pojecie spejnosci al.Probl.1nform. Dok. (1985)No,l, p.23-30 i metody jej osiagania w jezykach informacyjnyeh.' Warszawa: (39) Garbacz-Lapuchowa, K.: Optymalny zbior deskryptoIOw w IINTE 1984. = ISTEI Reports 50 . tezaurusie maszyn rolniczych. Warszawa: IINTE 1977. = ISTEI (12) Bielicka, L.A., Seibor, E.: Jezyki informacyjne. Rodzaje i Reports 6 zastosowanie w dzialalnosei informacyjnej. Warszawa: CINTE (40) Gorol, A., Mlodozeniec, W.,Zolkowska, T.: Proba ujednolicenia 1982. = Materialy Szkoleniowe 25 sposobu klasyfikowania dokumentow wedlug UKD poprzez (13) Bielicka, L.A., Scibor, E.: Wprowadzenie do teorH jezykow przyporzadkowanie symboli UKD deskryptorom tezaurusa. informacyjnych. Warszawa : CINTE 1981. Materialy AktuaI.Probl.1nform.Dok. (1975) No.3, p.3-11 Szkoleniowe 21 (41) Gramatyka jezyka deskryptorowego na tie gramatyk innych (14) Bielicka, L.A., Tomasik-Beck, J.: Jezyki dcskryptorowe dla jezykow informacyjnych. Praea zbirowa pod kierunkiem dr SINTO. Warszawa : CINTE 1981. = SINTO Materialy Meto Mikolaja Poletyly. Warszawa: IINTE 1975. = Prace, Studia, dyczne 4 Przyczynki 2/1975 (15) Bojar, B.: Elcmenty jezykoznawstwa dia informatykow. (42) Jabrzemska, E.: Analiza jezykow inforacyjnych stosowanych w Warszawa: OIN PAN 1974. = Materialy Szkoleniowe sieci inte. Warszawa: I1NTE 1984. Typescript (16) Bojar, B.: 0 metainformacji i metajezyku. Zag.lnform.Nauk (43) Jabrzemska, E.: Informacja 0 stanie prac nad tezaurusami w 29(1976)No.2, p.43-60 SINTO. Aktual.Probl.1nform.Dok. (1978)No.6, p.16-21 (17) Bajar, B., Wojtasiewicz, O.A.: Kod semantyczny dla systemu (44) Jabrzemska, E.: Tezaurus zagadnien wspolnych. Geneza, SINTO. Warszawa: Uniwersytet Warszawski,Katedra Lingwistyki struktura, zastosowanie. Aktual.Prob1.Inform.Dok. (1983) Forrnalnej 1977. Typescript. No.4, p.3-10 (18) Chmielewska-Gorczyca, E.: Organizacja zbioru informacjijako (45) Jabrzemska, E., Seibor, E.: Zasady opracowywania i stosowania element jezyka systemu informacyjno-wyszukiwawczego. Zag. dziedzinowo-galeziowych klasyfikacji tematycznych. Warszawa: Inform.Nauk. 39(1981) No.2, p.83-97 CINTE 1986. = SINTO Materiaiy Metodyczne 26 (19) Chmielewska-Gorczyca, E.: Problem synonimii w teorH (46) Kopania, J.: Logiczna rekonstrukcja deskryptora. Zag.lnform. jezykow informacyjnowyszukiwawczych. Zag.lnform.Nauk. Nauk. 34(1979)No.1, p.55-64 35(1979)No.2, p.79-96 (47) Kuzminski, D.: Polski tezaurus medyczny. Gromadzenie i (20) Chmielewska-Gorczyca, E.: Problemy pre- i postkoordynacji w obrobka leksykograficzna slow kluczowych. Aktual.Probl. teorii jezykow informacyjnych. Zag.Inform.Nauk. 33(1978)N Inform . k.(1975)No.3, p.38-41 0.2, p.ll-13 (48) Leski, K.: Normalizacja w budowie tezaurusow. Aktual.Probl. (21) Chmielewska·Gorczyca, E.: Reguly transformacyjne w jezykach Inform. Dok. (1974)No.5, p.3-5 informacyjnowyszukiwawczych. AktuaI.Probl.Inform.Dok. (49) Latyszoje,Z., Pajak, S.: Problemy zastosowania i wykorzystania (1982)No.I-2, p.21-25 jezyka deskryptorowego w informacji patentowej. Aktual. (22) Chmielewska-Gorezyca, E.: Relacje syntagmatyczne w jezykach Probl.Inform.Dok. (1976)No.l, p.20-24 informacyjnowyszukiwawczych. Ph.D.Thesis. Guide: B.Bojar. (50) Mareiszewski, W.: Miejcse slow kluczowych w strukturze Warszawa: Uniwersytet Warszawski, Wydzial Neofilologii 1981. tekstu. Zag.lnform.Nauk 28(1976)No.1, p.47-71 (23) Chmielewska-Gorczyca, E.: Relacje syntagmatycznew jezykach (51) Madrzycki, Z.: Problemy biJdowy jezyka informacyjnego dla informacyjnowyszukiwawczych. , Warszawa: IINTE 1986. = systemow faktograficznych. Aktual.Probl.Inform.Dok. (1981) ISTEI Reports - in print) No.4, p.7-12 88 tnt. Classif. 14 (1987) No. 2 - BielickalPaciejewskifScibor - Indexing Languages in Poland (52) Ogorkiewicz, W.: Wplyw wskaznikow roli na efektywnosc wyznaczania wyrazen indeksujacych. Aktual.Probl.Inform. wyszukiwania informacji z zakresu wybranej galezi te<;:hnologii Dok. (1983)No.3, p_23-29 zywnosci. PhD Thesis. Guide: W.Mareiszewski. Uniwersytet (78) Seib�r, E.: Metody wiazania roznychjezykow informacyjnych Warszawski, Wydziai Neofilologii. Warszawa 1984 (ze szezegolnym uwzgiednieniem UKD i jezykow deskrypto (53) Ogorkiewicz, W.: Wskazniki roli w deskryptorowym jezyku rowych). Warszawa: IINTE 1974. = Prace, Studia, Przyczynki informacyjno-wyszukiwawczym. Zag.Inform.Nauk 47(1985) 2/1974 No.2, p.71-94 (79) Seibor, R: Nowa wersja Polskiej Klasyfikacji Tematycznej . (54) Paciejewski, J.: Liczbagramatycznajako wyroznik semantyczny. Aktual.Probl. Inform .Dok. (1983)No.3, p.3-6 Aktual.Prob.lnform.Dok. (1984)No.5-6, p.14-18 (80) Seibor, E.: Perspektywy zbudowania zreformowanej UKD jako (55) Piekut, c.:' Metoda optymalizacji struktury lancuchowej nowoczesnego, miedzynarodowego jezyka informacyjnego. slownika. Prace Nauk.Bibl.Gl.OINT Pol.Wrocl.3(1977). p.25-35 Aktual.Probl.Inform.Dok.(1976) No.6, p.26-31 (56) Poletylo, M.: Budowa i wykorzystanie tezaurusa dia potrzeb (81) Scibor, E.: Polska Klasyfikacja Tematyezna - jezyk informa filmoteki telewizyjnej. (Doswiadczenia i wnioski) Aktual.Probl. cyjny dia SINTO. Aktual. Probl.Inform.Dok. (1980)No.2, Inform.Dok. (1983)No.2, p.35-41 p.5-10 .(57) Poletylo, M., .Bielicka, L.A.: Metodyka i organizacja budowy (82) Seibor, E.: Proba typologii jezykow informacyjnych. AktuaL systemu tezaurusow dla sieei inte. Warszawa : IINTE 1974 .. = Probl. Inform.Dok. (1982)No.1-2, p.15-20 Prace, Studia, Przyczynki 1/1974 (83) Seibor, E.: Rozwoj system ow klasyfikacji na tle rozwoju (58) Popowska, H.: Problem zdefiniowania pojecia tezaurus. Aktual. pismiennictwa i dzialalnosci biblioteczno-dokumentacyjnej . ProbI.Inform.Dok. (1981)No.5-6, p.16-21 Warszawa: IINTE 1975. = Prace, Studia', Przyczynki 3/1975 (59) Popovska, Ch.: Semanticheskie otnosheniya ierarchicheskogo (84) Seibor, E.: Typologia strukturalna jezykow informacyjnych. tipa v deskriptornykh informatsionno-poiskovykh jazykakh (na Warszawa: IINTE 1982. = ISTEI Reports 41 . materiale pol'skikh informatsionno-poiskovykh tezaurusov. (85) Tomasik�Beck, J.: Analiza lingwistyczna terminow tezaurusa z Warszwawa: IINTE 1982. = ISTEI Reports 46 zakresu techniki. Warszawa: IINTE 1981. = ISTEI Reports 35 (60) Przepiorkowska, G., Obrebska, E.: Tezaurus przemyslu (86) Tomasik-Beck, J.: Analisa skladniowo-semantyczna terminow lekkiego. Struktura i opracowanie. Aktual.Probl.lnform.Dok. technicznych wielowyrazowych stosowanych w . polskich (1983)No.3, p.17-22 tezaurusach. Warszawa 1985. = ISTEI Reports 53 (61) Radecki, T.: A model of document retrieval system based on (87) Tomasik-Beck, J.: Problem ekwiwalentow terminow w the concept of semantic disjunktive normal fo rm. Kybernetycs tezaurusach wieiojezycznych. Aktual.Probl.Inform.Dok. (1981) No.10, p.55-72 (1977)No.5, p.21-24 (62) Radecki, T.: Formal description of a thesaurus and its applica (88) Tomasik-Beck, J.: Wieloznacznosc i homonimia w terminologii tion to an information retrieval system. Komunikaty Bibl.GI. technicznej. Aktual.Probl.Inform.Dok. (1984)NoA, p.31-37 OINT Pol. Wrocl.Ser.A 55; 1976, p.15 (89) Tomasik-Beck, J.: Zasady budowy tezaurusow wielojezycz (63) Robowski, J.: Jezyki deskryptorowe. Analiza porownawcza nych. Warszawa: IINTE 1977.'= ISTEI Reports 7 jezykow deskryptorowych i innych jezykow informacyjnych. (90) Ungurian, 0.: Elementy teorii jezykow informacyjnych. Warszawa: IINTE 1974. = Prace, Studia, Przyczynki 3/1974. Warszawa: OIN PAN 1976. = Materialy Szkoleniowe (64) Rozwadowski, A.: Problemowy jezyk indeksowania oparty na (91) Ungurian, 0.: Kategorie semantyczne wymiaru "przedmiot warunkowych zdaniach pytajnych z jedna niewiadoma. Ph. dokumentu". Zag.Inform.Nauk. 42(1983)No.l, p.29-54 D.Thesis. Guide: C.Danilowicz. Raporty Bibl.Gl.OINT Pol. (92) Ungurian, 0.: Ogolna struktura jezyka inforrnacyjnego. Pro Wroc1.Ser.P 63; 1985, p.238 pozycja "szkieletu . organizacyjnego" slownictwa. Zag.Inform. (65) Sadowska, J.: Gramatyka pozycyjna w jezyku hasel przedmio Nauk. 41(1982) No.2, p.21-40 towych. Zag.Inform.Nauk 42(1983)No.l, p.56-68 (93)1 Ungurian, 0.: Problem wyboru jezyka informacyjnego dla (66) Sadowska, J.: Indeksy przedmiotowe do katalogu systcm krajowego systemu informacji. AktuaI.Probl:Inform.Dok. atycznego. Zag.Inform.Nauk 45(1984)No.2, p.25-37 (1974)No.1, p.14-20 (67) Sadowska, J.: Okreslniki gatunkowc i jezykowo-etniczne w (94) Ungurian, 0.: Teoria i praktyka klasyfikacji fasetowej S.R,. jezyku hasel przcdmiotowych. Zag.lnform.Nauk. 44(1984) Ranganathana. Warszawa : IINTE 1975. = Prace, Studia, No.1, p.65-74 Przyczynki 4/1975 (68) Sadowska, J.: Okreslniki w systemie jezyka hasel przedmioto� (95) Ungurian, 0.: Wykorzystanie teorH klasyfikacji faeetowej wych. Aspekty semantyczno-syntaktyczne. Ph.D.Thesis. Ranganathana do kategoryzacji polskiego nazewnictwa nau Guide: B.Bojar. Uniwersytet Warszawski, Wydzal Neofilologii. kowo-technicznego (dla potrzeb wyszukiwania informacji). Warszawa 1984. 348p. Ph.D.Thesis. Guide: O.A.Wojtasiewicz. Uniwersytet Warszawski, (69) Sadowska, J.: Przedmiot i temat w teorH i praktyce katalogu Wydzial Neofilologii. Warszawa 1977. 210p. Typescript. przedmiotowego. Zag.Inform.Nauk 43(1983)No.2, p.53-67 (96) Wereszczynska-Cislo, B. : Przydatnosc specyfikacji relacji (70) Sambor, J.: Jezykoznawstwo statystyczne dia pracownikow kojarzeniowych w procesie wyszukiwania informacji z zakresu informacji naukowej. Warszawa: CINTE 1978. = Materialy wybranej galezi technologii zywnosci. Ph.D.Thesis. Guide: Szkoleniowe 1 W.Mareiszewski. Uniwersytet Warszawski, Wydzial Neofiloiogii. (71) Seroka, W.: Niektore zagadnienia deskryptorow wazonych. Warszawa 1984. Typescript. Zag.1nform.Nauk 39(1981)No.2, p.61-81 (97) Wereszczynska-Cislo, B.: Relacje kojarzeniowe w jezykach (72) Sosinska, B.: Relacje miedzy planem tresei a planem wyrazania informacyjnych. Zag.Inform.Nauk. 46(1985)No.l, p.69-82 w jezykach informacyjno-wyszukiwawczych. Ph.D.Thesis. (98) Wereszczynska-Cislo, B.: Specyfikacja relacji kojarzeniowych w Guide: B.Bojar. Uniwersytet Warszawski, Wydzial Neofiloiogii. ekspery,mentalnym tezaurusie i jej wpiyw na efektywnosc Warszawa 1986. wyszukiwania informacji. Zag.lnform.Nauk. 47(1985)No.2, (73) Sosinska, B.: Reprezentacja wiedzy w systemach informacji p.39-69 dokumentacyjnej . Zag.Inform.Nauk 46(1985)No.l, p.19A5 (99) Wereszczynska-Cislo, B., Ogorkiewicz, W.: Eksperymentalny (74) Sosinska, B.: Struktura wyrazen jezykow informacyjnych a tezauIUS technologii owocow i warzyw. Zag.lnform.Nauk. konotacyjna i denotacyjna interpretacja ich znaczenia. Zag. 46(1985)No.1, p.83-106 Inform.Nauk 39(1981) No.2, p.41-60 100) Wereszczynska-Cislo, B., Ogorkiewicz, W.: Wplyw szczegolowej (75) Sosinska, B.:Typoiogia relacji pomiedzy jednostkami leksykal specyfikacj relacji na efektywnosc wyszukiwania informacji z nymi jezykow informacyjnych. Zag.Inforrn.Nauk 35(1979) 1 zakresu technologii zywnosci. Warszawa: IINTE 1986. = ISTEI . No.2, p.99-121 i Reports 61 . - (76) Szczepanek, W.: Wybor metody wiazania jezykow informa (101) Wojtasiewicz, O.A., Sosinska, B.: 0 koncepcji tworzenia cyjno-wyszukiwawczychna przykladzie jezyka slow kluczowych makrotezaurusa nauk spolecznych. Zag.lnform.Nauk. 40 i tezaurusa. Aktual.Probl.Inform. Dok. (1981)No.l, p.7-10 (1982)No.1, p.3-20 (77) Szymanowska, I.: Lingwistyczne metody automatycznego Int. Classif. 14 (1987) No. 2 - Bielicka/PaciejewskiiSeibor - Indexing Languages in Poland 89 Diepenbeek, Belgium. Invited lecturers : A.BOOKSTEIN (University of Chicago): Application of the Bibliometric Model; B.C.BROOKES (City U.of London, U.K.): A Stochastic Model of the Bradford Distribution; I.K .. Reports RAVICHANDRA RAO (Indian Statistical Institute, Bangalore) : Probability distributions and inequality and Communications measures for analyses of circulation data; J.M.TAGUE (Uof Western Ontario, London, Canada): What's use of bibliometrics? For more information contact: Prof. Dr.L.Egghe, Chairman, Universitaire Campus, B-3610 Diepenbeek, Belgium. Society for Conceptual and Content Analysis by Com puter (SCCAC) The SCCAC Newsletter No.3, 1987 was received on July 9, with a report on the 1986/87 activities, including a report on the 6th International SCCAC Meeting in Data Analysis and Infonnatics. Fifth International conjunction with ICCH 87 at Columbia, SC, April 10, Symposium 1987 and reports on other conferences, a list of projects The Institut National de Recherche en Informatique and project descriptions, a preview on future activities as et en Automatique in I.e Chesnay organizes this Sympo, well as references to journals and books and one book sium for the fifth time, from Sept.29-0ct.2, 1987 at review. Together with the mailing the 23 1 members Versailles. The program lists 18 sessions including 56 . received a separate publication with the membership list papers as well as 25 posters. Two Panels are foreseen in 1986/87, edited by Roy A.Boggs and Klaus M.Schmidt, addition, one on "Data Analysis in Epidemiology" and 18 p. the other on "Analysis of Evolutive Data" . The Sessions The 7th International SCCAC Meeting will be held in are devoted to the following topics: Styles of Data conjunction with the International Congress on Termi Analysis, Inference Problems in Data Analysis, Dis nology and Knowledge Engineering, Sept.28, 1987, crimination, Models, Dissimilarity Tables, Factor Ana University of Trier. The following speakers are included lysis, Expert Systems, Applications, Stability in Factor in the program: I.Dahiberg (FRG), J.Duchastel & Luc Analysis, Validity in Clustering, Multiple Correspondence Dupuy (Canada), W.Frawley (USA), K.Gaertner (FRG), Analysis, Clustering, Graphic Displays, Multiway Tables, S.K.Havanur (India), W.v.Keitz (FRG), P.Mergenthaler Language, Clustering: Combinatory Aspects. Besides (FRG), P.Mohler (FRG), W.Nedobity (Austria), E.Nissan this, software demonstrations are foreseen from 18 (Israel), RPiotrovski et al (USSR), RRieger (FRG), companies. For fu rther information turn to: INRIA: A.Rothkegel (FRG), K.M.Schmidt (USA) , G.P.Zarri Services des Relations Exterieures. Domaine de Vo (France). luceau, B.P.105, F-78153 I.e Chesnay, Cedex. The 8th International SCCAC Meeting will be held in conjunction with the 15th International ALLC Con ference, Jerusalem, June 5-9, 1988. A call for papers asks for submissions no later than Nov.15, 1987. The 9th International SCCAC Meeting is planned to be held PROGRIS Thesaurus Software PROTERM in conjunction with the joint ACH/ ALLC Conference, Die Firma PROGRIS Projektgruppe Informations University of Toronto, June 1989. For further informa systeme GmbH bietet ihr Thesaurusprogramm PRO tion please turn to Prof.K.M.Schmidt, BGSU A.Y.A. TERM in optimierter und preisgiinstigerer Weise an. Program, Institut f.Anglistik & Amerikanistik. UniversWit Notwendig ist nunmehr lediglich ein IBM-PC AT oder Salzburg, Akademiestr. 24, A-5020 Salzburg, Austria. kompatibler, mit MS-DOS Version 2.0 oder hOher, (8/87-8/88). Festplatte. Das Programm ist verwendbar fUr Aufbau, Pflege, Ausgabe, Ausdrucke von Thesauri, Schlagwort listen, Klassiftkationen, Bestandsverzeichnisse, Register, Worterbticher, Glossare und Terminologiearbeiten. Es British Classification Society hat einen modularen Aufbau und ist individuell auf The Annual General Meeting was held on Friday, 29 spezifische Anforderungen abstimmbar, bietet also keine May, 1987 at The Manor House, Rothamsted Experi vorkonfektionierte Losung. Die durchglingig menuge mental Station. The meeting centered around a talk steuerte Benutzerftihrung ist ohne PC-Kenntnisse be- ' given by Mr.S.BLINKHORN on "Classification and nutzbar. Alle reziproken Eintrlige werden automatiseh Psychology" . miterzeugt. Direktes Dberwechseln zwischen miteinan For further information contact the Secretary of the der verkntipften Termini ist moglieh. Losehroutinen Society, Mr.A.J.Boyce, 58 Banbury Road, Oxford OX2 erfolgen tiber Auswahlmenu. Die Anzahl der Relationen 6QS, England. pro Deskriptor und der Hierarehieebenen ist nieht besehrlinkt. Ausdrucksformate sind variabel. Aueh ist ein Filetransfer zu Main-Frame-Rechner moglieh. Die First International Conference on Bibliometrics and Systembeschreibung (kostenlos) oder eine Demodiskette Theoretical Aspects of Infonnation Retrieval (DM 30.- Sehutzgebtihr) konnen unverbindlieh angefor This Conference was announced to take place from dert werden. Adresse : PROGRIS. Auguste-Viktoria-Str. 24-28 August 1987 at L.U.C. Universitaire Campus, near 64, D-1000 Berlin 33. Tel.: 030-825 50 49. 90 Int. Classif. 14 (1987) No. 2 - Reports and Communications IFLA Section on Classification and Indexing, Brighton, 1987 There will be one Open Meeting (on Aug.19) and two Standing Committee Meetings (on Aug.15 and 21) FIDleR News 20 during the 53rd IFLA Council and General Conference, Brighton, UK, Aug.16-21, 1987. A National Bibliographies Seminar, celebrating the Information - Knowledge - Evolution 25th Anniversary of the Paris Cataloguing Conference in Call for Papers, 44th FID Congress 1962 fe atures two papers on relevant topics: (I) by Among the topics outlined in the general Call for Robert P.HOLLEY (Salt Lake City, USA, Chainnan Papers of the 1988 FID Congress in Helsinki, Finland of the IFLA-Section) on "Developments and progress in (Aug.28.Sept.l, 88) are the following ones concerning classification and indexing", and Barbara KELM (Frank the concept of "Knowledge": fu rt, FRG), "The use of classification in national biblio What transforms information into knowledge? graphies" . - How does the brain process information? During the Open Meeting, Nancy WILLIAMSON - Will human intelligence be replaced and/or improved (Toronto, Canada) will give a brief progress report on by Artificial her project to study the use of the Library of Congress Intelligence? Classification in the online catalogue. John FINNI - What is the consultative role of an information (Littleton, USA) and Peter PAULSON (Albany, USA) specialist? will draw upon their experiences with the DDC to As it is planned that FID/CR be the sponsor of one of present a paper entitled "The Dewey Decimal Classifi the Congress Sessions, we would appreciate your response cation enters the computer era: developing the DDC to this invitation and the questions posed in fonn of a database and editorial support system". Finally, Eduard paper. The problems seem unusual, nevertheless they are SUKIASJAN (Moscow, USSR) will speak on "Classifi challenging our brains and should find solutions. Please, cation numbers in Soviet ' publications : review of classi send in your ideas twofold: one copy of title and abstract fication systems and regulations of class numbers publi of your possible paper (one or two pages in English) cation in Soviet books and periodicals". before Oct.31, 87 to the Finnish Society for Informa The Section will consider the formation of a Working tion Services, Ms.Ritva Launo, P.O.Box 1025, SF-OOIOI Group to look into possible guidelines for machine Helsinki, Finland and another one . to the FID/CR readable authority files for subject infonnation. Secretariat, Woogstr. 36a, D·6000 Frankfurt 50, FRG. (From the Newsletter of the Chairman) Authors will be notified of acceptance. All accepted papers will be published in the proceedings. FRG: Society for Classification, IIth Annual Con ference Ranganathan Award 1988 In issue 87-1 of IC the program of this conference Nominations are invited for the Ranganathan Award (June 28-July I, at Aachen, FRG) was already outlined, for Classification Research to be presented during the the German titles of the papers were listed. The meeting 44th FID Conference and Congress, Aug.28-Sept.l, had been in the shadow of the greater event taking place 1988 in Helsinki, Finland, at the same time, the First Conference of the Interna The Award consists of a Certificate of Merit awarded tional Federation of Classification Societies. However, it to a person chosen by FID/CR, every two years, for an also profited somewhat from the glamour of this event outstanding contribution in the field of classification in (its report will follow), with its 180 papers and more recent years. than 300 participants from all over the world. Work done (published or unpublished) not earlier After a joint start of the two conferences with the than I Sept.1984 may be submitted or nominated for opening and inaugural lecture by R.R.SOKAL, USA, on consideration. There is no restriction in respect of age , "Unsolved problems in numerical taxonomy", the 11th sex, or nationality of the author of the work. Annual Conference started its program with a UDC The submission or nomination should mention the Workshop of 7 papers (report below). It continued with special points as to why the work deserves to be consid· two further sessions, (I) on Knowledge Organization and ered for the Award. (2) on Commodity and Product Classification, with 12 The closing date for receiving nominations will be papers altogether, all in German. March 1, 1988. The works and nominations should be In the first session, two lectures were devoted to sent to the Chairperson, FID/CR, Woogstr.36a, D·6000 general and special problems of knowledge organization Frankfurt 50. for expert systems in the social sciences. M.HERFURTH, The Ranganathan' Award Subcommittee will review Bonn, ("Notations of sociological knowledge. A con all the works and nominations received for consideration; tribution to the architecture of social science knowledge it will make the decision as to which work should receive bases") attempted to identify knowledge 'structures in the Award. The Sub·Committee reserves the right sociology aiming at a "knowledge system on sociology not to make an Award if such a decision is warranted. or a part thereof, capable for the testing of hypotheses The decision of the Sub-Committee is final; and it is not of the field". H.P.OHLY, Bonn, ("Social science theories subject to appeal. (Awardees have been in the past: as objects of systematic documentation") stepped some Dr.Derek AUSTIN - 1976, Ms.Jean AITCHISON - 1982, levels deeper and tackled the problem of characterizing Mr.Jack MILLS - 1984, Prof.Pauline A.Cochrane - social science theories, including the problems of syntax 1986). of levels and relationships of object units and of seg- Int. Classif. 14 (1987) No. 2 - FID/CR News 20 91 mentation. In the third paper, again on a deeper level, headings, by the International Patent Classification Uwe KIPKE, Darmstadt, ("The concept field of "Gewiis and by the classification system used for the shelving of ser - waters") demonstrated the method of formal books. Finally, A.GEIS, Mannheim, reported "On the concept analysis, using lattice theory for (a) the presen development of dictionaries for the automatic codifi tation of conceptual relationships and (b) the visual cation of branches of knowledge" in order to acquire ization of such relationships for easier understanding and comparable data on the professions of people being use. To some of the audienc this presentation looked interviewed_ already quite familiar. A great number of sessions of the IFCS with papers The next session, chalred by U.KROMMELBEIN, was of a more general character were open for interested devoted to problems of knowledge organization in the participants. The conferences closed with a plenary library science environment. G.HARTWIEG, Berlin, lecture of the well-known expert in pattern recoguition: ("Subject analysis in cooperating systems - a new pro H.NIEMANN, Erlangen, who spoke on "Classification: posal on the basis of concordance lists and book number New challenges of an old problem". analysis") sees a chance to build up a subject access to The organization of the two conferences held in the the 4 million bibliographic items of machine readable Karman Auditory of the RWTH Aachen - with the catalogue data (a project of the German Library Insti semester still ongoing and the difficulty to provide tute, Berlin) by a correlation table referring to the book space for the sometimes 7 sessions in parallel - was a numbers (containing subject data). Her example was masterpiece indeed. The conferences benefitted also taken from psychology . W.GODERT, Hamburg, was from a surprisingly most beautiful sunshine after two concerned with the "Syntax of documentary languages months of instant rainy weather. The old city with its in the online catalogue". He distinguishes syntax within memories of Charlemagne (742-814) close to the site of terms, documentary languages, and the retrieval process the conferences and the well-chosen social events in and discussed the possibility of an online utilization of cluding a performance of "Midsummer Night's Dream" classification systems with a faceted structure and an provided a frame whieh surely will not be forgotten. The expressive notation. G.KONIG and M.MARME-BERG, chairman of both, the Federation and the German Karlsruhe, ("Classification and thesaurus in didacties of Society, Hans Hermann BOCK with students and colla mathematics and informatics") gave a vivid picture of borators of his Institute as well as his dear wife and elaboration and use in a complementary mode of these son have done a most remarkable job and have set an devices for the abstract journals and the index to the example for the IFCS congresses in the years to come - database MATHDI at the Fachinformationszentrum as R.sOKAL put is in his address of thanks - which can Karlsruhe. hardly be equalled by future meetings. The Sessions on Commodity and Product Classifica I.D. tion were chalred by H.BROCKMEYER and H.GASTHUBER. They started with an excellent survey UDC Workshop in Aachen, Germany. A Summary on the problems and their possible solutions of an Report improvement of product descriptions as an answer to the In all, a full day was devoted in Aachen, June 29-30, ever growing demands of product information, given by 87 (see conference report above) to the Universal H.GASTHUBER, Wien, ("Methodical aspects of the Decimal Classification (UDC). The pertinent papers were design of user friendly product information systems "). mainly read by UDC users, while the audience came in He distinguishes characteristics for identification, for its entirety from the fields of library operations and classification and for specification. J.HOLZL, Wien, doc1!mentation. Numerically it varied between 30 and ("Commodity classification as an instrument of input 40 persons. output-analysis") referred to the IO-Table of 1976 for The opening address (Yesterday and Tomorrow with more than 130 economic areas (available only for 10 a UDC of Today) was delivered by Peter MEINK, Berlin, countries of the world) and its harmonization in head of the Classification Department of DIN, the AUDOKLASSYS I and II as well as its improvement in a (West) German Institute of Standards. He regretted to new edition of 1983, still under development. The say that on his chosen subject, the freshiy restructured special problem of a "Classification and ordering system management of classification, he was unable to confine for products, quality and packaging" were treated by himself to positive information alone. The numerous Otto AHLHAUS, Aachen, concluding with a presenta parties having a voice in the continued development of tion of a faceted ' classification for packaging, distin the UDC continue to be drawn uP . along federalist guishing substances and procedures of packaging as well democratic lines, with the result that their common as the design, colour, measures, etc. of packages. vehicle is only slowly making headway. An added M.DOMOKOS, Budapest, showed that a "Logical complication lies in the fact that the FID faUs far short control of statistical nomenclatures"· was necessary of granting the fu nds required for appropriate progress. (because of diverging names of objects and the aspects Nothwithstanding this, all users, by their own testi under which these had received their names) and that mony, continue to draw benefits from the good old this was possible by mathematieo-logical methods. She UDC. This applies not only to such tinle-honored clients distributed freely to the audience also the computer of the UDC as the technicians, but also to an institution program used for the control of characteristics and their so typically hailing from the field of the humanities as occurrence in classes of objects. J .PRETZSCH, Mtinchen the Departmental Library for Educational Sciences at ("The OPAC of the German Patent Office Library and the University of Giessen, FRG. Its director, Gernot its subject access") informed on the three possibilities KNELL, reported on computerized accessioning and and their combination of subject access by subject cataloguing at this library coupled with UDC-based 92 Int. Classif. 14 (1987) No. 2 - FID/CR News 20 indexing. ("Computer-supported UDC-application in the duction, however, some 50% of all European books are Education Department Library at the University of classified according to the UDC when entered into the Giessen"). The UDC makes it possible for the Giessen national bibliographies. Based on this undeniably im library users to comprehensively and precisely ascertain posing proportion, the IFLA should be urged to strive and order - and on a comfortable user surface at that - for greater uniformity and better quality of UDC appli literature on each user's given problem. The personnel cation. TRAISER (in "The UDC in National Biblio engaged in the relevant description of documents are graphies") announced he would soon submit suitable rationally assisted in their decisions by access possibili proposals of his own. ties to all c1assates established so far. Eager antiCipation awaited the presentation by In the person of Fritz SCHAEL, head of the Techni Dr.K.LOTH and Dr.H.FUNK of the Zurich ETH cal Information and Library Department at the Volks Bibliothek (library of the Swiss Institute of Techno wagen (VW) Works in Wolfsb urg, FRG, a "traditional" logy), the reason being that they had declared them UDC user took the floor. ("Volkswagen from Zero to selves prepared to present their UDC-assisted and openly Nine - the UDC in a big company"). In the "LIDAS" accessible information system "ETHICS"; an absolute literature data bank built up at VW, the UDC daily first in Germany. The ETH library currently indicates furnishes proof of being an "excellently applicable the volume of its stocks as comprising some 3.8 million retrieval criterion". The retrieval strategy commonly items. To a total of some 500,000 ' catalogued items practiced in LIDAS consists in the complementary there is by now - similarly to the Wolfsburg LIDAS titles application of retrieval by descriptors and by UDC -online access, not only in Gennan, but also in English numbers. a valuable 'piece of marginal information: and French. Via Datex-P an Aachen-Zurich link was LIDAS is accessible to the interested public at large as established, and the audience was given an impressive well! demonstration of retrieval starting from randomly Ursula NESTEL had come from Munich, where she suggested search concepts. As Dr.LOTH assured, the heads the Libraries Department of the Goethe Institute, Zurich people think of themselves as "Realos" (realists). the world-wide network of information centers of the In practice this means: avoidance of longer composites, Federal Republic of Germany. Following the example of and application of the modular technique to the extent the Paris Goethe Institute with its successful tradition of that the user should make it his habit to fe ed complex UDC use, all Goethe Institute libraries scattered around concepts to the screen only after having broken them the globe have by now been uniformly arranged along down into their individual components. Acceptance is UDC lines. She spoke on "The application of the UDC in excellent. The same principle as offered the user in the book and A V-media area in the libraries of the Giessen applies here: no knowledge of any kind of the Goethe-Institute abroad"). To arrive at shortest possible UDC is required, for the UDC is at work in the back notations (fitting on book spines), and with a view to ground. All praise for this classification system notwith offering the reader at the shelves optimum guidance, standing, Dr.LOTH's admonition to stick, come what the "Goethe librarians" have devised a special "Goethe may, to the hierarchies clearly was alined at thos respon UDC", which features elegant as well as sophisticated sible for the UDC. solutions, such as the avoidance of quotation marks in The workshop was concluded by a guided tour of the time-related notations. catalogue of the library, Institute of Technology at A guest from Vienna, Franz WIMMER, chairman of Aachen. The tour was guided by the host himself, and the Technical Standards Committee on "The Universal due reverence was paid to Aachen's time-honored UDC Decimal Classification" within the Austrian Institute of tradition (Carl WALTHER!). Standards", spoke on the subject "Network Use of the Sincere thanks be expressed her, too, to Supervisory UDC". He considers particularly the UDC to be out Library Director Dr.FELLMANN - who hosted the standingly suited for network application. However, in Workshop - for the hospitality the UDC Workshop the preparatory stage for practical network application had the privilege to enjoy at his library. he regards a few revisions as desirable. In particular the Hans-Joachim Hermes variation width of the possible and permissible notations Dr.H.J.Hermes, Universitasbibliothek, Krummer Timpen, for one and the same object should be narrowed down D-4400 Mtinster/W by suitable user rules. Walther TRAISER of the Deutsche Bibliothek (= German National Library), Frankfurt, reminded his Tennino1ogy of Classification listeners of an IFLA recommendati<.m from 1979 calling A meeting of the Special Interest Group on Classifi for national literature cataloguing according to the cation Tenninology (SIG/TK) of the German Classifi DDC, UDC, LCC or the Unesco classification. Since cation Society took place before the UDC Workshop then, the formerly 8 European national bibliographies at Aachen, June 29, 1987 (see report above). It was employing the' UDC have been joined by three potent devoted to the German terllls and definitions on classifi book-producing nations, namely Finland, Poland and cation published recently in the "Vocabulary of Terms West Germany (Weekly Catalogue, Instant Record of on UDC Theory and Practice", Moskva: VlNITI 1986. New Books in Print, and Catalogue of University Publi This vocabulary was neither established by the FID cations), although the qualifying remark must be made Terminology Group nor by the UDC group but by the that the UDC-based indexing performed by the Deutsche Committee on "Research in Information" (FID/RI). It Bibliothek is a very rough one. Thus there are now 11 consists of 5 parts, one for each of the following lan UDC users as compared with 20 users of the DDC, BBK guages: Russian, English, German, French, Spanish. Each and "Other Classifications". In terms of book pro- ' part has an introduction into the vocabulary, and Int. Classif. 14 (1987) No. 2 - FID/CR News 20 93 presents the vocabulary in a systematic arrangement (a) A register of users should be kept for reference at the with an alphabetical index. In the systematic arrange· National Library of Nigeria as well as with the coordi ment (of II groups, each with its own graphical survey), nator of the group. Copies should be circulated also to some 250 concepts are given with their defmitions, the members. synonymous tenns, translations into the other four (b) Libraries can use the list to fm d other libraries with languages and sometimes also with examples. The similar interests, making individual arrangements to meet vocabulary was meant to 'help in the use of the UDC· and discuss matters of mutual interest. (This is already terminology, however, of the 249 concepts, only 106 happening). belong to the UDC proper, the rest, 143 concepts are of (c) At larger gatherings, especially at the Cataloguing and a general character, and were needed mostly as entailed Classification Section Seminars on the NLA Annual terms in definitory texts. Conferences, UDC users can take the initiative and hold F or the discussion, a paper had been prepared a meeting. Their deliberations may be written down beforehand showing the systematic outline of the' and circnlated to members. They may also decide to vocabulary and giving an alphabetical printout of the take actions together. It should not be necessary to wait terms and definitions in the German language. A number for elected officers to be present, as this may result in of observations were made and it was resolved to con· nothing happening at all. tinue spme necessary work on the improvement of this (d) The Chairperson, Mrs. B.S.Bankole, has agreed to vocabulary for the benefit of a possible new edition circulate relevant papers to all members, at the expense of the vocabulary. For those interested: a copy of the of the Section. paper can be obtained from the Secretariat of FID/CR, 2. Problems of the use of UD C Woogstr. 36a, J:)-6000 Frankfurt 50. It is suggested that (a) There is difficulty in obtaining new editions of the groups in other countries look at this FID Publication various parts of UDC. The English edition is a British (650) equally critically, in order that perhaps a dis· Standard. Up-to-date infonnation on the publications is cussion may be started on the level of FID/CR. avaUable in the British Standards Yearbook. The British LD. Council may be able to help provide the latest edition for reference. The published parts of the full UDC are FRG: From Information to Knowledge . From Know available from the British Standards Institution. It may ledge to Information be cheaper to buy individual relevant parts, than the This is the topic of this year's "Deutscher Dokumen new medium edition which is 300 I; for 2 volumes. tartag" of the German Documentation Society at Bad (b) Information about the new developments in the Dtirkheim, 23-26 Sept.1987. Among the 14 sessions, scheme is also difficult to obtain. This is the responsi· three might be of interest to our readers: one sponsored bility of the FID at The Hague. They publish the P by the Committee on Terminology and Language Notes and Extensions and Corrections to the UDC. The Problems devoted to the establishment of glossaries National Library has been requested to stock copies of with some five papers; a second one on construction and' these serials, so that they may be available to any library maintenance of documentary languages and special in the country for information. thesauri moderated by J.SCHEELE, Kiiln, with papers (c) Lack of integrity of numbers. Nigerian users have by H.HAENDLER, B.POTT, and D.STRAUCH; and a mainly been using the 1961 Abridged Edition and have third one on automatic indexing and knowledge-based been out of touch with developments. It has now been formal cataloguing with papers by C.SCHNELLBACH, discovered that many numbers habe been changed and B.ENDRES·NIGGEMEYER, G.KNORZ, G.LUSTIG, some libraries face extensive reclassification, if they are M.8CHWANTNER, and W.LUCK, moderated by to benefit from subsequent editions in the fu ture. This is N.HENRICHS, DUsseldorf. For further infonnation a practical problem which many users would like to contact: Deutsche Gesellschaft fm Dokumentation, discuss together. Westendstr. 19, D-6000 Frankfurt 1. (d) Nigerian contributions to the expansion of interna· tional schedules. Librarians who wishto expand the schedules should seek Nigeria: UDC Usersin Nigeria the cooperation of other libraries with interests in the In the following we are giving a quotation from same subject areas; If the latest full schedules or exten Communication No. 1 of Ja n.1987 written by sions are not available in the country, they should Ms. M. A. GREA VES, Coordinator for UD CUN, Depart· contact the FID at The Hague, to see ifthe subject area ment of Library. Archival and Information Studies, has already been expanded. If not, suggestions should be Un iversity of [badan. made, after agreement within the country, by interested ' , Since the establishment of a committee of "UDC libraries. Users in Nigeria" at the NLA Cataloguing and Classifi The communication ends with an appeal . to the cation Seminar in July 1986, further comments have relevant librarians to send in comments or short articles been received. Below is a summary of the problems as {o r publication in the NLA Newsletter, Library Forum identified, a few suggestions have also been added. or similar publications. Users should try to keep in touch 1. Organisation a/the UDC Committee and meet whenever possible. Attached to the Communi There are about twenty to twenty five libraries in the cation is a Register of UDC users in Nigeria, arranged by country using the scheme. With the present economic UDC for their major subject interests. The fo llOWing situation, it is likely that, at the most, only about five or fields are covered: Banking, Education, Science and six would meet together at any one time. However, the ,Technology, Geology, Biology, Agriculture, Animal following suggestions have been made: Husbandry, Te chnology, Trypanosomiassia, Mining, 94 Int. Classif. 14 (1987) No. 2 - FID/CR News 20 Cereals, Cocoa, Oil Palm, Ho rticulture, Anima(Produce, mation technology. (3) Richard A.V.DIENER was also Industry, Petroleum, Steel. to moderate a session on the topic "CD-ROM: Software and data elements" with the papers: Hugh MARLOR (McDonnell Douglas) : Technical limits for CD-ROM U.K.: CRG 261 software development. Clifford A.LYNCH (Univ.of The 261st meeting was held at University College California, Berkeley) : Representation of data for elec London on April 30, 1987 with 10 members present, tronic publications on Read-only Optical Media: the among them Mr.Chris Preddle, secretary of the Bliss convergence of typography, textual databases and Classification Association, now working at the Library electronic imaging. L.David DEVINE (EBSCO) : The use Association. Mr.LANGRIDGE outlined his ideas on of microcomputer-bascd systems for the indexing and Subject Analysis. He stated that there were three types pre-master processing of CD-ROM files. (4) Miles of analysis: (I) Summarization of the total contents of a LIBBEY was to moderate a session sponsored by SIGI document to provide classification or subject headings ALP on the topic "New Optical Technologies in Auto (for libraries and bibliographies), (2) Book indexing (or mated Language Processing" with the Panel Members : internal indexing) as an exhaustive indexing of individual Martin DILLON (OCLC), Lois LUNIN (Herner & Co.), documents, (3) Depth indexing, a selective indexing of Robert F .BARNES (Lehigh). concepts in reports, etc. in special collections. Three distinct questions can be asked of documents: (I) What At the 50th Annual Meeting of ASIS (OctA-8, 87) in is it? (2) What is it about? (3) What is it fo r? He demon Boston, social, professional and economic impacts of strated his views through various examples and drew his information and technology will be considered. SIGICR conclusions from these. The discussion on his guidelines . will be sponsoring many sessions of interest, some were to be continued at the next meeting, .scheduled for in unconventional formats which have become a hall July 9, 1987 (change of date!). mark of the group. The tentative line-up includes the following activities: The "Great Vocabulary Debate" with Richard USA: ASIS/SIG/CR A.V.DIENER (Wassermann Diener Assoc.) as referee. In The fo llowing information is taken fr om SIG News the "Vocabulary Control" corner will be C.D.BATTY (A SIS/SIG/CR) 1987, No. 28. (CDB Enterprises), in the "Automatic Indexing" corner The 16th ASIS Mid-Year Meeting had been held at W.Bruce CROFT (Univ.of Massachussetts). Kings Island, Ohio, May 17-20, 1987. The topic was "Structures for Knowledge Representation" will be a "Laser Optical Disk and Video-based Information SIGICR sponsored contributed papers session with the Systems : The New Technologies". The new Write-Once following papers: Robert N.ODDY (Syracuse University): and-Read-Many times (or WORM) optical disk techno On the validation and interpretation of representations logy, emerging standards, and the growing availability . of Anomalous States of Knowledge in information of reference databases on optical disk are driving the retrieval; Susan Monica BONZI (Syracuse Unviersity) : ' development of new retrieval software and revitalize old Syntactic patterns in SUb-languages: sciences vs social arguments of, for example, full text sequential searching science. versus inverted file indexing, pricing and copyright of "Multidisciplinary Study of Classifications: A research cooperative databases, and end user searching. The Report." A one hour lecture by Francis L.MIKSA, preliminary program lists several sessions of interest, visiting research fellow at OCLC, on the topic of his e.g.: (I) One moderated by Dan IDDINGS (RMG current research. Consultants) on the topic "Image Management Systems". "Artificial Intelligence and Classification". Linda The following papers were to be presented: William C.SMITH (University of Illinois) organizes a session on CMIKLO (Sterling Software): Image Management this topic sponsored by SIGICR. Systems for litigation support. "Electronic Publishing and Indexing". This session Howard BESSER (Univ.pf California, Berkeley) : High will be cosponsored by SIGICR, SIG/PUB and the resolution images of art objects. Walt NOVINGER (Data American SOCiety of Indexers. Organized by Dorothy Management Associates) : Comparison of micrographic THOMAS, this panel discussion will include speakers and vs.optical retrieval systems. George L.ABBOTT (Syracuse reactors. The tentative panel of speakers are: Douglas University) : Developing an image-based database of L.THOMPSON, Ester HORNE (Catholic University) and adult education manuscripts. (2) Another session on Jessica MILSTEAD (JELEM) . The tentative responders "Keeping up with the New Technologies" organized by are : Ben Ami LIPETZ (SUNY Albany), Linda SOLOW, Richard A.V.DIENER, cosponsored by SIGICR and and Dorothy THOMAS. SIG/FIS considered the problem of technology push and The 1986/87 ASISISIGICR Officers are : Chair: Sid social lag with the following papers: R.A.V.DIENER Frederick, Lincoln Trail Libraries System, Champaign, (Wasserman:Diener Assoc.): Keeping up with the New IL; Chair-Elect: Richard A.Y.Diener, Wasserman-Diener Technologies: an old problem. Mary MICCO (Chatham Assoc., Inc., Columbia, MD; Past Chair: Ruth Fenske, College): Knowledge representation through classifica Rosary College, River Forest, IL; Secretary-Treasurer: tion. Thomas J.FROEHLlCH (Syracuse Univ.): Foun Renee Gelinas, Montreal, Quebec. Editor of the Ne ws dations and implications of the non-neutrality of infor- letter: Joseph A.Busch, Boston, MA. lnt. C1assif. 14 (1987) No. 2 - FIDleR News 20 95 dynamic of social change, are also distinguished. The dynamics of growth are largely taken from other dynamics of social change, such as conflict, exchange, dialectics, evolution (learning) , and development (qual Coeta News itative change, increasing the complexity or scale of a so cial system). A few general laws about growth in social This time we report on a new publication in the INTER systems are discussed, such as the necessity for social COCTA project which presents an analysis of various as systems to increase their levels of information to grow, pects ofthe concept of growth. It was written by Professor and some of the hypothesized relationships between . Henry Te une, Department of Political Science, Univer quantitative growth and qualitative change. sity of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia PA 19104 USA . Measuring growth has been problematic in the social Please contact him fo r further information about the pub sciences. In part this is due to lack of theoretical specifi lication of the report. cation of the time during which different kinds of growth takes place; in part because of changed political ideas Growth about what is important to measure and how. For exam ple, did the stagnating rates of increase in labor produc Growth is a key concept in the social sciences. Although tivity reflect true productivity growth or was it because much of what has been studied as growth during the past services emerged as a salient economic activity in the in two or three centuries deals with populations and dustrialized countries? The main challenge in measuring economies, other areas of growth in the social and polit growth concernsstructural change. Aggregative growth ical world are addressed, such as differentiation. poses fewer difficulties. . A major conclusion is that there is little theory about prowth, as all change evokes strong normative re c- why growth, even for that most remarkable exponential � , tions. It is generally tied to the concept of pathologIes increase in the world's population that began around such as urbanism or industrialization. Since the late 18th 1750. There are many accounts of particular types of century, population growth has been evaluated nega growth, such as for particular industries. But there is tively, sometimes in the strong terms of doom. But in practically nothing about system formation, how new western countries it also has been part of the concept of types of human organizations emerged, except for some human progress. To day almost all forms of growth have gropings about the rise of the modern state. . been politicized and economic growth has become an i Growth is a logical concept referring to something � tegral part of the legitimacy of governments. Growth IS getting bigger or bigger than something else. It takes discussed as it relates to stability, equality, and partici place through processes of production or reproduction. pation, three major values of the modern world. Social systems grow by putting or relating two or more Note is taken of the historic intellectual shift from as things. All growth requires moving things, putting them sociating economic and social growth to political cen together, and connecting them. tralization. During the past two decades the relationship Two types of growth are distinguished; qualitative or between economic growth and decentralization has structural and quantitative. Qualitative growth involves been generally accepted. 'the emergence of new systems or components, the de mise of others; and changing relationships among them. Prof. Dr. Jan-Erik Lane, Chairman of COCfA, University of Vmea, Quantitative growth is the increase and decrease in the Department of Political Science, number of things and components and displacement or S-90187 Urnea size. Certainly since Malthus, growth has been tied to con cepts of limits and niches that stimulates competition and conflict. Indeed, growth and limits gave rise in the Call for Papers: Journal of Theoretical Politics 19th century to a dominant western theoretical A new quarterly Political Science Journal has been paradigm of ecological change which still today influ announced by SAGE Publications Ltd., 28 Banner ences thinking about social change. The ecological Street London ECI Y 8QE, England. It will be the paradigm in turn depends on the concept of equilibrium. offici 1 publication of COCTA and of PIPE (Policies, Institutions; Performance and Evaluation), research From time to time the growth-limit debate has come committee nd study group of the International Political to the political forefront and then has disappeared, most � Science Association. COCTA is also associated with the recently in the early 1970s. Much of this discussion, of International Social Science Council, and the Interna course, focused on economic and population growth tional Sociological Association. Although linked to these with the addition of pollution as a limit. A new wrinkle organisations, the journal will retain editorial independ on the old idea came from the extension of limits of ence. growth to social limits. Educational degrees, for exam The first issue is announced for January 1989. The ple, diminish in value as more people acquire them. editors invite the submission of articles and review Both of those limits, however, did not address new articles on any theoretical topic treated rigorously and technologies or qualitative social growth through the analytically. Articles should be sent to Prof.E. Ostrom, creation of new kinds of social positions or new forms of Workshop in Political Theory and Political Analysis, education. Indiana University, 513 N .Park, Bloomington, IN, Growth as a process, how growth takes place, and as a 47405, USA. 96 Int. Classif. 14 (1987) No. 2 - COCTA News Through participating in "Expolangues", Infoterm had the opportunity ·of discussing the possibility of joint projects with different French institutions. As a result, collaboration will be intensified with the Union latine Infoterm News (with respect to such joint projects as bibliographies re Compiled from Info term Newsletter 44. lated to terminology, a special issue of TermNet News on Spanish- and Portuguese-speaking countries, etc.), the Conseil international de la langue fran�aise (concerning "Bourse de Langue", BruxeIIes, 14-16 March, 1987 the exchange of dictionaries and vocabularies), the French Ministry of Education (as regards translation The 10th "bourse de langue" was held at the Centre and distribution of Infoterm documents in France), and d'Animation de Bruxelles from March 14-16, 1987. several other such institutions. Thanks to the kind support of the organizers and of Ms. C. de Schaetzen from the Centre de Terminologie de Bruxelles, lnstitut libre Marie Haps, Infoterm was able Iutroductory Course on Te rminology, Sarajevo, to exhibit its publications to an interested audience and 4-6 May, 1987 present the latest developments in the field of terminol This course was co-organized by the Serbian Tr anslato�"S ogy, especially in computer-assisted terminography and Association and the Language Service of the industrial knowledge engineering. firm, "Energoinvest", to provide translators and other Following the "Bourse de langue" the Centre de Te r interested experts with the basic terminological tools minologie de Bruxelles scheduled two lectures for necessary for practical terminology work. The large par March 16, 1987. One of them was a general introduction ticipation showed an awareness of the importance of ter to translator-oriented and computer-assisted termino minology not only for translators but also for the transfer graphy, of interest particularly to students of transla of knowledge and technology to Yugoslavia. tion. The topic of the second theme as "Unification, har In Yugoslavia, at present, a number of activities in the monisation and standardisation, as well as planning of field of terminology are developing, which are geared terminology" and was addressed to teachers of terminol towards the computerization of terminology - from the ogy, translation and/or foreign languages. individual translator to national terminology agencies. "Joumees Europeennes de la Tr aduction ProfessioneIIe", Paris, 25-26 March, 1987 Translation - Scientific and Te chnical Progress, The " Journees europeennes de la traduction profession Sofia, 19-20 May, 1987 nelle" took place in Paris on the premises of Unesco. Some 200 participants attended this conference which Some 25 lectures were held during these two days, the was organized by the Bulgarian Tr anslators Union. Dur majority of which dealt with questions of translation and ing this two-day conference, thirteen papers were pre related fields. sented by experts from Bulgaria, Federal Republic of The main topics concerned the economic aspects of Germany, German Democratic Republic, United King translation, the tools of the technical and literary trans dom, Yugoslavia, Luxembourg, Austria, Poland and the lator, translation aids, as well as future prospects. The USSR. A variety of subjects of relevance to translation latter aspect was discussed in depth in a special round wer.e covered, such as machine translation and MAT, table sessions. Particular attention was paid to com training problems of scientific and technical terminol puter-assisted and machine translation. In addition ogy, new technologies available, etc. In subsequent dis to familiar systems such als SYSTRAN, ALPS and cussions a wide range of problems related to accessing Weidner, newly developed ones (Calliope, LOGOS) terminology (particularly standardized terminology) were also presented. training (in terminology, computer-assisted tel'mino graphy and terminological data banks). "Expolangnes", Paris, 27-31 March, 1987 The afternoon session of the second day of this Con Shortly after the "Journees europeennes de la traduc ference was devoted to a round-table discussion regard tion professionnelle" the book exhibition "Expo lan ing quality criteria for scientific and technical transla gues" took place in Paris. About 200 exhibitors (publish tions. A special evaluation scheme, prepared by the Bul ing houses, language schools, universities, tourist associ garian Tr anslators Union served as the basis for the ations, etc.) presented their programmes, mainly con discussion of an objective evaluation of this type of fined to language teaching and training. Information on translation and for an exchange of ideas with the rep a large number of language courses abroad was also resentatives of foreign institutions present at the Confer made available. Several institutions offered presenta ence. tions of their data banks and automatic translation sys Concurrent with this meeting, Infoterm established tems. Some 30.000 persons attended "Expolangues" close contacts with representatives of the Bulgarian and it is planned to extend the exhibition to other coun Translators Union as well as with the special terminology tries, such as Spain, the Fe deral Republic of Germany commission set up within the framework of the Union. and Austria. Close co-operation is expected in the near future. Int. Classif. 14 (1987) No. 2 - Infoterm News 97 Workshop on the Universal Availability of bulletins and BiblioTerm, which would provide an overview of the Tenninological Publications, Vienna, production of dictionaries and of other terminological literature. 19-20 May, 1987. 4 Photocopying and copyright Photocopying seems to be an alternative for interlibrary loan. It Fifteen participants from the GDR, Spain, Switzerland can, however, be in conflict with copyright. and Austria attended this Workschop which had been 5 A sample contract for document exchange schemes convened by Infoterm. The Agenda covered the follow within Te rmNet ing topics: As the exchange of literature (duplicates) reduces acquisition 1 Universal Bibliographic Control as a prerequiste for costs, a sample contract for document exchange schemes within the availability of terminological publications TermNet would be desiraQle. Further discussions will be necessary before such a sample contract can be drafted. 2 Clearing houses and deposit libraries for terminolog- ical literature 6 Te rmNet Service Agencies as document supply centres After the institutionalization of Te rmNet, "TermNet Service 3 Union catalogues and interlibrary loan Agencies" shall be set up. They will function as document supply 4. Photocopying and copyright centres for a particular region and will distribute TermNet publica 5 A sample contract for document exchange schemes tions on a cost ·recovery basis. They will take charge of the trans within Te rmNet lation of Te rmNet documents into the languages of the respective region. 6 TermNet Service Agencies as document supply centres 7 Decentralized acquisition policies as cost saving fa ctors 7 In ·order to reduce the overlap in acquisition and to increase the Decentralized acquisition policies as cost-saving fac number of different publications available within TermNet, a li tors brary network should be established where the individual libraries 8 Electronic publishing and document delivery as a specialize in a particular subject field and/or language(s). . measure to increase availability 8 Electronic publishing and document delivery as a measure 9 Practical applications. to increase availability After a welcoming address the participants present While electronic publishing and CD-ROMs may be interesting fdr focused on discussions of the various items: certain users, which makes it necessary to keep informed about ongoing development, on-line access to data banks seems to be more important for Te rmNet. The organization of a workshop on 1 Universal Bibliographic Control as a prerequisite 'Terminology and electronic publishing' was proposed. for the availability a/ terminological publications 9 Practical app lications Within TermNet, a uniform exchange format has to be established In the afternoon of the second day the terminological data banks as it constitutes a prerequisite for activities such as the exchange of both of the IAEA and of Infoterm were demonstrated to the par bibliographic data of terminological publications. Therefore, ticipants. Special consideration was given the handling of sources Unesco's "Common Communication Format" (CCF) has been in these banks. adapted to TermNet's specific needs and purposes. The result will be the "TermNet Manual", consisting of six parts. Part 1 deals with general aspects of universal bibliographic con Seminar on Compnter-assisted Terminograpby and trol, such as descriptions of the various types of formats. Terminology Documentation, Vienna, May 22, 1987 Part 2 is an outline of record requirements, dealing with the specification of data elements and data fields, and problems with An introductory seminar on computer-assisted ter character sets and diacritical signs and accents. minography and terminology documentation was held In Part 3 a list of mandatory and optional data fields is given. Part 4 contains examples of complete records. on May 22, 1987 within the curriculum of the terminol In Part 5 practical aspects are discussed, such as data flowman ogy course held at the Institute of Tr anslation and In agement, which comprises the acquisition, processing, updating terpretation of the University of Vienna. Students and and dissemination of data. teachers of this institute as well as of the corresponding In Part 6 the establishment of an information system is de schools of Graz and Innsbruck showed great interest in scribed. Such a system can be a bibliographic or a factographic data base, a terminological data bank or an expert system. Te rminology these topics and discussed a variety of problems of trans is the central management instrument which all other subsystems lation and new developments, including terminological depend on. In a discussion of the data elements for the recording of data banks. dictionaries using the CCF, several proposals were made. Before finalization an expert meeting should be convened with the aim of evaluating the draft of the Manual. Artificial Intelligence, 3rd Annnal Presentation, 2 Clearing houses and deposit libraries for terminological literature Frankfurt, 3-7 Jnue, 1987 The establishment of a network of clearing houses for terminolog ical literature within TermNet is desirable in order to facilitate ac This conference dealt with recent developments in AI cess to terminological literature. A -deposit library would be research and provided a forum emphasising the practical equally advantageous, not only as far as the availability of publica applications of developed AI systems. The programme tions is concerned but also as regards the verification of biblio endeavoured to inform all involved with the AI industry graphic data. A report on ClearTerlI], which was established in Canada, was also presented. and encouraged those venturing out for the first time to include some part of this into their own future develop 3 Un ion catalogues and interlibrary loan In the field of interlibrary loan only a few activities have been ment. undertaken so far, as most of the libraries within TermNet are re A special ses$ion was devoted to "Terminological ference, libraries the holdings of which are indispensible for the data banks as modules for knowledge based systems". work of the respective institutions. In order to know which publica The papers presented covered theoretical requirements, tions are available within TermNet, the International Bibliog raphies compiled by Infoterm could easily be extended to consti practical applications as well as future developments, tute a union catalogue by adding a data element "location". These both in the industry sector as well as in large institutions union cafalogues should be supplemented by current awareness such as the European Communities. 98 Int. Classif. 14 (1987) No. 2 - Infoterm News Running concurrently with the conference was an in "Terminology (principles and co-ordination)". For teresting exhibition presenting an overview of available further information, contact: Mr. Christian Galinski, expert systems and other knowledge-based systems. Secretary of Isone 37, Austrian Standards Insti tute, Postfach 130, A-1021 Vienna, Austria. News Aug. 10-14: Quebec, Canada. Sixteenth international congress on onomastics. For further information, Mr. Wayne P. Ellis, standards consultant in Harleys contact: Prof. Rosemarie GLASER, Universitat ville, Pennsylvania, is the 1986 recipient of ASTM's Leipzig, Sektion Fremdsprachen, Karl-Marx-Platz 9, Frank W. Reinhart Award. Ellis, of Bob-Beo Lane in DDR-7010 Leipzig, GDR. Harleysville, received the award 18 September 1986 in Aug. 16-21: Sydney, Australia. 8th World Congress of Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, at ceremonies hosted by Applied Linguistics (AILA) at the University of ASTM's Committee on Te rminology. Ellis received the award for highly significant contributions to improve Sydney organised by Applied Linguistics Association of Australia (ALAA). terminology in ASTM publications over years. The congress will focus on the following topics: first language The Frank W. Reinhart Award is presented by development and child language; language education: mother ASTM's Committee on Te rminology to a technical com tongue; second language development (child and adult); lan mittee, subcommittee, or ASTM member who has made guage education: second language (including methodology and objectives); second language proficiency: evaluation and test an outstanding and unusual contribution to ASTM in the ing; bilingual education: migrant educ,ation; language policy aera of terminology standardization. and planning; multilingualism: language maintenance, lan guage minorities; language contact, pidgins and creoles; inter Meetings 1987 preting and translating; language and management, forensic linguistics; language and the social order: language and ideol July 2-5: Innsbruck, Austria. EURALEX Seminar ogy; neurolinguistics; speech pathology and language disor on Tr anslation and Lexicography. For further infor ders; language and sign (including language of the deaf); dis mation, contact: M. SNELL-HORNBY, c/o Institut course analysis and stylistics; lexicology, problems of terminol ogy; quantitative methods in linguistics; language learning fUr Obersetzel' und Dolmetscherausbildung, Univer technology: Computer Aided Language learning; linguistics sitat Innsbruck, Fischnalerstr. 4, A-6020 Innsbruck , and information science, text generation and parsing. Austria. For further information, contact: Prof. Ross Ju'ly 11-13: Montgomery, Alabama, U.S.A. Interna STEELE, General Secretary and Convenor of the tional Conference on Data Bases in the Humanities Organizing Committee, Department of Linguistics, and Social Sciences at the Auburn University at University of Sydney, 2006 NSW, Australia. Montgomery. Aug. 17-21: Leipzig, GDR. "FachtextIinguistik" - Papers to be presented will cover any discipline within the humanities and social sciences pertaining to: special project data aktuelle Probleme, Naherungswege, Ergebnisse - bases; available data resources from government, research cen Internationaler Kurs fUr Theoretiker und Praktiker, ters, etc.; research methodology; data manipulation; computer Lehrende und Lernende in del' fachbezogenen Kom assisted instruction; data base management and expertsystems; munikation in der Karl-Marx-Universitiit in Leipzig. software packages and enhancements; standards for informa For further information, contact: Universitiit Leip tion storage, retrieval and transfer; online systems, networking; impact ofnew technology on research and instruction; the role zig, Sektion Fremdsprachen, Karl-Marx-Platz 9, of archives, museums, libraries and electronic information DDR-70l0 Leipzig, GDR. centres in the control and dissemination of machine-readable Aug. 19-22: Dallas, U.S.A International Conference resources, etc. on Tr anslation and the Future of Education to cele For further information, contact: Dr. Lawrence J. brate the 10th Anniversary of the American Literary McCRANK, Dean, AUM Library and Resource Tr anslators Association at the University of Texas at Center, Auburn University at Montgomery, Dallas. Montgomery, AL 36193-0401, U.S.A. Workshops, panels, seminars and presentation are to be held on July 11-24: Urbino, Italy. Summerinstitute, semiotics. the following issues: translation as a revitalization of the For further information, contact: Ms. Christina humanities, translation and the future of education, translation as a model for literary interpretation, creative writing and CATANI, Centro Internazionale di Semiotica e di translation, translation and cross-cultural communication, the Linguistica, Piazza del Rinascimento 7, 1-61029 Ur politics of translation, international publishers' panel, funding bino, Italy. for translation projects, and many more. Aug. 3-7: Vaasa, Finland. 6th European Symposium For further information, contact: The University of on Language for Specific Purposes (LSP) at Univer Te xas at Dallas, Ms. Sheryl S1. Germain. P.O. Box sity of Vaasa, Finland. 830688. Richardson, Texas 75083-0688, U.S.A. The Symposium will focus on the following topics: LSP and Aug. 20-27: Maastricht, Netherlands. 11th World philosophy; methods ofLSP research; Linguistic characteristics Congress of FIT "Translation, our fu ture". of LSP; terminology and lexicography; LSP and pragmatics; The subject areas for the workshops are: the relationship of LSP and didactics; LSP and translation; LSP and language theory and practice: use of expertise and scientific methods, in planning administrative language use; reading comprehension tegration of theoretical concepts, promotion of knowledgeable in LSP; LSP and technology. translation criticism, improvement of translation quality; For further information, contact: Prof. Dr. Ch. technology: what is and what will soon be available for trans LAUREN, LSP Symposium 1987, School of Modern lators and how to make the most of it; new developments in ter Languages, University of Vaasa, Raastuvankatu 31, minology; the importance of scientific and technical translation in the transfer of information and technology - keeping up-to SF-65100 Vaasa, Finland. date. Aug. 10-14: Vaasa, Finland. 8th Meeting of lSOne 37 There will also be an exhibition of professional literature and Int. Classif. 14 (1987) No. 2 - Infoterm News 99 documentation and another of technical equipment. The theme Hidden Glossaries will be: "The translator's office in the Nineties". AAA. Effects, fonds, papiers, titres,- valeurs . Comment en For further information, contact: Congress-secre sortir? (fr-it-en-de-ne-da-he) [Stock and bonds, funds, papers, tariaat ROUTAPPEL, Markt 28, NL-6211 CJ Maas securities, valuables .. How are they issued?]. Terminol. Ber. tricht, Netherlands. (1986) No. 28, p. 150-172. ONv. AAA. Epargne - Monographie (fr�it-en�de-ne-da-he) [Saving - Sept. 17-19: Kanagawa, Japan. "Machine Tr anslation monography]. Te rminol. Ber. (1986) No. 28, p. 85-110. ONv. Summit" at the Hakone Prince Hotel. AAA. Fiches signaletiques. 1. Espagne 2. Portugal (es-fr-it-pt-en There will be discussions on commercial machine translation de-ne-da�he) [Descriptive cards. 1. Spain 2, Portugal]. Ter systems (developments and its use), panel discussion on techni minol. Ber. (1986) No. 28, p. 42-47. ONv. ·cal prospect of machine translation, discussions on the current AAA. Orders, decorations and medals of the EC member states status and perspectives of machine translation project I and II Part IV. France; Part V. Italy: Section I. Italy, Section II. The and a panel discussion on governmentalview of machine trans Holy See. (fr-it-en-de-ne-da-he). TerminoL Ber. (1986) No. 28, lation. Special event: Machine translation systems will be dem p. 111-149. ONv. onstrated at the conference site. AAA. Organisation administrative des pays de 1a Communaute. For further information, contact: MT Summit Sec France, Italie (fr�it-en-de�ne�da-he) [Administrative Organisa retariat, clo T. Saito, Japan Electronic Industry, De tion of the Community countries]. Terminol. Ber. (1986) No. velopment Association (JEIDA), Kikai Shinko 28, p. 48-84. ONv. AAA. Te rminoiogie des Geldes. Die deutschen Te rmini im Ver Kaikan, 3-5-8 Shiba Koen Minato-ku, Tokyo 105 gJeich zu den franzosichen und englischen Aquivalenten (mit Japan. Liste fr-it-en-de-nl-da-he) [Terminology of money. German Sept. 29 - Oct. 1 : Tr ier, FRG. International Congress terms in comparison with their French and English equiva on Terminology and Knowledge Engieering or lents]. Te rminoL Ber. (1986) No. 28, p. 3-41. ONv. AAA. Worterverzeichnis von Ausdriicken der Datenkommunmi ganised by Infoterm, local Organiser: Association for kation (Glossar der Datenkommunikation (en-de) [Glossary of Te nnillology and Knowledge Tr ansfer in co-opera data communication]. Black Box Catalog of Data Communica tion with the University-of Trier, the Commission of tions & Computer Devices, 1987, p. 109- 112. ONv. the European Commnnities and the City of Trier, COLE, W.: The classification of bills in the House of Commons. L'Actualite Terminologiquefferminology Update 19 (1986) supported by AILA, BDU, CE, CILF, CIPL, No. 2,p. I-2. ONv. CIREEL, DIN, DUK, ECLAC, EDR, FhG, FIT, COMlTE DE TERMINOWGIE FRANCAISE, ORDRE DES GI, lEI, INFOSTA, INS, lORE, IRI, ISSc/ COMPTABLES AGREES DU QUEBEC: De quota en COCTA , IUPAC, JICST, JIPDEC, OGDI, OGSI quota! [From quota to quota!]. L'Actualite Te rminologiquel Terminology Update 19 (1986) No. 2, p. 11. ONv. AAS, OIML, SCCAC, TNC, UATI, UL, ULIS, DIJKHUIS, W.: Electronic publishing - a taxonomy of defini UNfTD , UNU and VNIIKI under the patronage of tions. Seeing the words from the woods. In: Online Intern. Unesco. Conf., London, GB, 5-7 Nov. 1985. Pinner, GB: Online Publ. Congress topics: philosophy (logic, semiotics, epistemology), 1985, p. 169-181 5 refs. terminology science, information and documentation, compu DUMAS, H.; GOULET, C.: Le vocabulaire fran�ais de la proce tational linguistics/formal languages/automatic translation, dure penale en France et du Canada [French vocabulary of the knowledge �ngineeringlartificial intelligence, transfer and pre criminal procedure in France]. L'Actualite Terminologique/ seI}tation of knowledge and information, human factors. The Terminology Update 19 (1986) No. 4, p. 10-11. ONv. following aspects will be taken into consideration: elements/ FISCHER, P.; FISCHER, R.: KIeines Glossar der Sauglings- und units (of knowledge, thought, communication, information), Kleinkindpflege (en-de) [Small glossary of nursery and child linkage of elements (classification, thesaurus, etc.) presenta care tenns]. LES 32 (1987) No. 1, p. 18-19. ONv. tion (of elements, propositions, structures, etc.), methodologi GAJIC, R: Pojmovi i oblasti predskolskog obrazovanja i vas cal problems of background knowledge (heuristics, fuzziness, pitanja (en-sk) [Concepts from the field of pre-school educa adaptivity). tion and rearing]. Prevodilac (1987) No. 3, p. 124-135. ONv. For further information contact: International In GRANDCHAMP-TUPULA, M.: Les barrages hydro-electriques formation Centre for Te rminology (Infoterm). c/o [Hydro-electric dams]. L'Actualite Terminologiquefferminol ogy Update (1986) No. 2, p. 6-8. ONv. Austrian Standards Institute (ON), Postfach 130, LURQUIN, G.: La terminologie medicale fran�aise (2) [French A-1021 Vienna, Austria. medical terminolgy (2)]. L'Actualite Terminologiqueffer minology Update 19 (1986) No. 2, p. 3-5. ONv. LURQUIN, G.: La terminoiogie medicale fran�aise (4) [French New publications medical terminology (4)] . L'Actualite Te rminologiqueffer minology Update 19 (1986) No. 4, p. 1-4. ONv. ISO/IEe. Allgemeine Fachausdriicke und deren Defi OBENAUS, W.: Glossar der amerikanischen ExportfOrderung nitionen betreffendNormung und damit zusammenhan (TeH 2) [Glossary of American export promotion). LES 32 gende Tiitigkeiten [General terms and their definitions (1987) No. 1, p. 19-26. ONv. PARADES, L.: Type and type terminology. L'Actualite Te r concerning standardization and related activities]. minologiquefferminology Update 19 (1986) No. 2, p. 9-10. Wien: Osterreichisches Normungsinstitut, 1986, 31 p., ONv. A4 (ISO/IEC Leitlinie 2-1986 (D). SCHMIDT, W.: Glossar der Dividendenpolitik (de-en) [Glossary An authorized German translation of the ISO/lEC of dividend policy]. LES 32 (1987) No. 1, p. 12-18. ONv. Guide 2-1986 has just been published by the Austrian Standards Institute. The Guide contains 123 terms and definitions (as well as additional explanations) in Ger man accompanied by their equivalents in English, French, Russian, Spanish, Italian, Dutch and Swedish. The publication is available from the Austrian Standards Institute, P.O. Box 130, 1021.Vienna, Austria. 100 Int. Classif. 14 (1987) No. 2 - Infoterm News in the long run, such a well-worn, SUbject-oriented way of thinking can only lead to a catalogning practice which is not particularly helpful to the user. Before we waste our breath explaining over and over again to new library Book Reviews users the difference between Subject Catalogue and Alphabetic Catalogue, we should at least try to offer the information in one literature retrieval instrument that The Catalogue and the Theory, or, Is Order Almost a does not demand mental contortions from the user. Philosophy? Cutter's Dictionary Catalogue, once so revered in the On Jean M.Perreault's Lectures "The Idea of Order in USA, found but few friends in German libraries; but is l Bibliography" that a reason for not re-considering Cutter's retrieval principles? After all, the use' of EDP today offers new ". .. if we are librarians to any purpose other than possibilities for catalogning! making a living, it is for and through subject cataloging and classIfying. and that if not we are at the most either dusty antiquaries or public-relation smilers. " Catalogne Function. Linear Order or Structure? Jean M.Perreault We have got a little bit away from the point. "Order" is Perreault's theme; there must be order in all types of The Occasion catalogue if you want to find anything at all. Let us Within the framework of the Sarada Ranganathan return to Perreault! He discusses the main fu nctions Lectures, Jean M. Perreault gave six lextures under the of a library catalogne according to Cutter and defines summary title "The Idea of Order in Bibliography"2 at them as follows: the Documentation Research and Training Centre in (1) It (the catalogue) must make it possible for the user to find a Bangalore in December 1975. It was the ninth event of book, the author or the title of which is known. this kind. Prior to this, distingnished English, American, (Commentary: This is the function of a pure "finding list" and Indian library scientists had given lecture series on and, from a historical point of view, the original one. How ever, opinions differ as to whether this is the primary func various subjects. Other speakers followed, among them tion today.) lngetraut Dablberg from the Federal Republic of Ger (2) It must show (a) what a library has of a given author, (b) many (1977) whose subject was "Ontical Structures and which editions of a specific work it has. Universal Classification". Up to 1975, classification had (Commentary .. This necessitates literary units ("works") been treated three times in the "Lectures". Did Perreault being brought together.) 4 also take up this scheme? The quotation from the fifth Cutter's version is slightly different, the functions of lecture which serves as a motto that expresses a high the Dictionary Catalogue being regard for library subject analysis, would let us suppose (1) To enable a person to find a book of which either (a) the author is known so. Well, we shall see ... (b) the title is known According to a short biography3, Jean M.Perreault (c) the subject is known was trained in the USA. For some time he worked in (2) To show what a library has University Libraries where he became more and more (d) by a given author (e) in a given subject involved in cataloguing, classification and information (0 in a given kind of literature retrieval, especially with the aid of computers. Finally, (3) To assist in the choice of a book he also taught at the Library School of the University of (g) as to its edition (bibliographically) Maryland and at other universities. One result of bls (h) as to its character (literary or topical) comparative study of universal classification systems was It is interesting to see that Perreault does not mention the conference paper presented at the FlO Congress in those functions which have to do with aspects of subject 1965 ("Categories and Relators") wblch included a retrieval (c, e, f, h). He is mainly concerned with the proposal which later underwent a five-year test by the problems of alphabetic catalogning. FlO for which VINITI, among others, showed great Today, the experts, on the whole, agree that the interest. But Perreault is not only a librarian. Music and, Alphabetic Catalogue must answer three questions: above all, pbllosophy have also claimed his interest, (1) Does the library have a specific edition of a work a fact that we should always keep in mind when looking the title of wblch is 'known? at bls lectures on "The Idea of Order". His pbllosophic (2) Which works of a given author are in the library? background is neo-scholastic, but he is not limited to the (3) Which editions of a specific work does the library school of thought. The subject of bls theses was Hegel's have? natural philosophy, and he has devoted a great deal of This sequence can be conceived as a hierarchy, and in his time to the existentialists. consequence of tbls the following formulation is to be Nevertheless, he has remained keenly interested in found in the RAK § lOIS: The primary function of the library sciences, the titles of two of bls papers in the Alphabetic Catalogue should be that of a "finding list" - sixties being "The Classification of Pbllosophy" and "An in accordance with Cutter if his term "book" is inter Example of Conventional Title Cataloging". This must preted as "edition". Perreault has reservations: to fulfIl make us sit up and take notice! Does the latter title not this primary function it would seem that a "simple" point to alphabetic catalogning? But perhaps tbls dualistic sorting of the information given in the authors' names separation - here Subject Catalogne there Alphabetic and the titles of their books and which a computer could Catalogne - is out of place. Just as Perreault is the deal with would suffice; but if a "finding list" bases ' declared opponent of a "divided catalogue", so we solely on the "book" and not on the "works", this will should try to tblnk less "library" and less "divided"; for, lead to discrepancies in the catalogue and to loss of Int. Classif. 14 (1987) No. 2 - Book Reviews 101 information in the search. Finding answe�s t;) the way in which the entry (particularly the structuring of questions using the Alphabetic Catalogue is made more the heading) is made has an effect on the ordering of the difficult in practice due to the fact that entries. Perreault postulates in this connexion the a lot of works have rpore than one author following dependences: the fulfilment of the social a lot of authors have more than one name purpose of a library depends to a large extent on the some names occur in more that one form retrieval of information; Information retrieval depends some works have more than one subject title. on the structure of the catalogue order: this, again, Is then Perreault not right to diverge from the opinion depends on the structure of the headings. that it is possible simply to catalogue straight from the Not only librarians, but e.g. philosophers, too, as title page and that the information found there would Perreault believes, are inclined to think that the se then be sufficient to constitute a catalogue? Limiting quence is to be regarded as the model and the essence of information to that found on the title page, could not, order - which is a fallacy. Perreault describes order as the in his opinion, even optimally fulfil the fu nction of the relation between the parts of a great variety which must "finding list" let alone that of bringing together the lead to the structure. Structure is, however, much more works of a given author. It would be necessary to verify than linear order: it is "ordered complexity" embodied the information in the book itself, seek fu rther informa in the whole (the catalogue) in which the single unit (the tion in lexica, and then find headings for the biblio title entry) is usefully (for the search) embedded. graphic descriptions. Must we not concede that Perreault "Philosophic insight" is the foundation of Perreault's is right? Only those headings which are made according expositions. He is convinced that "truth" lies in the to certain rules with the principle used by the catalo structured state, and quotes in this connexion Leibniz: guing librarian will give the catalogue order, a structure "Relatio est fundamentum veritatis", which leads to which will be of help to the user, and will make the the conclusion: "the single unit obtains its sense only catalogue a reliable search medium - otherwise, it will out of the idea of the whole ". remain an amorphous inass of bibliographical title descriptions with a formal order resulting from purely Predictability descriptive entries. After all that, we surely do hot need The possibility to predict where something which is to consider any longer whether Perreault's committed being looked for can be found and used is, for Perreault, and censuring conclusion is right : what we must cata the central theme of all library control and subject logue, is not the title page, but the text. This every good retrieval. The availability of a piece of information, subject-cataloguer koows; how, then can the descriptive of a document, depends on the structure of the library cataloguers dare to think otherwise? stock and the catalogues (as arrangements of the docu ment surrogate = title entry). In the principle of order Relatio est fundamentum verilatis lies the fulfilment of predictability. Reduced to a Structure and order - let us see what Perreault under formula, this means stands by this. According to Perreault, order, as used in ordered complexity the social sphere, is not absolute or natural, but always t conventional, arbitrarily determined, arranged. If there is predictability -----> order --> structure no natural method, no normal way of making certain t decisions about order (e.g. about what effect a hyphen truth in an order word has on its ordering), how, then is order created? By using certain principles! Perreault enumerates "Let us catalogue and order with one aim (telos), one as fundamental principles: purpose: - Uniformity and Consistency as the supreme rule in all predictability!" In this his appeal to librarians, Perreault decisions and their consequences in practice; once again points out that the best guarantee for pre - the General befo re the Specific as the universally dictability is the structure, the ordered complexity as valid principle which may also serve as a guideline in "the harmony between headings, references and title library order processes, for example in classification, but descriptions" . also in the ordering of entries in the Alphabetic Catalogue according to the formula "nothing before something" The Idea whereby "nothing" stands for the general and "some Perreault maintains that order in the library catalogue thing" for the additions. For example, "German" comes - as far as it is not a question of classification - depends before "German State Railway"; on principles which have been hardly researched, let - Part-Whole-Relationship which is not only important alone expounded. How far this statement was true at for classification. the time of the "Lectures" is an open question. At any In descriptive cataloguing, the librarian concentrates on rate, he investigates the principles of order in formal the part (the entry of the tltle of a book) , this part is cataloguing, taking a critical and detailed look at the integrated in the whole (the catalogue) in such a way Anglo-American Cataloguing Rules (AACR) and the that the retrieval of the part is possible. What counts Prussian instructions. Unfortunately, Perreault obviously here is that the whole must dominate each and every did not yet know the RAK;unfortunately, as during the part in such a way that it allocates to each part its process of setting up these rules, problems of order were appropriate place in the whole. In doing so, it must be discussed very thoroughly and extensively codified. taken into account that the problem of classifying the Although Perreault, in his analysis, delves deeply into title entries in the catalogue can not be separated from the details of order practice, he leaves us in no doubt the problem of structuring the title entry, i.e. the that what is important for him is the investigation 102 Int. Classif, 14 (1987) No, 2 - Book Reviews of fundamental questions and that philosophy is the Notes and References: perspective from which he approaches his subject, a fact 1 Translated from the German with kind permission of the which is clearly discernible in the title of his lectures: publishers of the Zentralblatt flir Bibliothekswesen, DDR, "The Idea of Order ...". In consequence of this, he where the review appeared in Vol.l'OO(1986)No.11, p.504� 508 constantly draws on statements made by prominent 2 Perreault, J .M.: The Idea of Order in Bibliography.Bangalore: philosophers through the ages, from antiquity, through Sarada Ranganathan Endowment of Library Science 1978. the Church Fathers of the Middle Ages, up to the 135p. "" Sarada Ranganathan Lectures 9, 1975. existentialists and other philosophers of our times, but 3 See (2), p.XIII excluding Marxists. It is certainly no accident that 4 Cutter, Charles A.: Rules for a printed Dictionary Catalog. 4th ed. Boston 1904. Perreaul t often refers to Henri Bergson whose philoso 5 RAK = Regeln fUr den Alphabetischen Katalog (Rules for the phy places intuition above the intellect and teaches that alphabetic catalogue) it is through intuition that knowledge of all life may be 6 Hoffmann, Herbert H.: What happens in library filing? achieved, a philosophy which forges a link with Ranga Hamden, Conn. 1976. 176p. nathan in whose classification theory intuitive insights 7 Haller, Klaus: Katalogkunde: Formalkataloge und formale in Ordnungsmethoden. 2.Auf!' Munchen u.a. 1983. many respects also play a role. But Perreault goes much further as the following two examples demonstrate. Address: Dr.Helmut Beck, Netzstr. 67 (PF554/18), 6900 Jena, Turning to St.Augustine's "De civitate Dei", Perreault DDR. gives us what he terms, the peace of all things, a distribu tion in which every element has been given its allocated place in harmony. In another context, Perreault turns to SOERGEL, Dagobert: Organizing Information: Princi Leibniz's philosophy of "pre-established harmony", ples of Data Base and Retrieval Systems. Orlando, seeing the "teleological" monads as in some way analo� Florida: Academic Press 1985, 450 p., ISBN 0-12- gous to the elements of a catalogue with their interre 654260-0. lations. To put it mildly, this is taking things a bit too Dagobert Soergel developed Organizing Information: far! Principles of Data Base and Retrieval Sy stems over 10 years. During this time he was teaching the subject mat The Result ter of the book in classes at the University of Maryland A philosophy of catalogue order? Perhaps Perreault College of Library and Information Services. Soergel is was the victim of a subconsciou's compulsion! Impressed well-known for his classes which focus on careful by Ranganathan's work which has its "hidden roots" (as analysis of the foundations of Information Storage And Ranganathan himself once put it) in Hindu philosophy and which in many respects is coloured - in the theore Retrieval (ISAR). More particularly, he is famous for tical aspects - by philosophic ambition, even though his work on building and maintaining thesauri. His ear some of these (e.g. concerning the formula PMEST) had lier book, entitled Indexing Languages and Th esauri: to be retracted, and impressed by the occasion of a . Construction and Maintenance (1), is one of the best series of lectures in revered commemoration of Ranga books on the subject of building thesauri. Soerge]'s new nathan, Perreault made the attempt to create a kind of book reflects his talent for thoughtful abstraction on the philosophic theory of the Alphabetic Catalogue, to a complex field of information science from a librarian's certain extent as a counterpart to Ranganathan's Theory perspective. Furthermore, his special interest in thesauri of the Systematic Catalogue (a comment in the short is evident in the theme and content of the book which fo biography points this way!). In the course of this at cuses on ISAR systems where thesauri are the key to the tempt, Perreault the Ph ilosopher got the upperhand Over organization of the information in the system. The book Perreault the Librarian. A good catalogue theory does has fivemajor sections: 1) The Systems Approach to In not need to be justified or substantiated in philosophy as formation Transfer, 2) Objectives of ISAR Systems, 3) the excellent work of the Hungarian AC expert A.Do Data Schemas and Data Structures, 4) Index Language manovsky, proves. It does, however remain Perreault's Functions and Structure, and 5) ISAR Systems Opera credit to be the first to make the problem of library tion and Design. order the main subject of an investigation. The first major section of the book describes the na ture and structure of infonnation, with distinctions being made between data, information, and knowledge. Herber( H.Hoffman6 and, in particular, Klaus Hai That same section provides definitions for the major en ler 7, who has gone into the whole complex of formal catalogues and formal ordering methods more intensive tities to be elaborated throughout the book, including ly and extensively, are but two who have followed in the entities of "thesaurus", "query", and "indexing". Perreault s fo otsteps. Perreault has set new Impulses in The second section of the book emphasizes the impor motion for the principles of ordering, and that not only tance of recognizing a goal in the course of designing and from a library-empiric point o( view. evaluating an ISAR system. The multi-dimensional As yet, the RAK has not come up with an optimal characteristics of an ISAR system are delineated and re solution to all problems of order, and with the increased lated to user satisfaction. For instance, the selection of use of EDP in routine order processes we are forced to documents to include in the system certainly effects the think again about many of the items which were valid up user satisfaction with the retrieval that the system pro to now. This, once again, is reason enough to turn to vides. On the other hand, the ease of interacting with the Perreault, whose discourses are still worth reading ISAR may at times be as important to the user as the today. Helmut Beck documents which the ISAR returns. Precision and re- Int. Classif. 14 (1987) No. 2 - Book Reviews 103 call, two cornerstones of traditional retrieval assess spends about half its pages discussing formulas that are ment, are clearly described in section 2 through prose used in characterizing documents by their frequencies of and without reference to mathematics, word co-occurrence. Salton and McGill's book at the In section 3 the connection between the format of in same time gives almost no attention to thesauri. formation as normally perceived by people and its for Soergel's book won the American Society of Infor mat in the computer is discussed. The role of records and mation Science's award as one of the best books of 1986. fields in decomposing the information in databases is Soergel has taken a complex topic and beautifully or clearly illustrated in several examples. The significance ganized and presented its subtleties. People from many . of Boolean queries for information retrieval is disciplines and at many different levels of expertise may explained. The trade-offs between data base costs and appreciate the richness of Soergel's understanding of the searching costs are discussed . organization of thesauri-based ISAR systems. The last half of the book centers around index lan Roy Rada guages, particularly thesauri. In section 4 the function and structure of index languages are described. In sec References tion 5, the role ofthe indexing language in guiding index (1) Dagobert Soergel, Indexing Languages and Thesauri: Con ing and searching is highlighted. The function of an struction and Maintenance Wiley, New York, 1974. index language is different depending on whether the (2) Gerard Salton and Michael McGill, Introduction to Modem entity-oriented or request-oriented view is taken. In the Information Retrieval, McGraw-Hill, New York, 1983. entity-oriented view a document description is desireq Dr. Roy Rada which optimally characterizes the document in terms of National Library of Medicine capturing the content of the document precisely and Bethesda, MD 20894, USA completely. In the request-oriented view a description of a document is desired which is most likely to make that document accessible to the searchers who will want DEGENS, P.O.; HERMES, H.-J. ; OPITZ, O. (Eds.): Die Klassifikation und ihr Umfeld (Classification and its the document. Environment). 10. Soergel's book emphasizes the hierarchical nature of Proceedings der Jahrestagung der index languages. The hierarchy helps searchers and in Gesellschaft flir Klassifikation eV, MiinsterlW 18. -21 . dexers findthe concepts that they want and accordingly Juni 1986. FrankfurtlMain: Indeks Verlag 1986. XXXII, serves an important, specific function. Facet analysis is 379 p. - ISBN 3-88672-017-9 (hardbound), 3-88672- most useful in developing hierarchies. In facet analysis 016-0 (paperback) . the characteristics of a concept are listed. These charac The book consists of 39 papers (16 of them in English) teristics then serve as a guide in determining when one arranged systematically into nine groups. However, concept is broader or narrower than another. For in they can be grouped under three main topics: (1) con stance, if one concept x inherits all the facets of another ,ceptual classification, (2) formal concept analysis, and concept y, but x also has a facet which y doesn't then x (3) numerical classification. may be considered narrower than y in a hierarchy. The (1) In conceptual classification the problems of in de degree of precombination and postcombination in an in xing and retrieving something (information, books, dexing language is also important. Soergel recommends data) predominate. 'Knowledge' is an important con that precombination be done to facilitate searching by cept in this field worth an examination. Thus, different users who are likely to know the precombined concepts kinds of knowledge found in the AI literature were com of the thesaurus. However, the elemental concepts piled by J. Panyr ("Knowledge and an approach to its which are contained in the precombined concepts should taxonomy in the area of Artificial Intelligence") and also be available in the indexing language. Thus the lan brought into a knowledge taxonomy thought of as a sub guage retains its flexibility for current and future users stitute for an explicit definition of 'knowledge'. It is who might want to combine in unique ways sets of ele doubtful, however, whether the rather unprecise AI ter mental concepts. minology can serve as a good starting point for such a Soergel's book abounds with detailed, real-wofld task. What is the reason for the occurrence of different examples. His experience with food thesauri manifests kinds of knowledge? Is it because there actually are dif itself with frequent use of terms like frozen foods, can ferent kinds of knowledge, or because of the expert sys ned foods, and distinctive distilled alcohols. On the tem tools andlor programming languages used in AI, or other hand, there are also a number of systematic because of the different subjects of knowledge? Relev critiques of the components of ISAR systems. Diagrams ant to indexing and searching is the knowledge on how to and tables are liberally used to present these systems organize things to be archived, which ideally should be theoretic analyses. familiar to both the indexer and the searcher. Such an The Book is tailored towards a library-science type ideal condition will be found only in the case of an al audience, although the preface notes that a wider audi phabetic order, whose role in classification was investi erice is desired. No formulas are presented in the de gated by G.J.A. Riesthuis in his contribution "Alphabe scription of precision and recall in section 2 of the book. tic subject indexes and classification" . There ist, in fact, not a mathematicaJ formula in the Normally, there will be a lack of agreement. With re book. This contrasts markedly with some books that spect to indexing, a simple answer to this problem is the have a similar title. For instance, Salton and McGill's definition of a-special representation structure. 1. Gesell book Intruduction to Modern Information Retrieval (2) reports on the "New edition of the International Patent 104 Int. Classif. 14 (1987) No. 2 - Book Reviews Classification" (IPC-4). This edition features a change basic concepts (like goods, products, commodities and from a mono-hierarchical structure to a hybrid system as then gives principles for their handling. the first step towards a multi-hierarchical structure. With respect to searching, a strategy for online sub H. U. We idemuller (in "RSWK-application in the Ger ject access has been developed by G. Riesthuis and man Library: automatic permutation of index-term A.-M. Colenbrander-Dijkman ("Subject access to cent chains") outlines the necessary steps for an automatic ral catalogues: Incompatibility issues of library classifi permutation of index-terms as a new way of indexing at cation systems and subject headings in subject catalogu the German Library. Instead of using coordinate index ing") to overcome the difficulties in handling subject ing, index-term chains are now being built according to retrieval in central catalogues caused by the lack of a the new rules of the subject catalogue (RSWK). Syntac common indexing and retrieval language. The strategy is tic relationships are expressed through the position of a to retrieve more documents from keywords, notations, term within the chain. Indicators and operators had to etc. of a source document. This approach reportedly re be introduced which, along with the rules for their hand duces the number of zero-hits and increases the number ling, form a sort of grammar. However, a special rep of relevant items retrieved because of the (indirect) use resentation tool in general restricts possible applica of a controlled vocabulary. tions: W. Rescheleit and L. Menner (in "Comparison of Another approach aims at an expert system-like the knowledge representation language FRL with UDC search support. From the point of view of statistical data and a faceted classification") compare the Universal De documentation, M. Domokos-Gombosi explains (in cimal Classification (UDC) and faceted classification "Metaorder in statistical data documentation") how to with a knowledge base generated by the frame-oriented develop a metainformation system for the handling of programming language FRL. It allows the bulding of a information about different -information systems. It poly-hierarchical knowledge structure based on the helps to find out whether or not data on a given domain generic relation (features of a class are passed on to exist, and where these data can possibly be found. A Va s subclasses). Knowledge bases violating this structure iljev (in "Online subject access to library holdings") cannot be transformed into frames without loss of infor looks at the subject searching capabilities of online mation. This fact applies to the UDC and faceted clas catalogues and discusses some research problems en sification systems because they use (among other 'ir countered in striving for their further improvement. On regUlarities') also the partitive relation. line catalogues are considered an extendable part of a Since in the field of indexing, formal instructions pre larger library information system. The planned integra dominate at present over contents-related aspects in, H. tion of two subject catalogues into one online catalogue Schnelling "The present function of the alphabetic sub is described. ject catalogue in a research library") stresses these latter Suitable ordering principles can also serve to stimu aspects and (neglecting the formal ones) poses late new ideas. H. Gasthuber (in "Application of order operationalistic questions as a framework for constitu ing principles in industrial innovation") discusses the tive rules which help to objectify decision-making during exploitation of the systematic power inherent in com the indexing process. modity ordering systems serving industrial innovations. But because of the interrelationship of form and con In detecting gaps occuring in the ordering systems, new tents it seems inopportune to favor the one at the ex products might be found like new elements were found pense of the other. Approaches unifying both aspects in in the past from gaps in the periodic system of elements. a single theory should be more promising. Some papers Systematics ca� also help to generalize known manufac point in that direction. In adapting teaching material, turing procedures to new fields of application, and new the question of 'How should it be taught?' turns out to be methods can be derived from a systematically ordered a classification problem. H. LiJckenhojf(in "Didactics list of all possible solutions. of the systems approach: Outlining knowledge") After presenting a survey of the annual meetings of suggests the systems approach of economics and social the German Classification Society of the past ten years, cybernetics as a basis for structuring and representing 1. Dahlberg presents "Future perspectives for classifica knowledge. To improve an indexing language, R. Fug tion and indexing". Among other things, she emphasizes mann (in "The function of semantic categories in index the need to work out a general order of knowledge and ing languages and in indexing") proposes the use of makes a plea for concept analysis as an independent dis "semantic categories" defined as "extremely general cipline. Particularly in Germany there is a lack of suita concepts" of a given domain. These categories (some ble textbooks and introductory texts. She also suggested what misleadingly called 'semantic') may be interpreted the offering of further educational programs particularly as primitives of an indexing theory, wh�reas the gram for all those who work with classification and indexing. mar of the indexing language forms its formal part. The This seems necessary because too many thesauri (and theory appears as yet not fully deVeloped; some unclear classification systems) are inadequately designed and phrasings are found, such as "the syn�ax of a grammar", used, as W. Krumholz reports form experiences of the "syntactic tool" (p. 58), "syntactic relation" (p. 59). K. conference on the "Use and Mis-Use of Thesauri" in Ve ltmanJs classification of fine arts and visual images Brussels, March '86, which conference aimed at setting ("Anew classification for art") can be interpreted as ele up an inventory of problems encountered in compiling, ments of a metatheory on this domain. I. H6lzl's "Re using, and managing a thesaurus and to make recom commendation for commodity description" comes mendations to overcome them or to avoid their occurr closest to a theory-oriented approach. He defines at first ence. Int. Classif. 14 (1987) No. 2.- Book Reviews 105 (2) The new approach of formal concept analysis can tion of ultrametrics") suggest trimming, i.e. the neglect be regarded as an attempt to compute order and to make ing of so many observations that the remaining observa it transparent. The set of all concepts ordered by the tions fit the assumed model. The authors recommend hierarchical relation 'super/subconcept' forms - with their somewhat arbitrary method only if outliers are ex respect to a given context - a complete lattice so that the pected; they found a deterioration in case of normally methods of lattice theory can be utilized for concept distributed errors. analysis. As an example, U. Kip ke and R. Wille discuss In multivariate data analysis, H.H. Bock (in "Mul (in "Concept lattice schemes for the determination of tidimensional scaling in the framework of cluster objects") a subject classification within a concept lattice. analysis") presents a method for a simultaneous rep Unlike treestructered systematics, this approach no resentation of objects and classes whose distances opti longer requires that a question be answered before the mally reflect the given object-to-object, object-to-class, next determination step can be taken. The super/sub and class-to-class dissimilarities. An analogous case of concept relation involves the heredity of attributes from the Young-Householder method is described. H. Feger superconcept to subconcept which allows the introduc (in "Estimating relational structures from ordinal data") tion of an implication between one-valued attributes on discusses the estimation of relational structures from or concept lattices. G. Ganter and R. Wille (in "implica dinal data. A categorial approach introduced by G. Her tions and dependences of attributes") show how the de der ("Dissimilarity coefficients for ordinally scaled pendences between many-valued attributes can be data") leads to two uniquely determined dissimilarity translated into implications between one-valued attrib measures for ordinal data. R. Mathar (in "Metric scaling utes so that concept lattice techniques also will make in a class of constrained configurations") considers the functional dependences transparent. Closely related to scaling in a prescribed maximum number of dimensions the field of formal concept analysis is a heuristic proof for configurations whose points are grouped not too technique proposed by I). Gernert (in "Classification as closely together. L. Schubert (in "A point-vector-model a proof technique and a heuristic tool in graph theory"). for different data structures in external analysis") pro The idea is to subdivide a complex problem (an ex vides another multi-dimensional scaling model for hand tremely difficult graph-theoretical proof) into numerous ling hierarchical and lattice-ordered data structures. less complex problems (the proof concerning smaller Along with data ascertained by students and faculty and smaller subclasses of graphs). The problem of how members on problems of higher education, B. Miebach to select suitable subgraphs still remains; this problem discusses "Subgroup comparisons in linear structural could be a challenge to formal concept analysis, where it equation models based on cluster analysis". might be considered a non-trivial application. Four papers are devoted to the reconstructing of (3) The first group of papers belonging to numerical phylogenetic trees and problems of biological classification deals with discrimination and ordering of taxonomy. In simulating phylogenetic trees, A. Dress, data in a wide sense. 1. Krauth presents a "Modification A. v. Hasseler and M. Krueger (in "Reconstructing of the nanparametric discrimination method of Ken phylogenetic trees using variants of the 'four-paint-con dall" which is extendable to more than two populations dition"') show empirically that the 'four-point-condi and which does not lose its selectivity with increasing tion' as a reconstruction principle leads to very satisfying numbers of data. S. Krolak-Schwerdt ("A graph results. B. Lausen and P. O. Degens (in "Variance esti theoretical allocation criterion for single linkage") de mation and the reconstruction of phylogenies") deal scribes a graph-theoretical extension of single linkage with the problem of evaluating reconstructed using a maximum spanning tree and a homomorphic phylogenies. They propose a three-object-variance-es function for clustering conditions. The transitivity con tirriator which can be computed knowledge about the dition guarantees disjunct solutions hut is very time-con underlying true topology of the tree. The core of M.M. suming. To save computer time, o. Opitz and T. Bausch Patzla/fs graph-theoretical approach (in "Reconstruc (in "Nondisjunct classification with qualitative data") tion of phylogenetic relations by graph-theoretical first look for the non-disjunct solutions doing without methods: Results and problems in the chemical system transitivity; thereafter they look in a second step for a atics of cytochrome COO) is the reconstruction of net method to stretch the.non-disjunct classes in an appro works and trees with minimized total weight using priate way. H. Spath (in "Maximizing partitioning clus Steiner corners. Results and problems are studied with ter criteria for quantitative data") discusses a maximiz the chemical systematics of cytochrome C. Some ing partitioning cluster criterion for quantitative data methodical remarks are made concerning the interplay where, in deviation from the usual way, the objects have between biological problems and their mathematical to be subdivided into groups of maximum possible simi treatment. Results should be interpreted with care; larity formed by objects varying as widely as possible. It computation may lead at best to a phylogenetic tree of was shown from eight examples that from a formal point cytochrome not necessarily identical with the of view the exchange method, using the maximizing cri phylogenetical tree of the organism having that cyto terion, works better. Based on a trend-following proce chrome. This result comes very close to that obtained by dure, s. Stank (in "The decomposition of time-varying S. Scherer and H. Binder ("Comparison of biological mixtures" ) gives a decomposition approach for mixtures classifications based on amino acid sequences and tradi of time varying distributions. In or.der to make tional taxonomy"). In comparing the traditional biolog agglomerative hierarchical cluster methods robust, W. , ical taxonomy with a classIfication of amino acid se Stach and P. o. Degens (in "Starting more robust estima-' quences, they conclude that the molecular clock 106 Int. Classif. 14 (1987) No. 2 - Book Reviews hypothesis is not valid as a common measure in evolutio Normally French equivalents are available for each nary biology. concept, but we are not informed about French terms The volume closes with applications in social sciences that lack English equivalents. When a term has two or and medicine. I. Balderjahn (in "Cross validation of more senses, the equivalent may not have identical covariance structures in one and multi group analysis: senses. Translations can then be problematical. For The case of ecologically concerned consumers") discus example, CHARGE-OUT may mean the act of recording ses the cross validation of covariance structures in multi the removal of a document from storage in an archive, group analysis with data from ecology-oriented con or the document used to record this action. In French, sumer behavior. In cognitive psychology, probands are there is no term for the first of these senses. Accordingly invited to subdivide objects into classes with respect to the concept is defined by a direct translation of the their similarity. T. Eckes (in "The sorting procedure for English definition and dashes, in brackets . "(--.)" , substitute for the missing term. When French terms do obtaining proximity data in multivariate psychological exist, however · as they usually do . they are defined in research") stresses the necessity to analyse such experi French, and users must judge by comparing the defini mental results with suitable multivariate methods. Fi tions whether the concepts are indeed identical. nally, H. P. Schmidt and C. Oberwittler (in "Numerical There are two French terms for the second sense of taxonomy of brain tumors: A challenge to contemporary "charge-out" : fiche de deplacement and fa nttJme. mathematical classification") discuss problems and pre However, "fan tome" has another sense, equivalent Jiminary numerical approaches to the malignancy clas to the English, dummy, meaning a card or sheet used to sification of astrocytomas and mixed gliomas. replace the borrowed item in its normal storage place. The very different contributions are clearly sub Comparison with terms in the other languages may divided with respect to their contents; they give a good reveal additional terms for the concepts that lack unequi overview on the present state ofthe art so that the reader vocal terms in English or French. For example, the first will find many stimulating ideas. The book has a detailed sense of "charge-out" may be called, in German, Aus index. hebung or Ausleihe; the second sense, Leihzettel, or Peter Jaenecke Bestellzettel; and the idea of a "dummy" - the second Dr, P. J aenecke sense of "fantome" - can be represented by Stellvertreter . Forschungszentrum FB, Standard Elektrik Lorenz AG or Retent. Ostendstr. 3, D-7S30 Pforzheim This example shows how terminology varies between languages and it also illustrates a problem common to all technical glossaries that rely on the alphabetical arrange WALNE, Peter (Ed.): Dictionary of Archival Termino ment of entries. If the concepts used in archival work logy; Dictionnaire de terminologie archivistique. had been classified according to their definitions, all Compiled by Frank B.Evans, Francois-J. Himly, P.Walne. the terms used for them in each of the seven languages Mtinchen, FRG: K.S.Saur 1984. 226p. ISBN could have been listed after each concept. (See (a-d) 3-598-20275-X below). Those that are equivocal, i.e. used to represent This convenient guide to archival terminology in more than one archival concept, could have been marked seven languages will interest not only archivists - its as such, and users would more easily find the unambi primary audience - but also information specialists, guous terms for each concept. Whenever a useful con terminologists and lexicographers. The work supersedes cept lacks an unequivocal term, the editor or users an earlier LEXICON OF ARCHIVAL TERMINOLOGY might feel encouraged to suggest new ones that would (Elsevier, 1964). Both projects were sponsored by the not be ambiguous: A classified glossary, moreover, International Council on Archives (ICA), which started would bring related concepts together for easy compar work on the first version in 1954. The ICA Working ison, thereby enabling users to grasp their logical rela· Party responsible for this revised text labored, under tionships very quickly . UNESCO sponsorship, from 1977 until 1984. It was A common complaint against a classified format is chaired by Peter Walne, U.K., and included Charles that it requires two steps in searching, to go from the Kecskemeti, executive secretary of ICA. Other members index to the numbered record. However, only English were Franl'ois-J.Himly and Michel Duchein, France; users of this dictionary can go directly to the entry Eckhart G.Franz, FRG; Antonio Arago, Spain; Filip terms without using the index. The users of all six other J.Dolgih, USSR; and Frank B.Evans, USA and UNESCO languages have to consult an index first in order to find a representative. concept's entry. Each entry contains two definitions, in English and Moreover, because of the arbitrariness of any alpha French, arranged alphabetically according to the English betical arrangement, users easily miss logically related terms. Equivalent terms in Dutch, German, Italian, concepts. In the example just given, users will be remind Russian and Spanish are listed subsequently, without ed under the CHARGE-OUT entry to "see also PRO definitions. 503 numbered terms are defined and un DUCTION TICKET", but they will not be directed to numbered cross-references fr om synonyms to the entry the entry for DUMMY. We discover that a "production terms are interspersed in alphabetical order. The cross ticket" is a document signed by users when requesting references and first entries are all in English, alpha a loan (or charge-out). Four related concepts that are betically, so no index in English is needed. However, involved here are displayed in the fo llowing: indexes coded to entry numbers are given for each of the six other languages. Consequently users can go directly (a) a document signed by the user requesting an item: to the defining entry from any synonym for a concept, PRODUCTION TICKET, BULLETIN DE DE· as listed in these indexes. MANDE, BESTELLZETTEL , -SCHEIN Int. CIassif. 14 (1987) No. 2 - Book Reviews 107 (b) a document recording a loan: consult records (I)/archives (1) during a specified CHARGE-OUT, FANTOME, BES TEL LZETTEL , period", p.137. Unfortunately, this technique compels LEIHZETTEL users to remember the different senses of "archives" and ( c) surrogate for a borrowed item used to show that it "records" by their numbers. was removed: An alternative approach which the ICA Working DUMMY, FANTOME, STELLVERTRETER, Party might have followed involves finding unequivocal RETENT terms for each of the concepts needed in archival work. (d) the action of recording the removal of an item from They might be borrowed as· loan words from another storage: language. In the case of "archives", for example, there CHARGE-OUT, AUSHEBUNG, AUSLEIHE, and no appear to be terms in Dutch for each sense: i.e. Archief French equivalent. bescheiden for the first; Archiefdienst for the second; To discover such conceptual clusters, and to detect the and Archiefgebouw for the third. English phrases could weaknesses of established terminology . note the equi easily be composed for the same distinctions, e.g. vocal terms in Italics - in an alphabetical array requires "archival collection", "archival agency", and "archival more work than would be needed if a classified con depository". (The last of these terms is actually listed as ceptual glossary were used. (In passing, we might note American usage). Unfortunately the use of sense num· that although the book is very carefully edited, it does bers in place of unequivocal terms may not only confuse contain some mistakes. For example, the index entry for users -it apparently confused the editors: for example, in Be8tellschein/�zettel 74, 277 has several errors. Bestell the entry for ARCHIVE we read, under sense (2), "An schein is found only in entry no.73 (not 74 or 277) and individual item forming a part of archives (2) ...", Clearly Bestellzettel, will be found at entries 73 and 377 not 74, "archives (I)" was intended. or 277. When writing interdependent definitions it is, of In lexicographic practice the purpose of an entry is to course, important to mark all of the entailed terms, describe a word and explain its uses. This goal correctly something that is normally done in this work -but not determines the standard dictionary format: each entry always. For example, the definition for REGISTRY word is followed by a set of sense definitions. The same PRlNCIPLE reads: "The principle that archiVeS (1) of a format is imitated here: for example, the entry. for single provenance should retain the arrangement estab ARCHIVES identifies three senses of the word: (1) a set lished by the creating agency ... ". Arrangement is not of records; (2) an institution responsible for managing marked even though this term has a defining entry which such records; and (3) a building in which archives says that it is a process of organizing records according ( first sense) are handled. to one of two approved archival "principles". Records This format is not well suited to meet the terminolo ought not, we are told, be arranged according to the gical goals of the ICA. Tliese goals are indicated in the PRINCIPLE OF PERTINENCE, which prescribes the "Introduction ' which states that the Working Party has classification of materials according to their subject "drawn up definitions.,," that "include the essential content. elements in varying national legally enacted definitions" The REGISTRY PRINCIPLE, however, is endorsed, (p.7). The goal was not to find out what a set of words and the PRINCIPLE OF RESPECT FOR ORIGINAL mean. Rather, the terminological goal was to identify ORDER is listed as an equivalent term. However, no clearly each of the concepts needed by archivists (as entry for this phrase is given, but virtually the same idea given in a definition) and to list the available terms for is explained under the term, PRINCIPLE OF RESPECT that concept, in seven languages. The ICA goal was, FOR ARCHIVAL STRUCTURE. It is not clear whether clearly enough, to establish standards and to improve these terms name subtly different concepts or whether, communication. by mistake, we just have two definitions for the same The alphabetical arrangement of word entries fails to concept. This is the kind of confusion that easily arises perform this function (only a classified arrangement of with alphabetized entries, but is less likely to occur in a concept records can do the job well). Moreover, the classified system of concepts. lexicographic entry format suggests that the goal was to The entry for CLASSIFICATION, which has a "see define words rather than to name concepts. When a also" reference to ARRANGEMENT, defines the term word has several meanings · as in the example of ARCHI to mean "The preparation of a filing plan! system or VES, no doubt the core concept of this project - users classification scheme for records (1) ! archives (1) and are given no concrete help in finding unambiguous the placing of series and/or items within such a planl terms. If every concept (e.g. the 3 senses of archives had system or scheme". (The entry also identifies "security a separate term entry, at least then users would become classification" as a second meaning of "classification".) more conscious of the need for additional unequivocal By this definition both the design of a classification terms. Note that the single word, archives, is used as scheme and the classing of items in such a scheme are three terms in archival work. The editors mark them treated as a single concept. as archives (1), archives (2), and arch vies (3). Interestingly no French equivalent for "classification" This expedient does fa cilitate the writing of unequi is offered, but the explanatory phrase "planification des vocal interdependent definitions, i.e. definitions in classements" is listed, with a see also reference to which technical terms are used ("entailed") and so CLASSEMENT (I). This sense of "classement" is marked that readers can easily find their definitions. For equivalent to ARRANGEMENT - see definition above. example, the definition of TICKET reads: "a document The second sense of "classement" is 'what would be issued by archives (2) granting permission to a user to called FILING in English. It is defined as "The placing 108 Int. Classif. 14 (1987) No. 2 - Book Reviews of documents in a predetermined location according to a philologische Datenverarbeitung unter ganz besonderer fi ling plan/system ". The definition for FILING PLAN/ Berticksichtigung von SNOBOL 4. SYSTEM reads, "A predetermined classification plan for Der Autor erklart, wie Computer imPrinzip arbeiten. the physical arrangement, storage and retrieval of files Ein sehr ntitzliches KapiteI seines Buches gibt Auskunft (1} ... ". Strangely, there is no definition for CLASSIFI iiber den Funktionsumfang von Softwarepaketen ft ir die CAnON PLAN, but the term has a see reference to philologische Textverarbeitung: EYEBALL, OXEYE, FILING PLAN/SYSTEM. This produces a circular OCP, CLOC. Auch auf Statistikpakete, wie SPSS wird definition since FILING PLAN/SYSTEM, by inference, hingewiesen. is defined as "A predetermined fIling plan/ system Butlers Anliegen ist es, Philologen und Linguisten an for. .." . die computeruntersWtzte Sprachforschung heranzuftih· There is, however, an entry for CLASSIFICAnON reno Fiir Aufgaben, die mit Softwarepaketen nicht zu SCHEME, which is defined as "A pattern of arrangement bewaltigen sind, schlagt er als Programmiersprache of archives (1) by groups, series and items (not US)". SNOBOL vor, eine seit 1962 entwickelte Sprache zur This definition caBs attention to discrepancies between Text- und Symbolverarbeitung. Sie unterscheidet sich British and Americal) usage - the US term for this von anderen hohercrn Programmiersprachen, wie concept is not specified. Interestingly, also, the entailed ALGOL, COBOL und FORTRAN vor anem dadurch, terms are somewhat confusing. GROUPS has no entry - daB sie das Pattern-Matching, die Definition von symbo_ but we do find definitions for ARCHIVE GROUP, lischen Mustern und den Test auf deren Vorkommen in RECORD GROUP, and five other kinds of "groups". den Daten, besonders unterstiitzt. Auch die benutzerde ARCHIVE GR.oUP is explained as "The primary division finierten Datentypen von SNOBOL sind interessant. in the arrangement of archives (1) at the level of the Den Schwerpunkt des Buches bildet eine griindliche independent originating unit or agency" . und gut verstandliche Einftihrung in SNOBOL. Viele ITEM names "The basic unit of arrangement and Beispiele, Orignialprogramme und Aufgaben mit Muster £!scription... " and SERIES, "Item or documents ar lasung machen das Buch als HIlfe auch zum Selbststu ranged in accordance with a filing plan/system or main dium geeignet. Erklart werden Grundkonzepte von tained as a unit ...". SERIES has a see also reference to SNOBOL, das Pattern·Matching, die KontroBstruktur CLASS, which is defined as "An identifiable and self von SNOBOL·Programmen, eingebaute Funktionen, contained subdivision of an archive group consisting of a Vergleichsoperatoren, benutzerdefinierte Funktionen number of items with one or more common character und Datentypen, die Fehiersuche in SNOBOL-Program· istics (UK). GeneraBy equivalent to series". Thus "series" men. and "class'" appear to be used as virtual synonyms but Zwei Beispiele fUr SNOBOL·Anwendungen schliellen . they are defined by reference to the origin ("prove den Band ab: eine sprachstatistisch-stiJistische Analyse nance") of documents, rather than their subject matter. .der Dichtung von Sylvia Plath und eine Berechnung der If classificationists find this confusing, it is because lexikalischen Dichte (type.token ratio) von Texten archivists use some of their vocabulary, but with signi aus dem London·Lund-Korpus des gesprochenen Eng ficant shifts in meaning. lisch. Enough has now been written to give readers a feeling Die Beispiele kennzeichnen den Schwerpunkt des for the book. On the whole it is very readable and wissenschaftlichen Interesses von Ch.Butler und den clearly laid out, a good reference tool for archivists. It Lesern, die er anspticht: 1m Blickpunkt stehen die has minor mistakes and discrepancies scattered about computerunterstiitzte quantitative StiJistik, Autoren· and it overlaps classification theory, using some of its schaftsuntersuchungen, WarterbuchersteBung, Text terms for different notions. Above all, its quasi-lexico edition und computerunterstiitzter Sprachunterricht. graphic format is a real handicap: a well conceived Computer dienen vor allem zur Produktion von Indices terminological design would make its contents more und Konkordanzen, ZUI Auszahlung von Frequenzen, intelligible and helpful to its users. zur Errechnung statistischer Kennwerte, zur Lemmati� Fred W.Riggs sierung. Innerhalb dieses Interessenbereiches ist die .Prof.Dr.F.W.Riggs, Department of Political Science. Darstellung von Ch.Butler technisch und konzeptionell University of Hawaii, Honolulu, HI, 96822, USA. modern. Der Ausblick auf andere computerlinguistische Forschungsrichtungen (automatische Vbersetzung, Textproduktion, Simulation menschiischen Sprachver haltens) bleibt begrenzt. Eine Computerlinguistik, die sich urn. die Gestaltung von Mensch-Maschine-Dialogen, urn die Reprasentation von Texten, urndie Verarbeitung nicht transkribierter, sondern akustisch aufgenommener Sprache und immer wieder urn das zentrale Problem des syntaktischen und semantischen Parsings bemiiht, kommt bei Ch.Butler so gut wie nicht vor. Brigitte Endres-Niggemeyer ButLER, Christopher: Computers in Linguistics. Oxford, GB: BlackweB 1985. IX,266p., ISBN 0-631-14266·5 Prof.Dr.B.Endres�Niggemeyer, Fachhochschule Hannover, "Computers in Linguistics" ist eine Einftihrung in die FB BID, Hanomagstr. 8, D-3000 Hannover 91. Int. Classif. 14 (1987) No. 2 - Book Reviews 109 FORM DIVISIONS .oN SPECIAL .oBJECTS CS'"iTAX.oNOMIES o 5 ) ••• 01 Bib-liographies 111 51 On Taxonomies in the Form and Structure Area 1 02 Literature Reviews 52 On TaXonomies in the Energy and Matter Area 2 03 Dictionaries, Terminologies 111 53 On Taxonomies in the Cosmos and Earth Area 3 04 Classification Sy stems & Thesauri (CS & T) 111 54 On Taxonomies in the Bio Area 4 05 Periodicals and Serials 111 55 On Taxonomies in the Human Area 5 06 Conference Reports, Proceedings 112 56 On Taxonomies in the Socia Area 6 07 Textbooks (whole f1eld)* 112 57 On Taxonomies in the Econ. & Production Area 7 08 Other Monographs (whole field)* 113 58 On Taxonomies in the Science & Inform. Area 8 09 Standards. Guidelines 113 59 On Taxonomies in the Humanities Area 9 1 THE.oRETICAL F.oUNDATIONS 6 .oNSPECIAL_SUBJECTS CS & T 11 Order and Classification 113 61 On CS & T in the Form and Structure Area 1 119 12 Conceptology in Classification 113 62 On CS & T in the Energy and Matter Area 2 119 13 Mathematics in ClaSSification 113 63 On CS & T in the Cosmos and Earth Area 3 119 14 Systems Theory in Classification 113 64 On CS & T in the Bio Area 4 119 15 Psychology and Classification 114 65 ()] CS & T in the Human Area 5 16 Development of Science and Classif. 114 66 On CS & T in the Socio Area 6 119 17 Problems in Classification 114 67 On CS & T in the Econ .& Production Area 7 119 18 Classification Research 68 On CS & T in the Science & Inform. Area 8 119 19 History of Classification 114 69 On CS & T in the Humanities Area 9 119 ,2 STRUCTURE AND CONSTRUCTI.oN .oF CS iii'S!;" 7 CLASSIFICATI.oN A1'ULJ.ANGUAGE 21 General questions of CS & T 114 71 General Problems of Natural language 120 22 Elements of CS & T 115 72 Semanti cs 120 23 Construction of CS & T 115 73 Automatic language Processing 120 24 Relationships 115 74 Gramma r Problems 120 25 Numerical Taxonany 115 75 Question-Answering Systems, Online Techniques 121 26 Nota ti on. Codes 76 lexicon/Dictionary Problems 122 27 Revi sion, Updating, Storage & Maintenance 116 77 General Problems of Terminology 122 28 Compatibi lity and Concordance between CS & T 116 78 Subject-Oriented Terminology Work 124 29 Evaluation of CS & T 116 79 Problems of Mu ltilingual Systems 124 . 3 CLASSING AND INDEXING (METH.oDL.oGY) 8 APPLIED f::(.ASSING AND INDEXING (C &,1) 31 Theory of Classing and Indexing 116 81 General Problems of Applied C&I 32 Subject Analysis 117 82 Data C&I 33 Classing and Indexing Techniques 117 83 Title C&1 34 Automatic Classing and Indexing 117 84 C&I of Primary Literature (Except 85) 35 Manual and Automatic Ordering 117 85 Book Indexing 36 Coding 86 C&I of Secondary literature 37 Reclassification 87 C&I of Non-Book Materials 38 Index Generation and Programs 117 88 C&I in Subject Fields 39 Evaluation of Classing and Indexing 117 89 free 4_ .oN UNIVERSAL SYSTEMS 9 CLASSIFlCATI.oN ENVIR.oNMEN'l' 41 On Universal CS & T in General 91 Organization Problems in general 42 On the Universal Decimal Classification (UDC) 117 92 Persons and Institutions in Classif.& Indexing 43 On the Dewey Decimal Classification (DOC) 118 93 Organisation on a National & Internatl . level 44 On the libr.of Congr.Classi f.(lCC)& lCSH 118 94 free 45 On the Bl iss Classification (8BC) 95 Education and Training in Classif.& Indexing 46 On the Colon Classification ( RCC) 118 96 free 47 On the library Bibliographical Classif.(lBC/BBK) 97 Economic Aspects in Classif.& Indexing 48 On Other Universal Systems 118 98 User Studi es 49 free 99 Standardization in Classif.& Indexing Personal Author Index * Monographs on special topics at special subdivisions ** Divisions of 04� 5, 6, 78, 82, 88 acc. to Information Coding CS & T stands for Classification Systems and Thesauri Classification (ICC) described and displayed in Int.Classif. C & I stands for Classing and Indexing 9(1982)2, p.87-93 and in Int.Classif.& Indexing 8ibl iogr. I. language abbreviations: A further division of this scheme (by one and sometimes two levels) was published in Int.Classif.12(1985)No.3, p.147-151 bg Bulgarian fi Finnish pI Polish cs Czech fr French pt Portuguese da Danish hu Hungarian ro Romanian de German it Italian ru Russian ee Estonian ja Japanese sh Serbo-Croatian For reasons of space, it was not possible to include the col en English Ii lithuanian sk Slovakian lected bibl lographic items of classes 8 and 9. This litera es Spanish nl Dutch uk Ukrainian ture wi ll be included in the next issue. IC 87-3. 110 Int.Classif. 14(1987)No.2 Classification literature FORM DIVISIONS (Thesaurus for adult education/further ed o Frankfurt, DE; Padagogische Arbeitsstelle 8]-487 048-58 01 Bibliographies Centre de Documentation pour le Sport: Spo rt Thesaurus.ed.19B7. Orig.fr. Ottawa . Ont., Canada: Centre de DocumentatTon pour Ie Sport 1987. 250p. 87-476 Oil Satija. M.P. : March of Classification Literature. Book review 87-488 048-652 of International Classification and Indexing Bibliography. Janik, S., Brunet. L., Lecompte, L.-L. . Office des Personnes Va 1 s. I and 11. Frankfurt: INDEKS Verl . 1982/84. Orig. en. Handicapees du Quebec: Thesaurus: Personne handicapee. Thesau Herald libr.Sci. Vol 25, No 1-2. 1986. p.B6-S9. 8 refs. rus a schemas fleches de descripteurs pour I 'analyse et la re cherche des documents et du materiel avec leurs equivalents en 87-477 012 langue anglaise. Orig. fr,en. Quebec. Canada: les Publ ications Wel l1sch. H.H. : Indexing and abstracting: A current-awareness du Quebec 1986. 429p.• ISBN 2-551-09137-3 bibliography. Pt.3. Indexer Vol 15, No 3, 1987. p.159-162 87-489 048-657 Viet. J. 03 Dictionaries, Terminologies 87-479 038-828 Eri. I. (Comp.); IC'*!. Internationaler Museumsrat: Oictionar;um Museologicum. Orig. en, fro es, ru, de, bg, cs, da, fi t hu, a. nl. no, pi, pt, ro, sh. sk, se, eo •• Budapest: National Centre of Museums 1987. 774p. 87-480 038-89 Sebeok. Th.A. (Ed.): Encyclopedic dictionary of semiotics, 3 vaTs. Or;g.en. Berlin. New York: De Gruyter 1986. 1665p., �SBN 3-l!-010559-4 87-492 048-71/2 04 Classification Systems & Thesauri Sandeau ,G •• 8ureau Marcel van Dijk: Thesaurus du mana ement et 1 de 'economie� 2 vol s.(Thesaurus for management an econom cs OrTg. fr o Parts, FR: Bureau Marcel van Dijk 1986. 13B p., 042 .!ill£. ISBN 2-9500203-2-1 See also 048-74 Technik. Ookumentation Maschinenbau 87-481 042.1-hu Magyar SzabvanyUgyi Hivata 1: Egye temes Tizedes Oszta 1 yozas: Tel es kiad�s. (Hungarian Full ubc Edltlon. Classes 675 and 676i Orig.hu. Budapest. VIII, HU: Szabvanyboltban,. Ol Hii ut 24 1986/87, 21+25 p .• FIO 390 87-482 042.I-pl 87-494 048-75 Ekc,"om; ,zrlej' II N- Coprian-, W. (Ed.), Kaiser, K. (Ed.), Informationszentrum Raum und Bau der Fraunhofer-Gesellschaft: FINDEX Bau. 2. Aufl . Fa cettenartiges Indexierungssystem fUr das Bauwesen. Eine syste matische Begriffssamml ung zum Ordnen und Suchen von Bauinfor ogical • Warszawa, PL: IINTE, Zurawia mationen. Systematischer und alphabetischer Teil. Orig. de. 1985, 206p., Stuttgart. DE: IRB-Verl . 1985. 446p .• ISBN 3-8167-0414-X 048-75 045 BLISS 8IBLIOGRAPHIC CLASSIFICATION compiled by M.Giertz and N.J. Hughes, translated into German by E.LUth) Orig. de. Dublin.4. Ireland: Natl .Inst.f.Physical Planning and ) comprises the description of the scope Construction Res. 1987. 132p. FlO Publ.642. ISBN 1-85053-065-3 and place in BC2; its structure, the facet structure. the arrays within facets, the citation order be tween facets as well as within facets (between arrays), the or der �in array and alternative arrangements in economics. Prob lems of notation are treated as well as the alphabetical sub ject index and special problems in economics. Classification examples are given. The contents of the schedules (191p.) can be accessed by a comprehensive index of 60 pages. 048 SPECIAL CLASSIFICATION SYSTEMS AND THESAURI 05 Periodicals and Serials 87-484 048-386 Kurovskaya, L.S. et al . (Comps .): An information retrieval the 87-496 056.121 SU: saurus of rubber trademarks. 2nd rev.ed. OrTg. ru. Moskva, Coltheart, M., Davies.M .• Guttenplan,S. , Harris,M. , Smith, N •• VINITI 1985. 66p. Wilson, D.: Mind and Language . Orig. en. Vol 1. No 1. Oxford, GB: Basil Blackwell 1986 8]-485 048-47 The journal is meant to serve as an interdisciplinary forum Orig. ru. Moskva, SU: Tsentral'noe for philosophers. psychologists. linguists and workers in ar 1986. 87p. tificial intelligence who are all separately engaged in inve stigaring and discussing phenomena of language and mind, but 87-486 048-567 ;n ignorance of the methods and results of the other dis liebl, P .• Drel ler, J .• Deutscher Volkshochschul verband (DVV). ciplines. Issue 1 contains 1) A Forum: Philosophy and Psycho Padagogi sche Arbeitsstel le (PAS): Thesaurus Erwachsenenbil- logy (with contributions by P.M.Churchland. H.H.Clark. D.Den- Int.Classif. 14(1987)No.2 Classification Literature 111 nett, D.W.Hamlyn , P.Kitcher, C.McGinn, E.R.Valentine) and 3 Mitt.Vereinig.Osterr.Bibliothekare 40(1987)No 1/2. p. 51-59 articles and a "multiple review" of R.C.Berwick, A.S.Wein Digest of the meeting and its speakers and papers. It took berg: The grammarical basis of llnguistic perfonnance. lan place on Jan.30, 1987 at the University library of Regensburg. guage use and acquisition. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press 1984. 343p. (by C.J.Howe and P.W.Culicover). The journal closes 87-513 06.87-03-24/26 with some announcements of event. The articles: Recent devel opments in clustering and data analysis. Develop 87-497 Wright. C.: How can the theory of meaning be a philo pements recents en classlflcabon automatlque et analyse des sophical project? - 87-498 Clark, A. : A biological metaphor. donnees. Proceedings of the Japanese-French Seminar, 24-26 - 87-499 Sainsbury, R.M. : Evidence for meaning. March 1987. Orig.en,fr. Tokyo : Institute of Statistical Mathe matics 1987. 377p. 87-500 056.252 The volume contains 35 papers organized in the following four Fal lside,F. , levinson, St. (Eds.): Computer. s eech & lan�ua e. sessions. A: Data analysis techniques and related topics with Orig� en. london. GB: Academic Press 1987. 01.1(1981) o .•I statisticalsoftware (Nos.-514-523). B: Automatic classifica 4/ann. G tion and related techniques (Nos.-524-531). C: Scaling method This interdisciplinary journal ;s meant to serve the speech and correspondence analysis from the viewpoTrit of practical research community. The first issue contains the following approach (Nos.-532-539). 0: Appl ications: Extraction and in articles: 87-501 Prager. R.W .• Harrison, T.O .• Fal lside, F. : terpretation of information in multidimensional data (Nos. Boltzmann machines for speech recognition. - 87-502 levinson, -540-548) . S.£. : Continuously variable duration hidden Markov model s for 87-514 Hayashi. Ch.: New developments in multidimensional data automatic speech recognition. - 87-503 larar. J.N. : lexical analysis. - 87-515 Jambu,M.: Interpretation of some data anal access using broad acoustic-phonetic classifications. - 87-504 ysis method;:--:--a7-516 Schektman, Y.-H. : A general Eucl 1dean Roberts, l.A. , Wilpon. J.G.• Egan. D.£., Bakk, J.: Improving method for measu�d describing associations between sev speaker cons istency in an automatic speech recognition frame eral sets of variables. - 87-517 Goto. M .• Tasaki , T. : Data work. adaptive methods of multivariate analysis. - 87-518 Morineau, A. : Specific dedigh of a software for �ultivarlate descriptive statistical analysis: The case of SPAD N. - 87-519 Wakimoto. 06 Conference Reports, Proceedings K.: A test of good ness of fit based on gra� method. _ 87-520 Baba. Y. : Graphical analysis of ranks. - 87-521 Otsu.N. , Kuri ta.T. , Asoh,H. : A unified study of multivariate data anal 87-505 06.84 ysis methods by nonlinear formu lations and underlying proba Herzfel d,M .• Melazzo,l.(Eds.): Proceedings of the Third Inter bilistic structures. - 87-522 Sail Sh .• Taguri , M.: Optimum national Congress of the Inte�national Association for Semiot- classification boundaries based on a concomitant variable in 1C studies -. Assoclatlon Internatulbake de semiotl que.Palenno sample survey: some application to the current statistics of 1984. 2 vols. Orig. en.fr. Berlin - New York: Mouton. De Gruy commerce. - 87-523 Tango. T. : On the identification problem ter 1987. approx .1200 p. , ISBN 3-11-009933-0 of age-period-cohort analysis. - 87-524 Oiday. E. : Some recent advances in clustering. - 87-525 Ohashi .Y. : Simultaneous clus 06.85-03-5/7 tering of cases and varia�- 87-526 Roux, M. : Techniques of approximation for building two----rree structures. - 87-527 Imaizumi. T. : A hierarchical clustering method for dissimilar ity matrices with individual dHferences. - 87-528 Sakai. S.: Applications of multivariate and cladisHc data analysis for the classification of dermapterous insects. - 87-529 lerman, of them are listed I.C.: Comparing relational variables accordingtoTi"kelihood here in English: 87-506a Kuhlen. R. : A pragmatic approach to of the links classification method. - 87-530 Ohsumi , N. : Role data processing and knowledge representation in natural lan of computer graphics in interpretation(i"f""C'fustering results. gua�e infonnation systems. - 87-506b Thiel . M.: A conceptual - 87-531 Suzuki, Sh.: Classification of fru it and vegetable basls for natural language sys� 87-506c Jarke. M .• Krau varieties by chemical analysis of fragrance substances. - se.J.: Designing an interface for a natural -language question 87-532 Excoufier, Y. : Assessing the number of axes that should answering system. - 87-506d Mori k, K.: Partner modelling in be considered in correspondence analysis. - 87-533 Yoshizawa, consultation dialogue-:-:-B'T- 506e lehmann, H. : A legal expert 1.: Singular value decomposition of multiarray data and its system based on linguistics and logic. - 87-506f MUller, B.S., applications. - 87-534 Yanai, H. : Partial correspondence anal Primio. F.di : Interrogative knowledge representation as the ysis and its propertles. - 87-535 Iwatsubo, Sh. : Correlation basis for rule-based expert systems. - 87-506g Rothkegel , A.: analysis of n-way qualitative data and its applications. - Text linguistic components in informatlOn extraction. - 87-536 Tanaka, Y., Tomoyuki. T. : Outliers and influential ob 87-506h Hahn, U., Reimer, U. : Oesign principles and architec servations in quatification theory. - 87-537 Haga. T. : Conver ture of the TOPIC text compression system. - 87-506i Knorz ,G. : sational data analysis system: selection of items and pooling Knowledge validity and completeness in intelligent information of categories. - 87-538 Escofier. B.: Analysis and comparison systems. - 87-50 Schwarz . Ch. : Text searching by word combi of different tables. - 87-539 Ueda. Sh.: Use of tabulated data nations. -87-506 Rostek, l., Fischer, D. : A concept of the in data analysis. - 87-540 lebart,L. : Multivariate descriptive saurus-based informa'V tion retrieval at the workplace. teChniques applied to the processing of longitudinal sample survey data. - 87-541 Sugiyama. M.: Multidimensional analysis 87-507 06.85-04-14/17 of opinion survey data. - 87-542 Kishida,K., Sugasawa.Y .• Ito, Goetschalckx.J.: Rapport de synthese. Deuxielne Symposium d'In T. : Data-analytic approaches to human behavioral relationships foterm. Vienne. 14-17 avri l 1985. (Synthesis on the 2nd Info in a survey of accidents. - 87-543 Oer Megreditchian, G.: On term Symposium, 14-17 April 1985. Vienna) Orig. fro Term-Net numerical and statistical stabTITfy of forecasting model s. - News, No.15, 1986. p.3-4 87-544 Komazawa, T. : The methods of pattern classification and ltS application to prognosis of disease. - 87-545 Nakache. 87-508 06.85-05-20/24 J.P•• Gueguen.A. : A non-parametric discriminant analysis based on the construction of a binary decision tree. - 87-546 Miya ke. A.: Experimental comparison between the optimal discrimi nate plane based on samples and general discriminant analysis. - 87-547 Ninomiya, S.P.: A method of discrimination for elec trTCaUll)iosignal . - 87-548 Yajima.K. : Classification of behav 06.85-06-24/28 ioral stages of the mouse. Information Theory (ISIT) , en. New York. NY: IEEE 87-549 06.87-04-6/10 198 • 183p . Arntz, H.: FIO{C3 "Soz1alwissenschaften" tagte in Budapest. (FIO/C3 tiSocial Sciences" met in Budapest. 6-10 April 1987) 87-510 06.85-06-28/29 Orig. de. Int.Aufg.OGD Vol 9. No 3/4, 1987. p.43 IEEE Workshop on languages for Automation: Cognitive Aspects Report on current work and the status of this revision com in lnformation Processing. PaTma de Mal Torca, June 28- 29. 1985. mittee. Orig.en. Sl�ver Spring,MO: IEEE Comput.Soc.Press 1985. X,289p. 87-550 87-511 06.86-07-7/10 Ohly,P.: Soziokulturelle Revision im Umbruch: Conference on Arab Co-operation in Terminology. Orig. en. C30 31+39 UNISIST Newsletter Vol 14. No 4. 1986. p.65 C3 31+ 9 Sociocu tural sciences The conference was held in Tunis from 7 to 10 July 1986 with Vol 9, No 3/4, 1987. p.44 some 150 representatives participating. 87-512 06.87-01-30 07 Textbooks Oberhauser. 0. : Sacherschlie6ungsprobleme im EDV-Kontext. Zu einer Fortbildungsveranstaltung der Speziellen Interessengrup pe Bibliotheksklassifikation der Gesel l schaft fUr Klassifika 87-551 07.1 tion in Regensburg. (Subject cataloguing in the computeriza Saunders. A.W.: Book review of: Chan,M.l .• Richmond.P.A.• Sve tion context) Orig.de. nonius. E. (Eds.): Theory of subiect analysls: a sourcebook. 112 Int.Classif. 14(1987)No .2 Classification literature Littleton, CO. Libraries Unlimited 1985. Orig. en. Catal og.& is a central problem for many knowledge-based systems. Of the Classlf.Quarterly Vol I, No 2, 1986. p. 105-107 various knowledge representation paradigms in use today, the KL-ONE family has addressed the problem of classification 07.23 most directly. The author impl emented a compi ler that trans lates KL-ONE definitions into a Classifier System representa tion. In addition he developed a group of parallel algorithms anguages: use that uses the Classifier System representation to decide where systems) Orig.fr. s: Ed.d'Organisation 1987. 279p. an incoming concept should be classified in an existing KL-ONE ISBN 2-7081-0760-7 network. 87-564 124 118 Other Monographs (whole field) Kuzin, E.S.: KnOWled e representation in intelligence online SYStSl1S. Orig. ru. �n: "rOb I. sozdanlya 1 primenemya dialog inf.sistem v avtomatizir.sistemakh. org.upr. Ch.1. Tal lin. SU 87-553 08.157 1985. p.121-125 Salveter, Sh .: Book review of: Sowa, J.F.: Conceptual struc tures: Information processing in mind and machine. Readin ,MA: 87-565 124 Addl Son wesley 1984 . ung. en. Comp .Lingulsflcs VOl 12, Aa 3, Pospelov,D.A.: Knowledge representation: an experiment in s 1986. p.218-219. 1 ref. terns analysis. Orlg .ru. In: Sistem.issled.: Metodol .proc 1. Moskva, SU 1986. p.83-102, 21 refs. 87-554 08.3 Markey. K. : Book review of: Milstead,J.L.: Subject access sys 87-566 124 tSl1S: alternatives in design. Orlando.FL: Academic Press 1984. Orlg. en. college & Re s.LHi r. Vo l 48, No I, 1987. p.77-78 87-555 08.7 Gtidert. W.: Book review of: Dutz K. Ed. : Studien zur Klas sifikation, Sy stSl1at1 und Termlnologl e: Theorle un raX1S. 87-567 124 MUnster/FRG: Inst.f.Allg.s rachwiss. , MAKS 1985. Mirimanova,M.S. ; Shrejder,Yu.A. : Information methods of knowl urlg. de. Z.f.Blbl.wes.u.Bl bl1ogr. vo l 34.No 3.1987. p.222-226 edge representation. Orig.ru. In: Teor.i prakt.nauch.-tekhn. inform. : Mater.sem; n. Moskva, SU 1986. p.1l8-125, 11 refs . . 09 Standards, Guidelines 87-568 128-82 Capurro, R. : Was ist Information? Hinweise zum Wort- und Be griffsfeld eines umstrlttenen Begriffs. (What is information? 87-556 09.76 Hints on the word- and concept-field of a controversial con cept) Orig. de. In: Handbuch der modernen Datenverarbeitung. Vol 24. No 133. 1987. p.l07-114, 9 refs. 87-569 128-82 Proskurin.G.M.: Principia of informatics. Concepts and system atics. Pt.l: Data. Orlg.ru. Sverdlosvsk. sO, Ural . Pohtekhn . 87-557 09-77 Instltut 1986. 27p. , 4 refs. 87-570 128-82 Folberth, O.G., Hackl. C. (Eds.): Der Informationsbegriff in Technik und Wissenschaft. (The information concept in techno logy and sClence) Orlg. de. MUnchen, DE: Oldenbourg Verl .1986. 298p., 236 refs. 87-558 09.77 Paper of a Scientific Symposium of the IBM Deutschland GmbH, DIN. NormenausschuB Terminologie: DIN 2342. Teil 1. Entwurf: 3-5 Dec.1984 in Bad Neuenahr. Be riffe der Terminolo ielehre. Grundbe riffe. (Concepts of termino ogy science. Basic concepts Orig.de. Berlin.DE: Beuth Verl . 1986. 18 p. 13 Mathematics in Classification 87-571 133 THEORETICAL FOUNDATIONS Dubnicka, .1 cognition. 10 refs. t 1 Order and Classification 87-572 136 Krzanowski ,W.J.: Book review of: Mostel ler. F •• Wallace, D.L. : 87-559 115 Appl ied BayeSian and classlcal lnference: Ihe case of the fe Olitskij. A.A.: On the activi a roach and its lace within deralist papers. New York: Springer Ver1 . 1984. Ong. en. the knowledge structure. Orig .ru. In: Slstem.lss e •. Metodo . J.Classif. Vol 4. No I, 1987. p.ll1-114. 4 refs. probl. Moskva. SU 1986. p.324-340 87-560 116 14 Systems Theory in Classification 87-573 142 Effelsberg,W. ; Fleischmann, A. : Das ISO-Referenzmodell fUr of fene Sys teme und seine sieben Schichten. Eine EinfUhrung. (The ISO reference model for open systems and its seven levels. An 12 Conceptology in Classification introduction) Orig.de. Informatik-Spektrum Vol 9, No 5. 1986. p.280-299. 32 refs. Introduction of the most important concepts of the reference 87-561 122 model for open systems. Description of each of the seven le Kondrat 'ev.A.I.: Analysis of idea as a form of creative think vels and explanation of a relevant problem of each level by a ing of the subject of cognltlon. urlg.ru. Probl .filos.• No bl. simple exampl e. 1986. p.zl-z6, 14 refs. 87-574 143 Jones ,Bush: The cognitive content of system substates. Orig.en. In: IEEE Workshop lang.Autom.: Cognit.Aspects Inform.Process. Silver Spring, MD 1985. p.11-13, 4 refs. 87-575 143 87-563 124 Kl ir, G. Forrest. S.: A study of parallelism in the classifier sys tem Orig.en. lJ';: iI��������T.i�!p,�������� and its application to classification in KL-ONE semantic net Process. refs. works . PhD Ihesis. url g.en. Ann Arbo r, MI: The Un iverslty of �ga n. Computer Science 1985. 244p. 87-576 148-23 The author states in the abstract: The "classification" prob Brekhovskikh,S.M. : Fundamentals of a functional s stemology of lem was selected as the focus of the investigation because it physical objects. Orlg. ru. Moskva. so: Nauka 198� . 192p. Int.Classif. 14{1987)No.2 Classification Literature 113 15 Psychology and Classification 87-595 168 Chernykh. 87-577 152 Pushkin, V.G, (Ed.); Problems of consciousness in ph ilosophy and scientific cognitions. Orig.ru. Leningrad, sO 1985. Hap. What fol lows are two examples of papers collected in this vol . 87-578 Murenko, L.V. : Towards the philosophical concept of the unconscious, 87-579 Ovchinnikova ,O.A. : The ideal as a qualita tive characteristic of consciousness. 4 refs. 87-580 153 Mareev.S.N.: Formal and substantive systems in scientiflC COQ 87-597 168-82 �. Orig.ru. Vopr.fl1 os. , No 6, 1986. p.31-41.172. 29refs. Gor'kova, V. I.: The conception of a subject area : informatics. The aspects of formal and substantive systems are analysed in Orig .ru. In: Teor.; prakt.nauch. -tekhn.infonn.: Mater.semin. connection to the problems of knowledge formalization in AI MoskVa, SU 1986. p.90-108, 1 ref. systems. 87-598 168-82 87-581 156 Semenyuk, E.P. : Is it informatics or metainformatics? Toward Tabachkovskij, V.G. (Ed' wr the problem of the cha racter and name of a sC1entlfic disci and pr actice. Orig. ru. v·\ .f'� �fb-f,-g pline. Orig.ru. Nauchno-tekhn.Inform.Ser.2, No 6, 1986. p.1-5. 28 refs. 87�582 157 Rada, R. : Knowledge-sparse and knowledge-rich learning in in� formation retrieval. Ong.en. Inform.Process.& Management Vo l 17 Problems in Classification 23, No 3, 1981. p.195-210, 78 refs. Review of some aspects of the relationship between the large and growin� fields of machine learning (ML) and infonnation a7-599 retri eval (IR). The paper emphasizes the role of the thesau� rus in ML+IR work. 16 Development of Science and Classification 87-600 175 87-583 161 Uematsu, 1. : Information retrieval and the indexing language . Halpern,J.Y. : Reasoning about knOWledge. An overview. Orig.en. Orig .ja. Semmon tosyokan. No 107, 1986 . p. 22-25. 2 refs. In: Mattox, A. {Ed.}; AFIPS: Nabonal Computer Conference, Discussion of IR probl ems in connection with the selection of Reston,VA. Ar1ington,VA: AFIPS Press 1986. p.219-228, 62 refs. an indexing language. 87-584 161 Kryukov, 1.8. : Identification of the object and the problem of 19 History of Classification scientific knowledge ob ectivity• Orig.ru. In: D1alekt.mater.; f1 f.vopr.estestvozn .: roglca, 1st.i metodol .nauch.poznaniya. Moskva. SU 1985. p.37-44 87-601 191 Davies, R.: Classification and ratiocination. Orig.en. In: Oa 87-585 161 vies,R. (Ed.); Intelligent infonnation systems. Progress and Kuraev,V.I.; Lazarev.F.B.: The foundations of scientific knowl prospects. Chichester,GB; New York: Horwood; Halsted Press edge: reflection and rational1ty. urlg. ru. vo pr.f1fos •• No 5. 1986. p.262-289, 93 refs. 1986. p.49-61. 173, 16 refs. 87-602 191 87-586 161 Pertsova-,N. N. : Word semantics in G.W.Leibniz's lingu istic con Rozova, S.S.: The classification roblem ' in modern science. ception. Orig.ru. Predvarit.publ ., Inst.rus.yaz.AN SSSR, No Orig.ru. NOvos1bl rsk, SU: Nauka 198� • 233p . 165, 1985. p. 1-56 87-587 Tyuchtin, STRUCTURE AND 2 CONSTRUCTION OF CS T & 87-588 162 21 General questions of & T Sergeev. V.M. : Paradoxes and languages of interdisci linarY ell synthesis: How a new paradigm emerges. ur lg.ru. In: SlS �em.1S sled. : Metodol .probl . Moskva, SU 1986 . p.341-355, 30 refs. 87-603 211 Gopinath. M.A.: Postulatlonal approach to analytico-synthetic 87-589 163 classification. Orig.en. Libr.Sci.Slant Doc. Vol 22, No 4, Bogun,N.A. : Bases of theoretical knowledge as the SUbject-mat 1985. p.204-229, 1 ref. ter of ph ilosophical analysis. Orig. ru. Prob1 .filos., No 67, 1986. p.36-42, 5 refs. 87-604 212 Prizment,E.L.: Toward a typology of subject classification sys 164 tems. Orig.ru. Predment.poisk v tradits.i netrad.inform.poisk. sistemakh, No 6, 1986. p.27-39, 13 refs. p. 37-43, 4 refs. 87-605 212 Shelov. S.D. : A cateqor of scientific and technical terms. 87-591 164 Three approaches to 1S0f atlng nomenclature names . Orlg.en. Au Karasheev. V.P. : The stages of scientific knowledge consolida tom .Ooc.& Math .Linguistics 19(1985)No 2. p.1-12, 28 refs. tion. Orig.ru. Metod I .vopr.nauKl . No 101986. p.3-1/, 50 refs . 87-606 214 87-592 164 8ardina, S.Yu. ; Be1oozerov, V.N.: A typology of IR thesauri . Ladenko, I.S.: The structure of methodological knowledge and Orig.ru. Nauch.-tekhn. tenninol ., No 6, 1986. p.8-12 the thoU ht ex erience. Orig.ru. In: $tru� tura �ilos.znaniya. Tomsk, SU 1986. p. 148-151 87-607 214 Sandstroem, G. : Au mented thesaurus for multi contextual de 87-593 164 scriptions. Or;g.en. n: roo es, •. . ; nte gent n Stepin, V.S.: On the prognostic nature of philosophical knOWl fo nnatlOn systems for the infonnation society. Amsterdam, NL, edge: Philosophy and science. Orig. ru. North-Holland 1986. p.192-210. 17 refs. vopr.fl los ., No 4, 1986. p.172-173, 22 refs. Continuous updating and multi contextual descriptions are the most important features of the augmented thesaurus which is 87-594 164 described with examples from medical realms. Sukhoti n.A.K. (Ed. ): The structure of phllosophical knowledge . Orig.ru. Tomsk. SU: Izdatel ' stvo Universiteta 1986. 213p. 87-608 217 Summaries of reports of the regional P.V.Kopnin Memorial Read Beloozerov .V.N. ; Fedosimov ,V.I. : The place of the macrothesau ings. The reports deal with studies involving the integrity rus within the lin uistic software tools of the STInetwork. and structural unity of philosophy. Orlg. ru. Probl. lni onn.slstem, No 1, 1986. p.6-1O 114 Int.Classif. 14(1987)No.2 Classification Li terature 217 ences is presented which was originally developed at ACSAD (The Arab Center for the Study of Arid Zones and Dry lands. Damascus. Syria). The database management system. dBase III ,was used. 87-610 217 Kapur, Sh.: Lexicography and importance of library classifica 24 Relationships tion. An analysis. Orig. en. � 8ul l. Vol 9/10, 1985/86. p.43-48, 3 refs. Describes the power of words as they react to external stimuli 87-623 241 formi ng language for understanding people- and conmunication Beletskij , P.M.; Mikhnovskij.S.D. , Pomazkova,M.Yu.: Normalisa thoughts. The task of lexicographers in preparing dictiona tion of relations in a computer-aided database design system. ries is highl ighted. The importance of classification schemes Orig.ru. In; Mat.metody v avtomatizir.inform.sistemakh i ban which make the natural language in agreement with the rules of kach dannykh. 1985. p.13-20. 8 refs. morphology are furnished. (Author) 87-624 241 87-611 218 Brady. l.1.: A universal relation assumption based on entities Booth, P.F. : Thesauri - their uses for indexers. Orig. en. and relationships. Ong.en. In: 4th Int.Conf. Entity-Relation Indexer Vol 15, No 3, 1987. p. 141-144, 17 refs. shlP Ap proach. Silver Spring, MD 1985. p.208-215, 23 refs. 87-612 218 87-625 241 Mdivani, R R : Kobayashi ,I. : Classification and transformations of binary ,e- �."; b" Orig.ru. rl ;; ':i'.ii��� lationship relation schemata. Drig .en. Inform.Systems Vol 11. Description " ���T. No 2, 1986. p.l09-122. 15 refs. ter-based MISON i 87-626 241 Mikoni.S.V.: Ordering of concepts in related disc;pllnes using 2l! Elements of CS & T a 10gical-lingUlstlc approach. Orlg.ru. fiauch.-tekhn.terminol., No 1. 1986. p.6-11. 8 refs. 87-613 225 87-627 242 Strong, G.W.; Drott, M.e.: A thesauruS for end-user indexing Chuprina, S. I.: Automatic data processing based on associative and retrieval . Orig.en. Infonn.Process.& Ma nagement Vol a, No networks. Orig. ru. In: Informat. i naukoved. Tambov. SU 1986. 6. 1986. p.487-492, 7 refs . p.12-13 A faceted hierarchical thesaurus ortanization has been de signed to accompl ish the goal . 87-628 242 Courtial. J.-P.: Un s sterne a base de 10 i ue des associations 87-614 227 pour 1 Jinterroga tion des bases de donnees. A system based on Bevzenko. LA. ; Zelenkov. Yu.G.: The syntactic structure of assoc1atlve relationships for dialogue in databases) Orig. fro word combi nations. Orig. ru. Documental iste Vol 24. No 1. 1987. p.11-16. 12 refs. Vopr.lnform.leon i i Prakt .• No 53. 1985. p.44-50 87-629 242 87-615 228-23 Gopinath, M.A. : Equ ivalence relations in infonnation retrieval Gopinath. M.A. ; Kumar. G.Ajith: Compound subjects in the field thesauri. Orig. en. Libr.Sci.Slant Doc. Vol 22. No 1. 1985. of phYsics: a Quantitative analysls of facets. urlg. en. p.57-63, 6 refs. llbr.Scl.Slant Do c. Vol 22. No 2. 1985, p.l05-)12. 2 refs. 87-630 243 23 Construction of CS & T 87-61'6 231 lancaster, F.W. (Ed.); Thesaurus construction and use. A con 87-631 247; 128-7 densed course. Orig. en. Brent. E.E. : Relational data base structures and concept for Paris. FR: UNESCO 19B5. 89p .• 10 refs .• PGI-85-WS-l1 mation in the socldl SClences. Or 1g.en. Comput.& SOC.SC1. Vol The volume contains a set of 84 "exhibits" and a text to ex 1. No 1. 1985. p.29-49. 44 refs. plain and ampl ify the exh ibits. The latter is divided into 14 topical units. 87-632 247 Brona. I.I.: Boolean dependensies in relational �tabase models. 87-617 232 Orig.ru. In: Mat. Metody v avtomatizir.inform .sistemakh ban Jabrzemska, E.; Scibor. E.: The principles behind the design kakh dannykh. 1985. p.36-44. 3 refs. and a lication of disci linar thematic classifications. url g.ppy. SINIOMa ter.Metfi od .• n0 26, 1986. p.i-54. 54 refs. 87-633 247 Ceri. S. ; Gottlob, G •• Pelagatti. G. : Taxonomy and forma l pro- 233 e t e d u t o "'" "i ,,s Of" '" st'!;i b'1ed j :,-i s.n Ori g. en. Inf1fp onn.S" "ystems" ,,¥,:-, 1iVol" u.""-jNo\,! ,+,-I, 1986. p.25-40. 18 refs. 87-634 247 FroT ov. O.R. : Algebraic system for dialogue support in reTa 87-619 236 tlOnaT databases. Orlg.ru. In: Probl .sozdaniya 1 prlmenen1ya Friis-Hansen, J.B. : "Clustertr construction in Denmark. dialog.lnform.sistem v avtomatiz.sistemakh org .upr. Ch.1. Orig. en. Riliser Bull Vol 4. No 1. 1986. p. I-5 Ta llin. SU 1985. p.206-21O Discussion of the problems concerning the construction of a general thesaurus for the Danish national bibliography data 87-635 247 base BASIS. Golosov. A.O. ; Tsalenko, M.Sh.: Semantic transformation of the relational database. Orig.ru. Sb.tr.vNII sistem lssled •• No 2. 87-620 236 1986. p.79-86. 13 refs. Zaks.A. I.. lovtsov. A. I., Ozhogin. B.A .• Florentsev. S.N.: De velopment of the MSIS NIR German/Russian thesaurus and its � 87-636 247 1n information service. Orig.ru. Probl .inform.sistem, No.1. Tsalenko.M.Sh.: Semantic and mathematical models of data ba- 1986. p.17-Z2, 2 refs . �. Orig.ru. Ito9i nauk; i tekhn.: Informat. Moskva : VINITI 1985. 207p .• 293 refs. 87-621 237 Wirth .R. : tt (Semi- 87-637 247 automatic it ��'bi��� i1:T.��Tn�Ii:;,v� • H. Vossen. G.; Brosda. V. : A high-level user interface for update (Ed.); Ges. Ini'onnatik. H igenz und Mu - and retrieval in relational databases - lan Uage aspects. stererkennung. Bonn: Springer 1986. On g.en. SIGMOD Rec. Vol 14. No 4, 1985. p.j 43-353. 22 refs. p.204-211. 7 refs. 87-622 237 l!5 Numerical Taxonomy Job.J.O. ; Mouheich, T.: La estion documentaire ra ide au ser vice d'une etite e ui e de recherche. A quick documentation See also 87-513 system for a smal l research team Orig. fro Documental fste Vol 23, No 6. 1986. p.237-239. 3 refs. 87-638 251 A system for classification and retrieval of scientific refer- Fishburn. P.C.: Book review of: Arrow. K.J .• Raynaud, H.: So- Int.Classif. 14(1987)No.2 Classification literature 115 cial choice and multicriterion decision-making. Cambridge. MA: and databases. New York: Columbia University Press 1985. 336p. MIT Press 1986 127 p. J.Ciassif. Vol 4, No 1, 1987. p. 129-131 Orig. en. J.Classif. Vol 4. No I, 1987. p.132-134. 3 refs. 87-639 251 87-656 258-579 Krzanowski, W.J. : A comparison between two di stance-based dis Weber,E. U. : Book review of: Ben-Akiva. M .• Lerman. St.R.: Dis criminant pr inciples. J.Classif. Vol 4, No 1, 1987. p. 73-84 crete choice analYSls: Theor and appl lcatlon to travel de mand. Cambridge . MA: MIl Press 1985. XX.390p. or1g. en. 87-640 251 J.Classif. Vol 4. No 1 1987. p. 125-128. 3 refs. Milligan,G.W.: Book review of: James, M.: Classification alQo rithms. london: - Col lins 1985. 2llp. J.Classif. Vol 4, No 1. 87-657 258-58 1987. p.1I5-117 87-641 252 Cavender,J.A.: Invariants of h 10 enies in a sim le case with discrete- states. J.Classif. 4 1987 No 1, p.57-71. 10 refs. 87-658 258-715 Levine.J.H. : Book review of: Stokman.F.N .• Ziegler. R .• Scott. 87-642 252 J.: Networks of corporate powe r. Cambridge . GB: Pol ity Press Conrad, M.P. : A rapid. non-parametric clustering screme for 1985. 304p. Orig.en. J.Classif. Vol 4. No 1. 1987. p. 123-124 flow cytometric data. Pattern Recognition Vol 20, No 2, 1987. p.229-235, 10 rets. 87-659 258-77 Karpov. Yu .M. ; Lejchik. V.M.: Appl ication of cluster-analysis 87-643 252 techniques to the solution of terml nologlcal problems. Dubes, R.C. ; Zeng, G. : A test for spatial homogeneity in clus Orlg.ru. Probl .infonm.sistem. No 1. 1986. p. 69-87. 19 refs. ter analysis. Orig. en. J.Classif. Vol 4, No 1, 1987. p.33-56 87-660 258-826 .87-644 253 Malvestuto.F.M. : Statistical treatment of the information con Bhanu, B.; Ming.J.C. : Recognition of occluded objects: a clus tent of a database. lntonm.Sy stems 11{1986JNo 3, p.zll-z3. 39 ter-structure algorithm. Pattern Recognition Vol 20, No 2. rets . 1987. p. 199-211, 23 refs. 87-645 27 Revision, Updating, Storage DeSarbo, W.: Book review of: Spath. H.: Cluster dissection and · '& Maintenance analysis: Theory, FORI RAN pro ams. Chlchester. GB: Ei I1s Hor wood 1986. 226p. J.Classif. 4r 1987)No 1. p. 139-141. 11 refs. 87-661 277 Rohou, C. : La estion automatisee des thesaurus. Etude compa 87-646 253 rative de oglc e s. utomatic thesaurus organisation. Com Glasbey.C.A. : Compl ete linkage as a multiple stopping rule for parative study of software) Orig. fro Documental iste Vol 24. single linkage clusterlng. J.Classif. Vol 4, No I, 1987. No 3. 1987. p. 103-108, 31 refs. p.l03-109, 6 refs. 87-647 254 28 Compatibility and Concordance between Gordon, A.D.: Parsimonious trees. Ori g. en. CS &T J.Classif. Vol 4, No 1, 1987. p.85-101. 15 refs. 87-662 281 87-648 254 Gendi na,N. I.: Problems 1n optimising semantic devices in com Voorhees.E.M.: Implementinq aqqlomerative hierarchic cluster pu terised library sys tems. Orig. ru. In: Avtomatizir.bibl .-in in al orithms for use 1n document retrleval. urlg. en. form. sistemY. Novosibi rsk. SU 1985. p. 34-42, 23 refs. Infonm.Process.& Management 22 1986 No 6, p.465-476. 15 refs. Description of the impl ementation of three agglomerative hier 87-663 285-93 archic clustering algorithms that expl oit the sparsity of in Logrippo, L.; Stepien. B.: Cluster analysis for the compu ter formation in the document-tenm matrix. so that collections assisted statistical analysis of melodies. Orig. en. mauch larger than the algorithms ' worst 'c'a se running times Computers & Humanlties Vol 20. No 1. 1986. p. 19-25. 14 refs. would suggest can be clustered. The implementations described in the paper have been used to cluster a collection fo 12,000 87-664 287 documents. (Author, abbrev .) Scibor,E. : Indexi n lan uages concordances: methodological is sues. Orig.ru. Pro g1.1n � orm.Slstem. No 1.1986. p.45-63 . 5refs . 87-649 255 'ffiecompatibility of the ISTIS indexing languages with other Bidasaria, H.B. : Least desirable feature el imination in a gen indexing languages is analysed using the concordances. Pre eral pa ttern recogn1t1on problem. ur1g. en. sentation of structure and composition of the concprdances. Pattern recognition VOl 20, No 3, 1987. p.365-370. 9 refs. 87-650 255 29 Evaluation of CS & T Fiala.J.C. ; Haralick. R.M.: Comparison of a regular and an ir regular decomposition of regi ons and volumes. Orig. en. Pa ttern Recognition Vol 20. No 3, 1987. p.3U9-319, 23 refs. 87-665 295 A.: 87-651 255 Gupta,L. ; Srinath.M.D. : Contour sequence moments for the clas sification of closed planar shapes. Orig. en. a Pattern Recognition Vol 20. No 3, 1987. p.267-272. 30 refs. an retrieval thesaurus constructed on the basis of existing relationships between the 87-652 255 descriptors used in the bibliographic database PASCAL 101/ Mantas. J.: Methodologies in pa ttern recognition and image an 1980). Orig. fro Montreal : Univ. 1986. VII,232p. alysis - a brlef survey. orlg. en. Pattern Recognition Vol 20, No I, 1987. p.I-6, 69 refs. 87-666 295 Hemalata Iyer: Hierarchical structures and effectiveness of 87-653 258 indexing language. Or1g.en. Libr.Sci. Slant Doc. Vol 22, No 2. Wasserman,St.: Book review of: Levine. J.H. : Levine 's Atlas of 1985. p.65-75. 4 refs. Corporate Interlocks. Vol s. I & II. Hanover. NH: Worldnet 1984 70+379p. Or ig.en. J.Classif. Vol 1. No. 4. p.ll8-122. 3 refs. 87-667 298-416 Mikhajlovskij. E.M. ; Avidon. V.V. : Estimating the validity of 87-654 258-397 nosological terms for an indexing language on the biologlcal Vogel . F.; GrUnewald. W.: Unterentwickl ung - EntwicklunQ. Eine activity of chemical compounds. Orig. ru. Studie zur Einteilung der Lander der Erde nach lhrem Entwick Nauchno-tekhn.lnform.,Ser.2. No 5. 1986. p.24-29. 18 refs. lungsstand (III/IV) . (Underdevelo�ent - development. An inve stigation into the division of countries of the earth accord ... in� to their state of developnent) Orig. de. Bamberg, FRG: CLASSING AND INDEXING Unlversitat. Forsch.Stel le f.Numer.Klassifikation 1987. 75p. 3 In Pt.2 of this study. the economic state of development of countries was measured. Parts 3 and 4 deal with the demogra .... 31 Theory of Classing and Indexing phic and political state of development. 87-668 311 87-655 258-4 Fugmann. R. : Natural versus indexing languages in infonmation Crovel lo. Th.J. : Book review of: Abbott. L.A.. Bisby. F.A.. systems: Treatlse on retrieval system theory. ur lg. en. Rogers, D.J. : Taxonomlc analysls In blOiogy: compu ters. models Int. Infonm ••Comm unlcat.& Educ. Vol 5. No 2, 1986. p. 155-166 116 Int.Classif. 14(1987)No.2 Classification Literature 32 Subject Analysis New York.NY: Columbia University. Compu ter Science 1985. 245p. In the thesis a scheme is presented. called MERGE. designed to be used in computer systems that understand and automati 87-669 321 cally classify instances of hierarchies in a given domain. Bertrand-Gastaldy, S.: De uel ues �lements � consid�rer avant de choi sir un n;veau ou un langage documentaire. On some items for consideration before choosing an analysis level or a _ 35 Manual and Automatic Ordering documentary language) Orig.fr. Ooc.& Bibliotheques Vol 32, No 1-2. 1986. p.3-23, 93 refs. 87-684 353 87-670 321 Omiecinski, E. ; Scheuermann, P.: A global approach to record Johansen. Th .: El ements of the non-linguistic approach to sub clustering and file reorganisation. Orig.en. In: Res.& Oev.In ject-relationships. Orig. en. fonm.Retriev. Cambridge, etc. 1984. p.201-219, 12 refs. Int.classlf. Vol 14. No 1. 1987. p.1l-IB, 15 refs. 87-671 321.99 38 .Index Generation and Programs Sakharnyj. L.V.: The results of developing GOSTs for subject analysis: problems and solutions. Orig.ru. In: Predmet.poisk v tradi ts .i netradits.inform.-poisk.sistemakh, No 6, 1986. p.6- 87-685 381 26, 16 refs. Malykha. V.V.: Role of biblioqraphic indexes in analvsinq re search institute scientists' pu bl ications. Orig.ru. Nauch.i 87-672 328-6/7 tekhn .biblioteki SSSR. No.4. 1986. p.36-37. 3 refs. Duben. J.: Descri bing the subject content of a data fi le. Orig.cs. Mech.a autom.admin •• No 2. 19B6. p.56-61, 1 ref. 87-686 383 Kenji, S.; Saito. K •• Kumiko. T •• Uehara, J •• Sasajima. S .• Yoshikawa.Ch.: Making a KWIC index by microcomputer. Orig.ja. In: Dai 21 kai zyoho kagaku glZyutsu kenkyu syukal happyo rom bunsyu. Tokyo 1985. p. 177-183. 2 refs. 87-687 386 Frost. B7-674 32B-76 Nowacki .H.: Schnittstellennormun fUr e enstandsdefinierenden Datenaustausch. Standardization of the interface for data ex 87-688 387 change of defined objects) Orig.de. DIN-Mitt. Vol 66. No 4. Velez. F.: LAMBDA: an entitY-relationship based query language 1987. p. 182-186 for the retrieval of structural documents. In: 4th Int.Conf. Presentation of the standards existing in this area and des Enti ty-Relationship Approach. Silver Spring. MD 1985. p.82-89. cription of status and goals of international developments 26 refs. in this kind of standardization are explained. 87-689 388-7 Makhlin. G. E. : Information-reference sys tem INOEKS. Orig. ru. 33 Classing and Indexing Te chniques Probl .inform.sist•• No 3. 1985. p.3-6. 2 refs. The system INDEKS is built on the Iskra-226 minicomputer. It is intended for handling economic indexes online. 87-675 331 Bakewel l, K.G.B: Reference books for indexers. Orig. en. Indexer Vol 15, No 3. 19B7. p.131-140, 197 refs. 39 Evaluation of Classing and Indexing Details are given of nearly 200 reference books which may be of use to indexers. It is accepted that the list is essential ly a personal one and that some ommi ssions are inevitable. 87-690 391 Sotnikov. A.N. : On the erformance of algorithms for determin h 87-676 331 ing pa rameters of searc set hlerarchic structures. Orig. ru. Vickers. J.A. : Index. how not to. Orig. en. In: Probl .sozdaniya i primeneniya dialog.inform.sistem v avto Indexer Vol 15. No 3. IgB7. p.163-166 matiz.sistemakh org.upr.Ch.l. Tal lin.SU 1985. p.40-42. 3 refs. 87-677 332 87-691 394 Kekez. F.: Reference library classification model . Orig. sh. Hra�ova ,J.; Jan&kova, I. : Indexing experiment. Orig.cs. Cesco Brodogradnja Vol 34, No 1. 1986. p.21-29. 10 refs. slovenska informatika Vol 28, No 9 1986. p.250-254. 10 refs. Report on results of the following experiment: indexers were 87-678 338 to select gradually 30. 20. 10. 5, 3, 2 and 1 keywords from Bhattacharyya ,G.: POPS!: a system for depth indexing. Orig.en. nin various texts. Int. lnform ••Comm unlc.& Educ. 4(1985)No 2. p. 144- 155, 5 refs. 87-692 395 sacks-oavi s.R�. : �� 34 Automatic Classing and Indexing � ���� 341 87-693 396 Bielicka. L.A.: Indexierungsmethodik: PrUfungen und Empfehlun .9!!!. (Comparing two methods of indexing) Orig. de. p.B-10. 10 refs. Dok./Infonn. , Ilmenau. GDR. No.65. 1985. p.95-102. 7 refs. 87-694 398-55 White.H.D.; Griffith,B.C.: Qu ality of indexing in online data bases. Orig.en. Infonrn. Process.& Management Vol 23. No 3, 1987 �-224. 12 refs. The texts are illustrated with 18 clusters of documents from the medical behavioral science literature and with terms awn t"_''t. 87-681 343 from MEOLINE. PsycINFO, BIOSIS, and Excerpta Medica. ON UNIVERSAL SYSTEMS 4. 87-682 346 42 On the Universal Decimal Classification_ Pavlova,L.S. ; Popesku.A.N•• Tarasova. E.S•• Khazhinskaya.M.S.: An information-linguistic database for semantic indexing of (UDC) sci-tech texts translation. Orig.ru. In: Teoriya i prakt.nauch. -tekhn .perevoda : Mezhdunar.konf •• Moskva. SU 19B5. p. 158-159 87-695 42.243 Richter, N. : Gramma fre de 1 'indexation decimale. (Grammar of 87-683 348 decimal indexing) Orig.fr. Le Mans. FR: Bibliotheque de l'Uni Wasserman. K.H. : Unlfying representation and general ization: versite du Maine 1987. 90p •• ISBN 2-904037-09-8 Understanding hierarchical Iv structured obJects. PhD Ihesls. The book is meant for the advanced user of the UDC. Int.Classif. 14(1987)No.2 Classification Literature 117 87-696 42.92 suggestions for improving lCSH. The chapters of Section 1: Martyan, G. ; Barta, G. : The activity of the Hungarian UDC Edi lCSH: What it is and is not and what it may become within the torial Board in 1982-1985. State of the Hungarian UDe edition. online catalog. Fonn of lCSH headings in library catalogs: on g.en. Int. Forum lnform.& Doc. Vol 11. No 4. 1986. p.14- 18 Suggestions for improvement and for more scope notes. lCSH The paper includes fu ll lists of UDe editions in Hungarian, cross-reference structure: Suggested improvements. lCSH sub published as State Standards. as well as al phabetical subject divisions: suggested improvements. lCSH, lCC, and DOC: Sug indexes to them. Proposals for future changes. gested relationships. lCSH and subject access online: Im provements through enhancements and user assistance. - Each 87-697 42.934 chapter includes exercises, notes and selected readings. The Kofnovec,L. : Schedules of UDe in Czechoslovakia. Their present subject index (p.333-348) was prepared by Robert H. Burger. state and perspectlVes. urlg.cs. ceskoslovenskA informatika The contributions (reprints) of Section 2: Vol 28, No 7-8. 1986. p.207-212 � Australian Bibliographic Network subject cataloguing manual. Part B2. - 87-708a Angell, R.S. : Library of Congress ; Subject Headings. - 87-709 Berman, S.: Proposal for reforms 43 On the Dewey Decimal Classification (DDC) to improve subj.ect searchl ng. - 87-710 Chan, l.M. : library of Congress Subject Headings as an online retrieval tool : struc tural considerations. - 87-711 Chan, L.M. : The period subdivi 87-698 43.07 sion in subject headings�-712 Coates, E.J.: Subject cata Scad, S.P. ; Ratwan i. M.R.: Practical Dewey Decimal Classifica logues: Headings and structure:-=-87-713 Cochrane, P. : Classi tion. Orig. hi. Jaipur. IN: RBSA Publ . 1986, 285p. fication as an online subject access tool : Challenge and op portunity. - 87-714 Cochrane, P.: IIlCSH-EVP Notebook of proce 87-699 43.27 dures" and "Using lCSH as a subject access tool in online pub Dhyani, P.: Universe of subjects and DOC Engi neering. Orig.en. lic access catalogs". - 87-715 Daily, J.E. : The grammar of sub Int.Classif. Vol 14, No I, 1987. p.19-22, 4 refs. ject headings: A formu latlOn of rules for subject headings Examination of the viability of various methods used by DOC based on a syntactical and morphological analysis of the li for accOll1odating the universe of subjects. Suggestions for brary of Congress 1 ist. - 87-716 Greenberg, A.M.: Scope notes evvicacious use of these methods are given. in library of Congress SubjectHeadings. w 87-717 Haykin.n.J.: Subject headings: A practical guide. - 87-lTIf'ffil l. J.S. : On 87-700 line classification number access: Some practical considera Kaula, tions. - 87-719 Immroth, J.Ph.: Analysis of vocabulary control in library-o:r-Longress Classification and Subject Headings. en. 87-720 Jarvis, W.E. : Integrating subject pathfinders into on line catalogs. - 87-721 library of Congress, Subject Catalog ing Div.: Subject Cataloging Manual : Subject Headings. 87-722 87-701 43.27 lopez, M.D. : Subject catalogers - equal to the futUre. � Linden, R. : Some thou hts on the Dewe Decimal Classification. Mandel , C.A.: Enriching the library catalog record for subject Orig.en. In: Panwan,B.S. , Vyas,S.D. Eds. : L1 rary Management. access. - 87-724 Mandel , C.A. : Helping lC improve LCSH only Delhi, IN: B.R.Publ .Corp. 1986. p.311-318 constructive approach. - 87-725 Markey. K. : Subject searching in library catalogs. - 87�726 Micco, H.M. : An exploratory 87-702 43.274 study of three subject access systems in medicine: lCSH, MeSH, Gray, R.A.: Are there serendipitous rewards in browsin2 in De PRECIS. - 87-727 Mi ller, 0. : Authority control in the retrow wey-classified hbranes. un g.en. J.Educ.Medla & ubr.Sci spective converslon process. - 87w728 Milstead, J.l.: Natural ences, Talwan Vol 24, No I, 1986. p.22-37 versus inverted word order in subJect headings. - 87-729 Critique concerning the new way of organising the DOC. Sug Mischo, W.H.: Expanded subject access to library collections gestions are given "how the coherent elegance of the Dewey using computer-assisted indexing techniques. 87-730 MosteckY. concept could be restored". V.: Study of the see-also reference structure in relation to the subject of international law. - 87-730a PAIS subject 87-703 43.75 headings. - 87-731 Pettee, J.: Subject headings: The history and theory o�l phabetical subject approach to books. 87-732 Prevost,M.: An approach to theory and method in general subject headings. - 87-733 Richmond, Ph.A. : CATS: An example of concealed classiflcation in subject headings .87-734 Wal l, R.A. : Intel ligent indexing and retrieval. - 87-735 Wepsiec,J. : Language of the library of Congress Subject'"""Remngs pertain 87-704 43.75 ing to Society. 46 On the Colon Classification (RCC) p. �7-736 46.07 Tripathi, S.M.: Book review of: Chand. M.P. : Colon Classifica On the Library of Congress Classification tion: Its structure and working. 2nd ed. New Del hi: Sterling (LCC) 1994. 139p. He rald libr .Scl. vo l 25, No 1-2, 1985. p.99-1oo and on the LIBRARY OF CONGRESS SUBJECT HEADINGS 87-737 46.22 Gopinath, M.A. : Speciators to facets in Colon Classification. 87-705 44.218 libr.Sci.Slant Doc. Vol 22, No I, 1985. p.1-13, 9 refs. Sug, Y.F.: Some considerations on the ado tion of the Librar of Con ress Classiflcation scheme in the NUS National Librar 87-739 46.23 of S n a ore aw 1 rar • Singapore Libr. 0 1 ,1984. p.33-6 Gopinath,M.A. : Checklist of component ideas for classification by Colon Classification. Ubr.Sc1.S1ant Doc. Vol 22, No 1. 87-706 44.6-6 1985. p.14-1B, 2 refs. Wi tty , F.J. : Book review of: Caster. L.n. : The classifier IS The indexing procedure based on the checkl ist is illustrated guide to LC Class H: Subdivision techniques for the Social by three examples. Sciences. New York, London: Neal -Schuman Pub1 . 1986. VI I,143p. Or lg.en. Infonrn.�rocess.& Ma nagement Vo l 23, No 3,1987. p.246 48 On Other Universal Systems 448.19 :87-740 481 p. 151-162, Biagetti, M.T.: Information Coding Classification. Un sistema 29 refs. di classificazione dal fontamenti ontologicl. Orig. it. A review of the discussions about theory and praxis of subject Bibliotecario, No 11-12, 1987. p.85-104, 66 refs. cataloguing as done in the Library of Congress. Structure and features of ICC, a new universal classification system, are explained. The system, devel oped by Ingetraut 87-708 448.27 Dahlberg. is based on a referent-oriented concept theory. It Cochrane, P.A.: Imroving LCSH for use in online catalogs: shows ontological foundations, in particular it is based on EXercises for se i-fielp wlth a selectlon of bacKground read- Nicolai Hartmann 's new ontology. (Author) 1 gS. Or lg.en. littleton. CO: librarles Un11mited 1986. XIV. 34 8p ., ISBN 0-87287-484-2 (pbk) 87-741 482 The volume comprises two sections: (I) consisting of six chap Dujol . A. : Le clair et 1 'obscur: usage de la classification a ters (95 p.) by P.A.Cochrance and (2) with contributions of la BPI. (The clear and the obscure: Use of the BPI classifica 23 other authors (+2 by Mrs. Cochrane) on related topics, being t:loii'}Orig.fr. Bull Bib1 . France Vol 31, No 3. 1986. p. 232.;.237, either full or partial reprints of papers containing useful 4 refs. 118 Int.Classif. 14(1987)No.2 Classifi-cation Literature 87-742 483 87-755 636 Ivanova, N.lo; Prudnikova, G.A •• Nagibina. S. V •• Sonechkina. Pozhari ski i. D.F. : Facet-categorical scheme as a tool for im E.D. : The mai ntenance experience of the All-Union Classifier proving the lingUIstIc sys tem. lurlg.ru. transJ.into en). of managerial documentation as a classifier of unified docu Autom.doc.& mathemat. Ilnguistlcs Vol 19, No 3, 1985. p.32-39. .• ments fonnats. Orig.ru. Klassifikatory i dok No 4, 1986. 15 refs. . . the '· . t·1C c0 m po - p.20-23 The scheme has been used for tntegratlng . .1nguls The classifier serves to register and systematise forms of nents at the information centers of the MInlstry of Geol ogy documents, to control the composition of formats ;n the Uni of the USSR. fied Documentation System, and to search for forms. 649 87-756 . , 87-743 483 Ouerel l . mise en li ne d'EMI IE! elaboratlOn d un thesau rus c oie as Uti CeliCie 5� rveur. �t:laDoratlOn of the thesaurus Kistal 'nyj . B.V. ; Gendlina. I.E. : The GASNTI Subject Authority rlg. r .. ar s\. : nstitut National des Techniques as a classification system. Orig. ru. de la ocumentatl0n 1980. 8p. Nauchn .-tekhn.lnform. ,Ser.l. No 5, 1986. p.1-7. 18 refs. The thesaurus EMILIE is to serve the databanks of standards for the emission of pol lution in industrial countries. 87-744 483 Mikhasenko, G.M. : Using the All-Union Classifier in designing 87�757 649 the information col lection of the Byelorussian State Planning Val ivieova. A. : Topical pro blems of indexing languages in the Committee Au tomated Planning Calculations Sys tem. Orig. ru. 3 INFORMOOS automated system. Orig. sl(, Mash.obrab. inform., No 42, 1986. p. 71-75 , refs. Kn iln . a ved.1 nto nn. Vol 18. No 3. 1986. p.ll5-U8. 1 refs. The article is concerned with the indexing language used in 87-745 485 VINITI 's Environment Protection databases. Hustache,E. et al .: Salam lAMECH. liste d'autorit� de matieres encyclopedigue, col lective et hierarchisee. (Salam lAME�H. Col 87-758 662 lectIve and hierarchical authority list of encyclopedIc sub Gogolin,W. : Nutzung und Pfl ege des Thesaurus Pol 1tik im Staat l 31, No 3, 1986. p.254-255 jects) Orig.fr. Bul1.Bibl .France Vo lichen Filmarchiv der DDR. (Use and malntenance of the thesau� Introduction to lAMECH (liste d'autorite de matieres encyclo rus pollt1cal science in the governmental film archives of the pediques, collection et hierarchisee '" Encyc lopaedic collec GDR) Orig.de. Archiv-Mitt. Vol 37. No 2, 1987. p.62-63 tive and hierarchical subject authority list). It is primari ly, with its 70 000 preferred terms, a reference tool for in 87�759 662 dexation. It originates in the work done in France by the BPI Hesser. G.: Beschreibung von Tatigkeiten Arbeitsobiekten und and the Bibl ;otheque National e after the French translation of �instrumenten des Sachgebiets FlparlamentsdokumentatlOn" 1nner lCSH by the University of laval in Quebec. The main access to halb des Informationsdienstes der landtagsverwal tunq von Ba the list shoul d be through an online databank hosted by den�Wurttemberg. (Descrlption of act1VItles. obJ ects and de SUN 1ST. Its management is done by the National Centre for Co VIces ot the subject field "parliament documentation" within ordination and Subject Indexing. The software ALEXIS is used the information service of the State Admi nistration of Baden for access and updating. (Author, abbrev.) WUrttemberg) Orig.de. Mitt.fachgruppe 6, Stuttgart, No 12. 1986. p.65-77 �m _ liu-lengyel. H.-Y. : The development and use of the Chinese 87-760 662 Classification Sys tem. Orig. en. Reinhol d, D.: Thesaurus-Probl eme bei ErschlieBunqsarbeit und Int.Ubr.Rev. Vol 18. No 1. 1987. p.47-60. 16 refs. Regi sterfertHIUnQ 1m Par! amentsarchlV. (Thesaurus prob lems 1 n subject analysis and indexing in parliament archives) Orig.de. 87-747 485 Mitt. Fachgruppe 6. Stuttgart, No 12. 1986. p.45-52 Parmentier, P. : Bon ou mauva;s enre: la classification des lectures et le classement des lecteurs. Of good or bad kind: the classification of lectures and the classing of lecturers} Orig.fr. Bull.Bibl.France 31(1086)No 3, p.202-223. 16 refs. 87-748 485 Stempnyak, E. : The vocabulary of the subject heading language of the National library in Warsaw. Orig. ru .. 87-762 Predmet.pol sk v tradfts . i netradi ts.;nfon n.-poisk. s1 stemakh. No 6, 1986. p.70-91. 27 refs. 87-749 486 87-763 676 g. ru. . 87-750 486 n attention devoted to a question of developing and Ya. : maintaining classification codes built according to the Al l� Union Classifier of Industrial and Agricultural Products. 6817 87-751 486 Zo';ov;•• N.M.• Ki rsanova.N.V•• Zaks,A.I .• Klochko� Paskhina. N. !.: VINITI's Subject Heading list as a tool of information support of computerised STI system tasks. Or ig.ru. Moskva . SU: VINITI 1986. 62p. 87-752 487 87-765 683 Molewski.K. : Internationale Patentklassifikation auf den DIN Cari ssimi.A.da S.; Prates de Oliveira,Z.C. : The BI8l0S Sys tem: Normen. Eintellung der Technlk mit H1He von 58.500 Symbole�. Control of the subject headin s. Orig. pt. (International Patent Classification on DIN-Standards. The dI Rev.B1b1.Bras. vo l 13. No 1,1 985. p.87-93. 4 refs. vision of technology. by 58.500 symbo ls) Orig. de. At the Data Processing Centre of the Federal University of Rio DIN-Mitt. u.El ektronorm Vol 65. No 11. 1986. p. 566-568 Grande do Sul, BraZi l, a Portuguese translation of the Thesau� rus of Computing Terms of Britain's National Computing Centre is used. ON SPECIAL SUBJECTS CS T 6 &: 87�766 6834 Schulz, A.: Ein Klassifizierungs- und Bewertungsschema fUr (The division fo llows the Information Coding Classification) Software-En ineerin -Werkzeu e insbesondere fUr cAs-s sterne. A classification and evaluation scheme for software-engineer 87-753 617 ing tool s. especially for CAS-systems} Orig.de. Angew.lnfonma tik. No 5, 1986. p.191-197. 22 refs. 87-767 6918 Jiaju. M.: The function and formation of semantic systems . of information objects subject area A new Chinese thesaurus of synonyms. Orig.en. Multilingua Vol 5. No 4. 1986. p.205-208, 6 refs. 87-754 6265 The Chinese Thesaurus of synonyms classifies about 70 000 Mishchenko.G.l.; Egorova.T.A. : The differentiating ability of words into three grades: the first consists of twelve. the a modified organic compound indeXIng language. Ong. ru. second of 94 and the third of 1.428 classes. Nauchn .-tekhn .inform•• Ser.2, No 5, 1986 . p.3u-32. 3 refs. Int.Classif. 14(1987}No.2 Classification literature 119 CLASSIFlCAl'.:AND LANGUAGE 87-780 723 7 Barannikova. L.I. (Ed.): Semantic pr ocesses and their manifes tation in di fferent types of language. Orig. ru. 71 General Problems of Natural Language Saratov. SU: Isdatel 'stvo Universiteta 1985. l30p. 715 ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE 87-781 723 Trivison.D.: Term co-occurrence in cited/citing journal artic 87-768 715 les as a measure of document similarity. Orig.en. Inform. Pro Beckerman". A.: Kann die kUnstliche Intell; enz-Forschun Fra cess.& Management Vol 23. No 3. 1987. p.183-194. 17 refs. gen der Philosophie beantworten? Can artificial intelligence Term co-occurrences were measured in pairs of cited/citing re research answer questions of philosophy?) Orig.de. In: Stoyan. search articles selected over the period 1971-1983 from a core H. (Ed.); Ges.f. lnfonnatik. FA 1.2 KUnstl iche Intelligenz und literature in the field of information science. The study Mustererkennung. Bonn, GWA I-85; Berl in. DE: Springer 1986. served to quantify terminology-relatedness. The results were po2-25. 10 refs. extended to define an expected success rate of a matching pro cedure in one con,text of information retrieval . (Author. abr.) 87-769 715 Hilker.E. : Artificial intel liQence: a review of current infor 87-782 725 matiOli sources. Orig.en. Col lect. Build. Vol 7. No 3. 1986. Kasper. R.T.: A logical semantics for feature structures. p.14-30. 21 refs. Orig.en. In: Proceedings of the Conference. 24th Ann.Meet.As soc. Comput.Linguistics. 10-13 June 1986, Columbia Univ. , New York. Morristown. NJ 1986. p. 257-266 87-783 728-71 Gerzymisch-Arbogast. H. : Zur Thema-Rhema-Gliederun in ameri kanischen Wirtschaftsfachtexten. On the theme-r erne divlSion in American economics texts) Orig.de. TUbingen.OE: G.Narr 1987 approx 300 p., ISBN 3-87808-346-7 87-771 715 Schefe. P. : Zur Rekonstruktion von Wissen in neueren Re rasen tationssprac en der kUnstlichen Intelligenz. On the recon 73 Automatic Language ProceSSing structlOn of knowledge in recent representationl anguages of artificial intel ligence) Orig. de. In: Stoyan, H.(Ed.); Ges.f. Informatik. FA 1.2 KUnstliche Intelligenz und Mustererkennung; 87-784 731 Bonn: GWA I-B5. Berl in, DE: Springer 1986. p.230-244, 27 refs. GUenthner. F.; Lehmann, H. : Verarbeitun natUrlicher S rache. Ein Oberblick. (Natural language processing. survey Orig. 87-772 715 de. Infonnatik-Spektrum Vol 9. No 3. 1986. p.162-173, 17 refs. Smith. linda C.: Knowledge-based systems. artificial intelli gence and human factors. Orig.en. Inform.Technol .& Inform.Use. 87-785 731 london, GB 1986. p.98-110, 34 refs. Korfhage. R. R. ; Hemphill. Ch .: Retrieval linguistics. Orig. en. In: IEEE Workshop Lang.Autom. Silver Spring,MD 1984. p.176-7. 87-773 715 10 refs. Teodorescu. J. : Artificial intel li ence and information re trieval. Canadian Llbr.J. 4 98 0 ,p. - • + refs. 87-786 731 �l icability of AI to question-answering systems is out Sgal l, P.: Linguistic problems of automatic text processing. lined on the following levels: Level of syntax. of semantics, Orig.cs. Ceskoslovensk:" Informatika Vol 28, No 10, 1986. of institutional pragmatics, of situational pragmatics and of p.273-275. 9 refs. performance. A list of the principal AI software for data base front-end systems is appended. 87-787 731; 141 Vaccar4 E.; Delaney, W.: Sys tem theory as frame of reference 87-774 715 in natural language pr ocessing. Orig. en. Wong.A.K.C.; Chiu, D.K.Y.: An event-covering method for effec Sy stems Research Vol 3. No 3. 1986. p.1U-122 tive pr obabilistic inference. Orig. en. A metalanguage to represent world knowledge and theoretical Pattern Reco9nltion Vo l 20. No 2, 1987. p.245-255. 38 refs. system knowledge is described and criteria for a semantic parsing based on a systems approach are outlined. The approach is applicable to a variety of natural language. which is re 73 Semantics stricted but not limited to one discourse domain. (Authors) 87-788 732 8�7n nl Belyaeva. L.N. : Recogn ition of term meanings in automated text Ineichen.H. : Einstellun ssatze. S rachanal tische Untersuchun rocessin ' Orig.ru. In: Avtomatizir.sistell1Y pererab.tekst.in - ¥ y gen zur Erkenntnis. Wahrheit und Bedeutung. Propositional orm.(ASp I): Rep.nauch.tekhn.konf. L'vov, SU 1985. p.173-175 attltudes. AnalytiC lnvestlgations into recognition. truth and meaning) Orig.de. MUnchen. DE: W.Fink Verl . 1987. 367p. 87-789 732 Sentences with the verbs "to know", lito believell• "to mean". Bol 'shakov.I.A. : Automated checking of compound-words accuracy "to feel ". "to hate", and Uto want". etc. characterized the Orig.ru. Nauchn .-tekhn.1nfonm .•Ser.2, No 2, 1986. p.28-31 objects of the investigation which has been a habilitation work of 1983/84. Literature until 1982 was considered. The 87-790 732 book is in three parts: 1) Epistemological and psychological Rodnyanskij, V.l. :.,,''''-,,:f!''\f.'I'-M''-,;f problems of attitude verbs, 2) On the semantic interpretation derstanding. Orig. of language expressions. 3) The logical form of attitude pro teksta. Kal inin, SU positions as their semantic interpretation. These 3 parts com prise 19 chapters. Bibliography p.347-360. Indexes of persons 87-791 733 and subjects. Bevzenko, E.A.; Zelenkov, Yu .G. : An algorithm for normalizing nominal phrases. Orig.ru. Vopr.inform.teorli i prakt. , No 53, 87-776 722 1985. p.39-43. 2 refs. Hillert. D.: Neurol inguistische Oberlegungen zur mentalen or a n1sation von Wort6edeutun en. Argumente fUr elne lnterdl szlpy 1- 87-792 733 nare Konzeption. Neurol1nguistic considerations on the mental Pashchenko.N.A.; Ni ku l'tseva, N. G •• Yarovenko, O. I.: Compil ing organisation of word meanings. Arguments for an interdiscipl i-, and using stop-lists in automatic text processing. Or1g. ru. nary conception) Orig.de. Muttersprache Vol 97. No 1-2, 1987. , 'Vopr.inform.teorii i prakt .• No 53. 1985. p.l0l-U4. 13 refs. p.16-36, 89 refs. 87-777 722 74 Grammar Problems Kuznetsov.A.M.: From component analysiS to component synthesis Orig.ru. Moskva, SU: Nauka 1986. 125p. 87-794 741 ·Sampson, G. : Book review of: B"-erwick ' R ''''C , :c .. eT;h - acqu" ,·si 't ci o,,,n � �;J,,,;1 "c; ;;, ;Ti� ","c, of syntactic knowledge. cambrid .e. MA; London.c " GB: MIT ; Press 87-778 722 1 Neshitoj . V.V. : Word ranking by semantic load. Orig. ru. 1985. XIl,368p. Urlg. en. Comp o lngulstlcs vol 12, No 3. 19S6. Nauchn.-tekhn.inform .•Ser.2. No 4, 1986. p.20-25, 4 refs. p.216-217, 3 refs. 87-779 722 87-795 744 Ufimtseva.A.A.: Lexical meaning: The pr inciple of semiological Belonogov. G.G.; Samodelkina, S.A .• Panova. N.S. , Ry zhova, E. description of vocabulary. Orig.ru. Moskva: Nauka 1986. 240p. Yu .• Kh9roshilov. A.A .• Matveeva, E.G. : Word-formative classes uiscusslOn of problems lnvolved in the semiological approach of RUssian words. Orig.ru. Nauch.-tekhn.lnform.• Ser.2, No 12. to lexical studies. 1985. p.22-24 120 Int.Classif. 14(1987)No.2 Classification Literature 87-796 744 matic). These representations. obtained by means of a multi Bogushev;ch. D.G. : Unit. function, and level: Toward the pro pl icity of strategies (intra-sentence, intratextual, intertex blem of lan9uage unit classification. Orig. ru. tual) applied to di fferent units of infonnation and interrela Minsk, SU: Vy shejsh.shk. 1985. 116p. ted, render the interaction between diverse users and the da tabase more flexible and more adaptable. (Authors. abr.) 87-797 744 Sowa,J. ; Chen,P.P., Freeman, P., Salveter. Sh .e., Schank.R.C.: 87-808 753 Mapping specifications to fonnalisms. Orig.en. In: 4th Int. Sacks-Davis.R. : Performance of a multi-key access method based Conf.Entlty-Relationship Ap proach. Si lver Spring, MO 1985. on descriptors and superimposed coding techniques. Orig. en. Il, 1985. p.lOO-lOl. 7 refs. Intorm .Systems vo l 10. No p.391-403. 12 refs. 87-798 744 87-809 753.02 Zakatej . A.F.: Peculiarities of adjectival substanti visation Wang, Ch .: The onl 1ne catal ogue, subject access and user reac in the scientific text. Orig.ru. In : Semant.l ti pol.raznosis tions; a review. Orig.en. Ubr.Rev. Vol 34, No 3, 1985. p.143- 46 tem.yaz. TaShkent. SU 1986. p.89-95, 7 refs. 152, rets. 87-799 747 87-810 753 Dirven. R. (Ed.); Radden, G. (Eds.): Concepts of case. Zarets kaya ,E.N.: Semantic re resentation of the uer . Orig.ru. Orig.en. TUbingen. FRG: G.Narr Verlag 19B7 . 176p. In: Avtomatizir.sistemy pererab.tekst.1nfonn. ASPTI . L'vov, The vol ume comprises 9 papers: 87-799a Welte, W.; On the con SU 1985. p. 165-167 cept of case in traditional grammars. 87-799b Fillmore, Ch.J. : A private history of the concept 'fram�7-799c Dik. S.C. : 87-811 753.01.03 Some principles of functional grammar. - 87-799d Starosta. St. Byerly, G.: Online searching. A dictionary and bibliograph ic A place for (Lexi-)case. - 87-79ge Tarvainen, K. : Semantic ca gu;�e. Orig.en. Llttleton, CO: Libraries un limlted 1983. 288p. , ses in the framework of dependency theory. - 87-799f Anderson, ISB 0-87287-381-1 J:: Case grammar and the localist hypothesis. - 87-799g Ikega ml , Y. : ISource l vs. 'goal ': a case of linguistic dissymme try. 87-812 754 87-799h Dahl , 0.: Case grammar and prototypes. - 87-799i New Bajkova,A.B.: A declarative-procedural approach to the descrip �. : The appl ication of case grammar to translation. tion and pr ocessin9 of natural language t1me constructs. Or.1g.ru. In: Probl .sozdaniya i premenenlya dialog.inform.si stem v avtomatizir.sistemakh org.upr.Ch.1. Tal lin, SU 1985. 75 Question-Answerin Systems, Online 'l'achn. p.240-244, 2 refs. jJ _ 87-813 754 751 Bertsch. E.: 0 timierte Auswertun von Be riffsassoziationen in einer logik-or entlerten ragesprache. Optima eva uatlon of concept associatlons 1n a logl cally- orlented retrieval-lan guage) Orig.de. Angew .Infonnatik. No 2, 1986. p. 80-84, 7 refs. The review covers al 87-814 754 to online catalogs. Force, R. : Onl i ne business file storage and retrieval . Orig.en. Onllne Rev. Vo l 10, No 1. 1986. p.39-41 87-815 754 A.F. : A database interface supporting Probl.sozdaniya i ,o'nm"H,;'r.sistemakh org. 754 87-802 751.07 87-816 H�rter, St.P. : O�1 ine inf?nnation retrieval .. Concepts, prin Roesner, W. : D Orig. en. i ver Spring, clples, and techn1ques. Orlg.en. Orlando, etc. : Academic PresS In: 4th Int.Ci l 1986. 259p. , ISBN 0-12-328456-2 (pbk) '" Library and Infonna MD 1985. p.72-81,f,?f.Wfu�I.j;��lM��J.l:r8�� 23 refs. tiom Science Series. The book comprises the following 9 chapters: Introducation to 87-817 755 onl ine information retrieval . Languages for information re Bates. M.J.: Subject access in online catalogs: A design model . trieval . Database structure, organization, and research. Re Orig.en. J.ASIS Vo l 37, No 6. 1986. p. 357-376 ference databases. The process of onl ine searching. Effective A model based on strikingly different philosophical assumpt cOOlmunication. Search strategies and heuristics. Source data ions from those currently popu lar is proposed for the design bases. Trends, problems, and issues. There is a glossary and of online subject catalog access. Three design principles are and index. presented and discussed: 'uncertainty' (subject indexing is indeterminate and probabilistic beyond a certain point). 'va 87-803 752 riety' (by Ashby's law of requisite variety, variety of sear Ra�hlina. E.V.: Describing the "guestion-answer"-relationship. cher query must equal variety of document indexing), and Icom_ Orlg.ru. Nauch. -tekhn.lntonn .,ser.2, No 2. 1986. p.24-28 plexity' (the search process, particularly during the entry and orientation phases, is subtler and more complex, on se veral grounds. than current models assume). An end-user the saurus and a front-end system mind are presented as examples of online catalog system components to improve search success during entry and orientation. The proposed model is "wrapped around" existing Library of Congress Subject Headi ng-indexing. 87-805 753 (Author. abr. ) Croucher. Ch .: Problems of sub'ect access II : User studies and interface des gn. r1g.en. rogram Vol 20. No 2� 198 • 87-818 755 p.211-224, 9 refs . Markov, V. I.: Processing of unfami liar word-fonns in online Discusses a research project in progress at Middlesey Poly information systems. Or lg.ru. In: Probl .sozdan1ya 1 pnmene technic. UK. Subject access capabllities for an online libra niya dialog inform.sistem v avtomatizir.sistemakh org.upr. ry catalogue is to be developed. Implementation is to be on Ch .1. Tal lin, SU 1985. p.245-249. 5 refS·. a BBC Mircocomputer with a com uter-assisted learning soft ware package from Acornsoft. cal red MICROTEXT. 87-819 756 GOdert. W. : Klassifikationss1steme und On1 ine-Katalog. Frau 87-806 753 Dr.I.Dahlberg zum 20.2. 1987. Classlf1catlon systems and the Lamprecht, H. : Obersicht Uber dialo orientierte S rachkonze te online catalogue} Orig.de. Z.f.Bibl.wes.u.Bibliographie Vol 34 fUr die Abfrage von Datenbanken durch Endnutzer. Overview of No 3. 1987. p.185-195. 22 refs. dialogue-or1ented language concepts for end-user interrogation Demonstrates the value of classification principles to be of databanks) Orig.de. Informatik Vol 33. No 3, 1986. p. 109-14. used in online searching procedures. 34 refs. 87-820 756 Markey. K.: Class number searching in an experimental online 87-807 753 14, 1, 19BI. Meunier.J.-G. ; Bertrand-Gastaldy.S .• Lebel . H. : A call for en catalog. Orig.en. Int.classlf. Vol No p.14z-15o. hanced representation of content as a means of improving on 7 refs. line full-text retrieval. Orig. en. Subject searchers I use of the class number search capabi lity Int.Classif. Vol 14, No 1� 1987. p.2-10, 81 refs. is featured. Failure analyses of class number searches demon A typology of levels of representation is proposed (typogra strated the ability of this search to retrieve items relevant phical . lexical , statistical . linguistic,. semi otic and prag- to searchers I topics of interest. Based on the failure anal- Int.Classif. 14(1987)No.2 Classification literature 121 yses and searchers' interview comments, recommendations are cerning the appl icabi lity of artificial intell igence and ex provided for the improvement of class number searching in on� pert systems for modeling the cognitive processes involved in line catalogs. particularly the incorporation of a library cataloging. classification schedule into the online catalog. (Author. abr. ) 87-821 756 76 Lexicon/Dictionary Problems Rajkov,A.N.: Orig.ru. In: v avtomatizir.sistemakh org.upr. in,SU 1985. p.64�68. 761 6 refs. se lexico ra hi ue et reflexion hilo- Lexicographic analysis and philo 87-822 756 nts in common} Orig. fro Zinov'evo S.P. ; Krivov. B.K•• 50s;n, E.V. : Thesaurus handling 1985. p.69-75, 16 refs. tool s for query initiation and debugging in the D1a109-2 sys tem. Orig.ru. Probl .inform.s;stem, No 1. 1986. p.42-44 87-836 762 Markowi tz, J. : Semantically significant pa tterns in dictionary definitions. Orig. en. In: Proceedings of the Conference. 24th 757 EXPERT SYSTEMS Ann.Me et.Assoc.Compu t.Linguistics, 10-13 June 1986. Columbia University. New York. Morristown. NJ 1986. p. 112-119 87-823 757 87-837 762 Bobrow, D.G. j Mittal . S,. Stefik. M.J. : Expe rt systems. Peri ls RHko. A.: Information lexicology. Orig. sk. and promi se. Orig.en. Communicat.ACM 29(1986)No 9. p.880-894, Kn i2n. a ved.inform. Vol 18, No 3. 1986. p.102-106, 6 refs. 34 refs. 87-839 763 87-824 757 Belonogov,G.G. ; Zagika,E.A., Kuznetsev.B.A., Novoselov,A.P. , Clancey, W.J.: Knowledge acquisition for classification expert Panova ,N.S. , Ryzhova ,E. Yu .. Samodel ki na ,S.A. , Shturman. Ya. P. : systems. Orig.en. In: ACMi84. New York 1984. p. 11-14, 19 refs. VINITI's automated dictionary service. Orig.ru. Vopr.infonm.teorii i prakt. , No 53, 1985. p.5-9 87-825 757 Kumara, S.R.T. : Knowledge representation 1n expert systems via 87-840 763 entity-relationships ana lts appilcatlOn. In: IEEE Proc.Int. Bevzenko .E.A.: Com i1;n lossaries of word combinations usin Conf.Cybern.& Soc .. New York, NY 1985. p. 495-500, 18 refs. non forma 1 i sed texts. Orig. ru. Vopr. inform. teor i i prakt. . No 53, 1985. p.31-38. 2 refs. 87-826 757 Ramsey,C.L.; Reggia, J.A., Nau, O.S. , Ferrentino, A. : A compa 87-841 763 rative analysis of methods for expert systems. Orig.en. Int.J. Gerd,A.S.: Fundamentals of scientific and technical 1exico ra Man-Machl ne Studl es vol 24, No 5, 1996 . p.475-499, 74 refs. .P.!:lt. (How to compile a tenninological dlCtl0nary . Ong. ru. Leningrad, SU: LGU 1986. 73p. 87-827 757 Peyton, C.: An introduction to expert systems. Orig. en. 87-842 763 J.Comput.Asslst.learn. Vol 1. No I, 1985. p.25-32, 5 refs. 87-828 7578-13 ����: n9 :�� Haux, R.: Expe rt sys tems in statistics. Some problems and some ����� underlying computer-based new views. Orig .en. In: Stoyan, H.{Ed.); Ges.f. lnformatik. FA u.Oatenverarb. 9{1985}No 2, p.30-4, 1.2 KUnst1iche Intel l igenz und Mustererkennung, Bonn,OE: GWAI- 85. Berlin, DE: Springer 1986. p.313-322, 41 refs. 763; 753 87-829 7578-5384 22 refs. 87-844 763 computerized intennediary system to faci lity online document retrieval from large-scale data bases direct ly by users of the retrieved information. The system is called CONSEARCH and is designed to enable doctors to specify queries to ,retrieve cancer-therapy-related documents stored in the 87-845 764 MEOLINE data base. The principle of search space abstraction was used, with menu selection from a touch terminal and en capsulated intermediary expertise using rule-based techniques programmed in PROLOG. , (Author, abr.) 11 refs. 87-831 . 7578-82 87-846 Edmonds,E.: Expert systems and document handling. Inform.Pro cess.& Management Vol 23, No 2, 1987. p.l7-aO, 6 refs. Tutorial paper. 87-832 7578-823 87-847 765 Davies, R.: Outlines of the emer in aradi m in catalo uin . Kozachkov. loS. : Categ'orical thesauri in data bases. (Orig.ru Inform. Process. anagement No , p. , re s. transl .into en). Automat.doc.& math. linguistics Vol 19, No 3. Technological progress accompanied by rising user expectations 1985, 18 refs. and economic pressures could lead to a breakdown of the pre sent paradigm in cataloging principles. A knowledge' engineer 87-848 767 ing approach to catal oguing should assist in the development Kolvenbach, M.: Lexi kographische Datenbank (LEOA) - Ergebnis of an improved code. (Author, abr. ) Kom onente. Oberlegungen zu Verfahren auf der Basis eines vor han� enen lexi kons (DUDEN). (Lexicographic databank (LEDA) - 87-833 7578-823 results. Considering processes based on an available dictiona Vickery. A. ; Brooks, H.M.: PLEXUS - the expert SYstem for re ry (Duden) ) Orig.de. LDV-Info, Mannheim. No 5, 1985. p.90-136, ferral . Infonn.Process.& Management Vol 23, No 2, 1987. p.99- 5 refs. 117. 8 refs. PLEXUS is an expert system designed as a referral tool to be 87-849 768-82 used in public libraries. It was developed by the Central In Blek, A.V. ; Motylev. V.M.: New terminologfcal dictionary. formation Service (CIS) at the University of London. It is Orig.ru. Nauchn.-tekhn.infonn ••Ser.l, No 5, 1986. p.31 meant to carry out the same kind of tasks as the human refer ence librarian does and should do it in a way which. if done by a human would be described as intell igent. The prototype 77 General Problems of Te rminology system is restricted to gardening. The paper describes the knowledge base of PLEXUS, its representation, the control me '87-851 77 .07 chanism, and the working system as a whole. (Author, abr.) Brons. U.: Book review of: Picht. H .• DraSkaU J.: Terminology: An introductl0n. Su rrey, GB : the UnlYerslty 0t surrey. 265p. 87-834 7578-825 Orlg.en. Terminol .et Traduction Vol 3. 1986. p.125-128 Borko, H. : Gettin started in librar ex ert s stems research. Inform.Process. anagemen o. ,p. - 87-852 77 .08 Survey article about the exploratory work done at UCLA con- Cousineau. M.-J. (Comp.): International di rectory of libraries 122 Int.Classif. 14(1987}No.2 ClaSSification Literature and documentation centers in terminol ogy. (Title also in fr). 87-869 772 On g.en, fro Ottawa. \,hen: Do cumentailon Directorate. Depart Antonova, M. V. : The semantic status of the lexical units of ment of State of Canada; Infoterm 1986. XIV.189p. subject tenolnology. urlg.ru. Nauch. -tekhn .teml1nol .• No 3, 1986. p.17-20 87-853 77.09 87-870 772 Barzhitskaya ,O.V. : Constructing names of entities in All-Union classifications of technical and economic information. Orig.ru Nauch.-tekhn.terminol .. No 10. 1985. p.I-4 87-871 772 Bessonova. O.M. : Metaphor in a scientific context. Orig.ru. In: Probl . interpretatsii v ist.nauki i filos .. Novosibirsk, SU 1985. p.97-113. 24 refs. 87-855 77.92 87-872 772 Spiegel , H.-R.: 25 Jahre NormenausschuB Terminoloqie (NAT) im Danilenko. V.P. : Linguistic goodness of standardlsed termino DIN. (The Terminology Standardization Committee in the Gennan l£9.v.. Term usage. urlg.ru. Na uch.-tekhn.termlnOI.. No 3. 1986. Standardization Institute exists 25 years) Orig.de. DIN-Mitt. p.1-4 Vol 66. No I, 1987. p.12-13 87�873 772 87-856 77.927 Garfield, E.: lSI's master list of title words provides a spe Rohaert, A.: Le bureau de tenni nolo ie du Parlement euro �en cial eerspective on science and scholarly activity. Pt.2. Com existe depuis 20 ans. The European Parl iament Terminological paratlve etymology of neologl sms and research fronts. ur 1g.en. Bureau exists 20 years) Orig.fr. Terminol.et traduction. No 3. Curr.ContentsjPhys ., Chem.& Earth Sci . 26(1986)No 28. p.3�10 1985. p.43-45 87-874 772 87-857 77 .93 Henne. H.: Sprache - Nonoung - Sprachkultur. (Language - stan- TennNet Partners/Reseau TermNet. Orig.en. dardisation - language culture) Orig.de. TermNet News. No 15, 1986. p. 15-30 DIN-Mitt. Vol 66. No I, 1987. p. 14-18 List and description of 14 institutions, e.g. ALECSO. TUnesia; Handelshojskole Syd. Denmark; Ruhrgas. FRG with address. short 87-875 772 history, aims, activities, holdings. equipment. guidel ines for Hirschman.L.: Discoverin sublan ua e structures. Orig.en. In: use, co-operation. projects. expectations from and contribu Grishman, R.. 1 re get • S. : na yZlng anguage in re tions to TermNet. stricted domains . Sublanguage description and processing. Hillsdale, NJ: Erl baum Assoc. 1986. p.211-234. 20 refs. 87-858 77.99 Kuchinskaya, 87-876 772 Drig.ru. In: Kandelaki. T.L.: Ordering of borrowed terms and term elements. rod. Konf. Mas Teno international isatlon. Orlg.ru. Nauch.-tekhn.termlnol ., No 6. 1986. p.1-4, 6 refs. 87-859 77.99 Mikoni. S.V. : Problems of expanding the cognitive function of 87-877 772 tel1l1inological standards . (Orlg.ru transl.into en). SClent.& Lachaud, M.: Aspekte der internationalen Terminologi eanglei Techn. Information Processing Vol 11, No 4. 1985. p.26-27 chung. (Aspects of mternatlonal unlflcatlOn of concepts and terms) Orig.de. Lebende Sprachen 31(1987)No 3. p.97-103, 87-860 77.99 19 refs. Nesterov. P.V.: Scientific-technical terminology standardisa tion: results and problems. Orig .ru. Nauchn.-tekhn.tenninol .. 772 No 1. 1986. p.I-6 87-861 77.99 Nizovtseva. S.A.: Possibilities and l1mits of standardisation in scientific and technical tenninology. Orig.ru. In: Terminy v yaz.i rechi . Go r'klj. SU 1985. p.32-38. 10 refs. 87-879 772; 742 Lehrberger. J.: Sublan ua e anal sis. Orig.en. In: Grishman.R. 87-862 77.99 Kittredge.R. (Eds. ; Analyzing anguage in restricted domains. Shutova, V.K.: New state standards for terms and definitions. Sublanguage description and processing. Hillsdale. NJ: Erlbaum Orig.ru. Nauch.-tekhn.tenninol•• No 1. 1986. p.11-12 Assoc. 1986. p.19-38. 13 refs. 87-863 771 Baxmann-Krafft, E.-M. ; Reihlen, H. : Sprache und Technik. (Lan guage and technology) Orig. de. DIN-Mitt. 66(1987)No 1. p.11 87-864 771 Bungarten. T. (Ed.): Wisssenschaftssprache und Gesel l schaft. Aspekte der wissenschaftl ichen Kommunlkation und des W1ssens transfers in der heutigen Zeit. (The language of science and 772 society. Aspects of contemporary scientific communication and knowledge transfer) Orig.de. Hamburg,DE: Akademion 1986. 445p. ISBN 3-925468-01-3 87-865 771 87-882 772 Chapovskij. A.Z. : The terminological work of the USSR Academx Nemchenko, V.N. : Basic concepts of word-formation in termino- of Sciences at the pr esent pha se of sClentlflc and technologl 103'(: a dictionary handbook. Orig.ru. Krasnoyarsk, SU: Izda cal progress. Orig.ru. Nauch.-tekhn.terminol. No 5.1986. p.I-3 tel stvo Un lVerslteta 1985. 204p. 87-866 771 87-883 772 Clemens. I.: La base de donnees biblio ra hi ues. Un nouvel Ovsyannikov, G. l.: Terms and extralinguistic factors. Orig.ru. outil tel1l1inologique. Bibl iographic databases - a new termi- In: Otrasl.terminol .i ee ekstral ing.obuslovlennost'. Voronesh. nologlcal tool ) Orig.fr. Documentaliste 24(1987}No 1. p.33-35 SU 1986. p.53-60. 6 refs. 87-867 771 87-884 772 Felber.H.: Ein; e Grundfra en der Terminolo iewissenschaft aus Starodubtseva.L.I.: The role of analogy in new word formation. der Sicht der Al lgemeinen Tel1l1inoloqi elehre. Some basic pro - Orig.ru. In: Semant. protsessy i ikh proyavlenie v yazykakh lems of terminology science seen from the point of view of ge raz .tipa. Saratov, SU 1985. p.ll-81, 15 refs. neral theory of tenninology) arig.de. Fachsprache 8(1986)No 3-4, p.110-123. 26 refs. 772 \ ee SU 1986. p.3-14, 28 refs. 3-87808-761-6 87�886 772 S.Wyler. LHoff- Wilss, W.: Wortbildun9stendenzen in der deutschen Gegenwarts sprache. Tneoretl scne Grund Jagen Bescnrelbung - Anwendung. Int.Classif. 14(1987}No.2 Classification Literature 123 (Word fonnation trends in contemporary German: Theoretical terminology. Orig .ru. In: Teoriya i prakt.nauch.-tekhn.perevo foundations, description, application) Orig.de. TUbingen, DE: da. Mezhdunar.konf. Moskva, SU 1985. p.203-205 G.Narr Verlag 1986. 329p., ISBN 3-87808-733-6 87-907 778 87-887 773 Grishman, R .. Hirschman, L., Nhan, N.T.: Discovery procedures Goffin, R. : Les ouvra es termino ra hi ues des Communautes Eu for sublan ua e selectional atterns: Initial ex eriments. ropeennes. Essai de typologie. Terminographical works of the rlg.en. Comput.Llnguistics 12 1986 No 3, p.205-215, 19 refs. European Communities) Orig.fr. Tenuinologie et Traduction, No 3. 1986. p.3-l3 78 Subject-Oriented Te rminology Work 87-889 774 Aniyushkin, E.S. (Ed.): linguistic detenuinism. �a �lf Un ivers1teta 1986. 156p. Sidorova, T.N. : On qu antitative characteristics of termi nology in teaching systems. Orl g. ru. 87-890 775 Nauchn.-tekhn.inform.,Ser.2, No 4, 1986. p.17-19, 8 refs. Chukovenkov,A.Yu.: Concept class1fication as the basis for re fining termi nolo in the study of compu ter-produced documents. 87-909 78-17 Orig .ru. Sov.Ark� lVY, No 5, 1985. p.20-28, 124 refs. Sokol 's N. F.: 87-891 775 Janonis, 0. : Towards bibliograph ical terminology ordering. Orig.'i. Biblioteku darfias, No 5, 1986. p. 28-30, 41, 7 refs. 87-892 775 87-910 78-23 Kandelaki. T.L. ; Grinev, S.V. : Ordering of borrowed terms and Mansouri,R. : Standardization and term selection at Iran Univer tenu elements. Tenu evaluation criteria. Orig.ru. Nauch . sity Press (lup). Or lg.en. TermNet News, No 15, 1986. p.4-6 tekhn .tenninol ., No 4, 1986. p.1O-14, 4 refs. 775 morphologi 87-894 776 in English, Bancos tenni nologicos. (Tenu databanks) Orig. es. spectroscopy) Orig. Rev .esp.doc.cient. Vol 9, No 1. 1986. p.57-62. 11 refs. � dii Z; ) cal Terminology. Prin- PI.� �:��r,: Actes�;;� du Colloque de ,'ASTM, Toronto, 87-895 776 Toronto 1983. (Dissertation, Qu�bec 1984) . Baudot. J.: Les ban ues de terminolo ie de l'avenir. (The fu ture of tenulno ogy an s rlg. r. eta 0 3, No 2, 1986. 87-912 p.153-158 Sager, N. : tool . Orig.en.,""'r.,.::'1!�T.;,,* ,9"-'-', *ffi 87-896 776 ing language Boucher, M.: Les banques de terminologi e. (Terminology banks) Assoc. 1986. p. Orig.fr. Documentatl0n et Blbll otheques 23(1986)No 3, p.83-86 87-913 78-512 87-897 776 Tekhver, Yu .T. : A terminology of histological definitions in Grinev, S.V. : Compi ling a disciplinary tenn databank. Orig.ru. Estonian, Russian and English. Orig.ee. Tal lin,SU: Valgus 1985. Nauch .-tekhn.terminol., No 11. 1985. p.9-12, 3 refs. 108p. 776 87-914 78-53 Peterson, J.E. : Determination of the formal vocabulary of phy sicians through anal sis of medical literature. PhD Thesis. url g.en. Atlanta. G:� Georgia State Un iversity. Co llege of Education" 1984. 273p. 87-899 776 87-915 78-75 Thomas, P. et al : The British term bank project. Orig.en. Mauer. Terminologie et traduction. No 3, 1986. p.45-100, 17 refs. subsystem. 1985. p.88-94. 87-916 78-82 RUckl . St. : Book review of: Essential problems in terminology SlGMDD ec. Vo 14, No 4, 19B(. p.B4-9 , 21 refs. for informatics and documentation: Frequenc term lists. Mos cow: VINITI 1982. Orig.de. Zbl .Bibl.wes. 100r 1986)No 10, 87-901 776 p.469-47u Tuovinen, S. : An exampl e of tenminological work organisation and tenu bank construction in Finland. Orig.ru. In: Teorlya i 87-917 78-82 prakt.nauch.-tekhn.perevoda. Moskva, SU 1985. p.218-221 Grabova,A.Z.: The new state standard for biblioQraDhic termi �. Orig.ru. Nauch.i tekhn.biblioteki SSSR, No 9, 1985. 87-902 776 p;t :6�30, 10 refs. Vollnhals, 0. : TEAM: ein Sys temUberblick. (TEAM: a review of system capabilities) Orlg.de. Lang.et homme, No 59, 1985. 87-918 78-824 p.70-73 Duchein. M.: Les archives dans la Tour de Babel : problemes de terminologie archivfstique lnternatlonale. (Archlves in the 87-903 777 Tower of Babel : problems of international archival termino Bayer, J.: logy) Or;g.fr. Gaz.arch., No 129, 1985. p.103-113 , 6 refs. 79 Problems of Multilingual Systems 87-904 777 Singh. R.K. : ESP in India: developments in 1984 and 1985. Orig. 87-919 791 en. Special language - Fachsprache Vol 8, No 3/4, 1986. p. 164- Boloshin,I.A. ; Belonogov,G.G., Kuznetsov,B.A. : Problems in 0- 169, 33 refs. vercomin Ian ua e barriers in multilin ual database searches. Orlg.ru. Pro l.inform.sistem 1986 No.1, p.11-13 87-905 777 Masri, S. : The termi nological develo ent in �'a laysia. An emp 87-920 791 hasis on the Bahasa Malaysia - Ba� ase indonesla (Language Clemens. I.: La base de donn�es b;b1io ra hi ues : un novel ou Council). Orig.en. TermNet News, No 15, 1986. p.6-12 til tenninoloijlque. lograp lC ata ases: new term no logy toOl) Orlg.fr. Lang.et homme, No 59, 1985. en, p.3-8 87-906 777 87-921 794 Nakayama, H.: Translation and ada tation of thesauri . Orig.pt. Ciencla da Inform. 15(19� 6)No 1, p. 15-25, 25 refs. 124 Int.Classif. 14(1987)No.2 Classification Literature ======Michel , H. 87-495a Saunders, A.W. 87-55 Imaizumi , T. 87-527 Schefe, P. 87-771 Inmroth. J.Ph. 87-719 �likhajlovskijJL�1. 87-667 Personal Author Index Schektrnan, Y.-M. 87- """!!!==== lneichen, H. 87-775 Mikhasenko, G.M. 87-744 Schulz, A. 87-766 lonescu. A. 87-665 �\ikoni,S.V. 87-626 87-859 Schwarz, Ch. 87-506j Ivanoya, N.L. 87-742 Mil ler, D. 87-727 Scibor, E. 87-664 Iwatsubo, Sh. 87-535 �'i lligan, G.W. 87�640 11 Sebeok ,Th.A. (Ed .) 87 Mi s, J. 87-483 -;;;;;;;;;� Semenyuk, LP. 87-59J11 Jabrzernska, L 87-617 Milstead. J.l. 87-728 Sergeey, V.M. 87-588 Jambu, M. 87-515 Mirimanova, M.S. 87-567 Sgal l, P. 87-786 Aladesulu, O.St. 87-680 Daily. J.E. 87-715 Janik, S. 87-488 Mischo. W.H. 87-729 Shatberashvili.0.8. Janonis, O. 87-891 Mishchenko, G.L. 87-754 Alber-De Wolf. R. 87-911 Danilenko. V.P. 87-872 Shelov ,S.D. 87-605 8s:� §§§§� Anders. M. 87-922 Davies, R. 87-601 Jarke , �1. 87-506c Miyake, A. 87-546 Shutova, V. K. 87-862 Angel l. Jarvis. W.E. 87-720 1·1ijhn. D. 87-880 R.S. a7-lDBa 87-832 Sidoroya, T. N. 87-90� "_ ___• Anfyushki n, £OS. (Ed.) Ocr Megredi tchian.G. Jiaju, M. 87-767 r1olewski, K. 87-752 Simova, V. 87-853 87-543 Job, J.O. 87-622 �'orik, K. 87-506d 87-889 Singh, R.K. 87-904 Antonova. N. V. 87-869 DeSarbo. W. 87-645 Johansen, Th. 87-670 Morineau, A. 87-518 Skolek, Va. 87-750 Dhyani. P. 87-699 Jones. Bush 87-574 Mostecky, V. 87-730 Armoga the,J.-R. 87-835 Smith. Linda C. 87-7 Diday. E. 87-524 Jones , K. P. 87-681 MUller, 8.S. 87-506f Arntz. H. 87-549 Sokol 'skaya .N.F. 87- 9 -�iiiiiiiiiiiiiiii� Oirven. R. (Ed.) 87-799 Murenko, L.V. 87-578 Sood, S.P. 87-698 Baba, Y. 87-520 Duben. J. 87-672 Kalupkin, 1.8. 87-763 Sotnikov, A.N. 87-69 -_____ Bajkova, A.B. 87-812 Dubes, R.C. 87-643 Kandelaki . T.l. 87-876 Nakache, J.-P. 87-545 Nakayama , H. 87-921 Sowa, J. 87-797 Bakewel l, K.G.B 87-675 DubnH:ka. J. 87-571 87-892 Spiegel , H. -R. 87-85 ��-="-'� Ouchein. M. 87-918 Kapur, Sh. 87-610 Nalepin. V.l. 87�906 Barannikova .l.l. (Ed.) Sponholz, G. 87-842 87-780 Dujol . A. 87-741 Karamys heva, N.V. 87-560 Nemchenko ,V.N. 87-881 Spri ssler,M. (Ed.) Karasheev , V. P. 87-591 87-882 87 -== Sard1na. S. Yu. 87-606 Starodubtseva ,L.I. ==== Barzhf tskaya ,O,V. 87-870 Edmonds. E. 87-831 Karpov, Yu.M. 87-659 Neshitoj , V.V. 87-778 87 - Stempnyak, L 87-746.- Effelsberg, W. 87-573 Karpova, G.D. 87-630 Nesterov, P.V. 87-860 Bates, "I.J. 87-817 Stepi n, V.S. 87-593 Baudot, J. 87-895 E1ck. Ch.F. 87-900 Kasper, R. T. 87-782 Ninomiya . S.P. 87-547 Strong, G.W. 87-613 Bllum. B.R. 87-657 Endres-Niggemeye r.B. Ka ula, P.N. 87-700 Nizovtseva, S.A. 87-861 StuT 'pinas. R.B. 87 87-506 Kazakevich,O.A. 87-846 Nowacki, H. 87-674 aaxmann-Krafft.E.-M. 87-86: Sug, Y.F. 87-705 Bayer. J. 87-903 Eri. I.(Comp.) 87-479 Kazakov, LA. 87-764 Oberhauser, O. 87-512 Sugiyama, M. 87-541 Beckermann. A. 87-768 Escoufier. B. 87-538 Kekez. F. 87-677 Sukhoti n,A. K. (Ed.) ,==='-"=== 8el etsldj . P.M. 87-623- Escoufier. Y. 87-532 Kenj i, S. 87-686 Ohashi , Y. 87-525 Suzuki, Sh. 87-531 8elonogov. G.G. 87-795 Kirsanov, B.S. 87-815 Ohly, P. 87-550 Fal lside. F. 87-500 Kishida, K. 87-542 Ohsumi , N. 87-530 87-839 Tabachkovskij,V.G. 8eloozerov. V.N. 87-608 Felber. H. 87-867 K1stal 'nyj. B.V. 87-743 Olitskij. A.A. 87-559 87-581 Belyaeva. l.N. 87-788 Fiala. J.C. 87-650 Kl ir, G.J. 87-575 Omiecinski . E. 87-684 Otsu, N. 87�521 Tanaka, Y. 87-536 Bennan. S. 87-709 Fishburn. P.C. 87-638 Knorz. G. 87-506i Tango, T. 87-523 Bertrand-Gastal dy. S. Folberth, O.G. (Ed.) OYchinnikoya ,O.A. 87-579 Kobayashi , I. 87-625 Tauber, M.J. 87-801 87-669 87-570 Ovsyannikov ,G.I. 87-883 Koengeter,B.B. (Ed.) 87-491 TekhYer, Yu . T. 87- Bertsch, L 87-813 9 ===== Force, R. 87-814 Kofnovec, L. 87-697 Teodorescu. J. 87-7 ,,;;, Forrest, S. 87-563 Pannentier, P. 87-747 Bessonova , O.M. 87-871 Kolvenbach, M. 87-848 Th;el , M. 87-506b Friis-Hansen.J.B. 87-619 Pashchenko, N.A. 87-792 Bevzenko,E.A. 87-614 Komazawa , T. 87-544 Thomas, P. et a1 87 87-791 87-840 Kondrat'ev, A.I. 87-561 87-618 FroloY, O.R. 87-634 Tkacheva, L.8. 87-8. � :���=: Bezhanhhvil i.M.N. 87-508 Frost. C.O. 87-687 Korfhage , R.R. 87-785 Paskhina. N.1. 87-751 Pavlova. L.S. 87-682 Tripathi, S.M. 87-7 Bhanu, B. 87-644 Fugmann. R. 87-668 Kostetskaya. N.P. 87-753 0 . Pertsova. N.N. 87-602 Tri v; son, 87-7 81 Bhattacharyya, G. 87-678 Kozachkov. L.S. 87-847 Tsalenko, M.Sh. 87-t:"iiiiii iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii Biagetti . M.T. 87-740 Garfield, L 87-845 Kryukov, 1.8. 87-584 Peterson, J.L 87-914 Pettee. J. 87-731 Tuov; nen, S. 87-90 1 B1dasaria, H.8. 87-649 87-873 Krzanowski .W.J. 87-572 ,,,,, ,,," ... Peyton. C. 87-827 Tyuchtin, V.S. 87-5 _ _ . 8iel 1cka •.l.A. 87-693 Gendina, N. I. 87-662 87-639 Blek. A. V. 87-849 Gerd, A.S. 87-841 Kuchinskaya ,I.M. 87-858 Pol litt, St. 87-829 Ueda. Sh. 87-539 Gerzymisch-Arbogast, H. Kuhlen. R. 87-506a Pospelov, O.A. 87-565 Bobrow, D.G. 87-823 Uematsu, 1. 87-600 Bogun, Ii .A. 87-589 87-783 Pozhari ski i, O.F. 87-755 Kumara. S.R.T. 87-825 Ufimtseva. A.A. 87- "... - ---� BogusheYich. O.G. 87-796 Giertz.L.M. (Comp .) 87-495 Kuraev, V. I. 87-585 Prager, R.W. 87-501 Glasbey, C.A. 87-646 Prevost. M. 87-732 Boloshin. LA. 87-919 Kurovskaya , l.S. (Comp.) Vaccari . E. 87-787 Bol 'sha.koY. LA. 87-789 Gtldert. W. 87-555 87-819 Primi 0, F. di 87-566 87-484 . Valivieova, A. 87-7 Goetschal ckx, J. 87-507 Kuzin, LS. 87-564 Prizment. E.l. 87-604 Bondar'. V. V. 87-749 Van Slype. G. 87-55:':;�� ���� Booth. P.F. 87-611 Gogo11n, W. 87-758 Kuznetsov. A.M. 87-777 Proskurin, G.M. 87-569 Velez, F. 87-688 <======Golosov. A.O. 87-635 Pushki n.V.G. (Ed.) 87-577 Borko. H. 87-834 Vickers. J.A. 87-67 Boucher. M. 87-896 Gopinath. M.A. 87-603 Lachaud. M. 87-877 Vickery. A. 87-833 87-615 87-629 Querel, L. 87-756 Brady. L. I. 87-624 Ladenko. LS. 87-592 Viet, J. (Comp.) 87 Brekhoysk1kh,S.M. 87-576 87-737 87-739 Lamprecht, H. 87-806 :===== Viet, J. (Comp.) 87 Brent. LL 87-631 Gordon, A.D. 87-647 Lancaster,F.W. (Ed.) 87-616 Rada, R. 87-582 Vogel . F. 87-654 Br:ona. I. I. 87-632 Gor' koya , V. I. 87-597 Larar. J.N. 87-503 Rajkov. A.N. 87-821 Vollnhals, O. 87-90 U. 87-609 Rakhl ina, LV. 87-803 Brons. 87-851 Lashkova, G.V. 87-878 Voorhees, LN. 87-6 Lebart, L. 87-540 Ramsey, C.L. 87-826 Bryant. Ph . 87-800 Goto. M. 87-517 G. 87-6 3 7 Rei nhol d, D. 87-760 Vossen, -;;iiii Bungarten,T. (Ed.) 87-864 Grabon, A. Z. 87-917 Lehmann. H. 87-506e Vyshkovskij. G.L. 8 ... iiiiiiiiiiii;;;; Byerly, G. 87-811 Gray, R.A. 87-702 Lehrberger. J. 87-879 Richmond ,Ph.A. 87-703 Greenberg. A.M. 87-716 87-733 Lerman. I.C. 87-529 Wakimoto, K. 87-519 Capurro, R. 87-568 Grimaldi . T. 87-707 Levine. J.H. 87-658 Richter. N. 87-695 Wal l. R.A. 87-734 Car1ss1mi . A.da S. 87-765 Grinev, S.V. 87-854 Levinson, S. E. 87-502 RBko, A. 87-837 Wang, Ch. 87-809 87-897 . Liebl , P. 87-486 Roberts, L.A. 87-504 Cavender, J.A. 87-641 Warner, A. 87-704 Ceri. S. 87-633 Guenthner. F. 87-784 Linden, R. 87-701 Rodnyans kij,V.L. 87-790 Wasserman. K.H. 87 Chan,l.M. 87-710 87-711 Gupta. L. 87-651 Liu-Lengyel ,H.-Y. 87-746� Roesner. W. 87-816 Weber, E. U. 87-656 Chapovskij, A.Z. 87-865 Logri ppo. l. 87-663 Rohaert, A. 87-856 ======Wel lisch, H.H. 87-4 = Chelnokov, V.M. 87-562 Haga, T. 87-537 Lopez , M.D. 87-722 Rohou, C. 87-661 Wepsiec, J. 87-735 Hahn, U. 87-506h Love. D.M. 87-762 Rostek, L. 87-506k Chernykh. N.A. 87-595 White. H.D. 87-694 Halpern, J.Y. 87-583 Rothkege1 , A. 87-506g Chukhno, V.B. 87-590 Wilss. W. 87-886 Makhl in, G.E. 87-689 Roux. M. 87-526 Chukovenkoy. A. Yu. 87-890 Harter, St.P. 87-802 Wirth, R. 87-621 Haux. R. 87-828 Roy, Richard 87-599 Chuprina. S. I. 87-627 Malvestuto. F.M. 87-660 Wisniewski . J.L. Hayashi. Ch. 87-514 Malykha, V.V. 87-685 Rozova. S.S. 87-586 87-;;;;;;;;;; Clancey, W.J. 87-824 Wittmann ,A. (Comp .) :; Clark, A. 87-498 Haykin. O.J. 87-717 Mandel ,C.A. 87-723 87-724 RUckl , St. 87-916 Witty, F.J. 87-706 Clemens, I. 87-866 87-920 Hema1ata Iyer 87-666 Mansouri. R. 87-910 Wong, A.K.C. 87-774- Coates. LJ. 87-712 Henne. H. 87-874 Mantas, J. 87-652 Sacks-Davis,R. 87-692 Wright. C. 87-497 Cochrane, P. 87-708 Herzfel d, M. 87-505 Mareev, S.N. 87-580 87-808 87-713 87-714 Hesser. G. 87-759 Markey . K. 87-554 Sager. N. 87-912 Yajima, K. 87-548 Coing, M. 87-673 Hilker. L 87-769 87-725 87-820 Sa;, Sh. 87-522 Sainsbury,R.M. 87-499 Yanai, H. 87-534 Coltheart, M. 87-496 H111, J.S. 87-718 Markov. V. I. 87-818 aT Saka i, S. 87-528 Yashchun1nt A.E. Conrad. M.P. 87-642 H111ert. D. 87-776 Markowi tz. J. 87-836 Yoshizawa . T. 87-53:;;;;3='--'='-"=- Copri an, W. (Ed.) 87-494 Hirschman, l. 87-875 Martyan, G. 87-696 Sakharnyj , L. V. 87-671 Masri, S. 87-905 Salveter, Sh. 87-553 - -- Courtial . J.-P. 87-628 87-907 Zakatej, A. F. 87-7S5r.. -- Cousineau. M.-J. (Comp.) Htilzl, J. 87-770 Sampson. G. 87-794 Mauer. L.V. 87-915 Zaks. A. I. 87-620 87-852 Mdlvani. R.R. 87-612 Sandeau , G. 87-492 Howard, J.H. 87-761 Zaretskaya . E.N. 8 , Croucher, Ch. 87-805 J. 87-691 Meunier, J.-G. 87-807 Sandstroem, G. 87-607 Hra�ova. Zinov 'ev, S.P. 87-�;;;;:;;; Crovello. Th.J. 87-655 Hustache,E. 87-745 Micco, H.M. 87-726 Satija, M.P. 87-476 ;:;;;;:;;;;:;;;; , INDEKS - VERLAG PUB LISHER 0 F INTERNATIONAL CLASSIFICATION. A Journal devoted to Concept Theory, . Sy stematic Terminology and Organization of Knowl edge. Vol .1(1974)No.1-; 3/ann. (since 1978) Institutions DM 84.-, Indiv idual s 20% off, Members of Ges .f.Klassifi kation 40% off + postage . FIDICR REPORT SERIES No .19: Craven , T.,C.: Classification Research in Canada . 1981 . 40 p. No.20: Riggs, F.W. : Indexing Glossary: a New Rational e. 1982 . 40 p. No .21: Devadason, F. : Compu terized Deep Structure Indexing Sy stem . 1986 . 42p. DM 12.50 each INTERNATIONAL CLASSIFICATION AND INDEXING BIBLIOGRAPHY -- ICIB (Each vol ume in systema tic arrangement wi th author & subject indexes) ICIB 1: Classification Systems and Thesauri (some 2300 titles, 160 p. ) ICIB 2: Reference Tools and Conferences in Classification and Indexing (some 4000 titles, 160 p.) ICIB 3: Classification and Indexing Sy stems . Theory , Structure, Metho- dol ogy (some 5600 titles, 224 p.) . ICIB 4: On Universal and Special Classification Sy stems and Thesauri (some 5000 titles, in preparation ) ICIB 5: Classing and Indexing. Linguistic Foundations, Appl ications and Envi ronment (some 3200 titl es, in preparation) DM 48.80 each . .CONFERENCE SERIES OF THE GERMAN SOCI ETY FOR CLASSIFICATION Called "Studien zur Klassifikation" (SK- 1 (1977) - SK- 17 (1986) wi th mostly German, bu t al so English contribu tions. Ask for separate catalogue. 4th INTERNATIONAL STUDY CONFERENCE OF FIDICR UNIVERSAL CLASSIFICATION I, 11. SUB.JECT ANAL YSIS AND ORDERING SYSTEMS. Ed .: J.M.Perreault and I.Dahl berg . Augsburg , 28 June - 2 July 1982. 2 Vols. Frankfurt: 1982/83 . 360+216 p. FID-Pub1.615. together DM 92, 40 THE CONTA CONFERENCE. Proceedi ngs of the Conference on Conceptual and Termi _... __ ._- nological Analysis in the Social Sc iences. Ed .: F.W.Riggs. Bielefel d, FRG, May 24-27, 1981. Frankfurt 1982. 382p. , bound DM 64. 80 WHO IS WHO IN CLASSIFICATION AND INDEXING. Comp.& ed.: I.Dahlberg (entries on some 700 persons from 45 countries) Frankfurt 1983. 176 p. , DM 20.- for those included, DM 50.- for others . FID-Publ .620. INDEKS VERLAG - Woogstr.36a - 0-6000 Frankfurt 50 - Tel .: 069-52 36 9.C===